Beruflich Dokumente
Kultur Dokumente
Field Service
501/421/361
2009.03
Ver. 2.0
DF-613
OUTLINE ........................................................................................................................ 1
MAINTENANCE.............................................................................................................. 5
ADJUSTMENT/SETTING ............................................................................................. 21
* For particulars, see the contents of DF-613.
PC-206
OUTLINE ........................................................................................................................ 1
MAINTENANCE.............................................................................................................. 3
ADJUSTMENT/SETTING ............................................................................................. 15
* For particulars, see the contents of PC-206.
PC-407
OUTLINE ........................................................................................................................ 1
MAINTENANCE.............................................................................................................. 3
ADJUSTMENT/SETTING ............................................................................................. 19
* For particulars, see the contents of PC-407.
LU-203
OUTLINE ........................................................................................................................ 1
MAINTENANCE ............................................................................................................. 3
ADJUSTMENT/SETTING ............................................................................................. 23
* For particulars, see the contents of LU-203.
FS-522/PU-501/OT-602
OUTLINE ........................................................................................................................ 1
MAINTENANCE ............................................................................................................. 5
ADJUSTMENT/SETTING ............................................................................................. 19
* For particulars, see the contents of FS-522/PU-501/OT-602.
FS-523/RU-507
OUTLINE ........................................................................................................................ 1
MAINTENANCE ............................................................................................................. 5
ADJUSTMENT/SETTING ............................................................................................. 17
* For particulars, see the contents of FS-523/RU-507.
SD-507
OUTLINE ........................................................................................................................ 1
MAINTENANCE ............................................................................................................. 3
ADJUSTMENT/SETTING ............................................................................................. 29
* For particulars, see the contents of SD-507.
MT-502
OUTLINE ........................................................................................................................ 1
MAINTENANCE ............................................................................................................. 3
* For particulars, see the contents of MT-502.
JS-502
OUTLINE ........................................................................................................................ 1
MAINTENANCE ............................................................................................................. 3
* For particulars, see the contents of JS-502.
IC-207
OUTLINE ........................................................................................................................ 1
MAINTENANCE ............................................................................................................. 5
ADJUSTMENT / SETTING ............................................................................................. 9
TROUBLESHOOTING ................................................................................................. 11
* For particulars, see the contents of IC-207.
ii
i-Option LK-101/102/103
OUTLINE ........................................................................................................................ 1
ADJUSTMENT / SETTING ............................................................................................. 3
TROUBLESHOOTING.................................................................................................. 21
* For particulars, see the contents of LK-101/102/103.
iii
Blank page
iv
IMPORTANT NOTICE
Because of possible hazards to an inexperienced person servicing this product as well as
the risk of damage to the product, Konica Minolta Business Technologies, INC. (hereafter
called the KMBT) strongly recommends that all servicing be performed only by KMBTtrained service technicians.
Changes may have been made to this product to improve its performance after this Service
Manual was printed. Accordingly, KMBT does not warrant, either explicitly or implicitly, that
the information contained in this Service Manual is complete and accurate.
The user of this Service Manual must assume all risks of personal injury and/or damage to
the product while servicing the product for which this Service Manual is intended.
Therefore, this Service Manual must be carefully read before doing service work both in the
course of technical training and even after that, for performing maintenance and control of
the product properly.
Keep this Service Manual also for future service.
General
precaution
Electric hazard
High
temperature
General
prohibition
Do not touch
with wet hand
Do not
disassemble
General
instruction
Unplug
Ground/Earth
S-1
SAFETY WARNINGS
[1] MODIFICATIONS NOT AUTHORIZED BY KONICA MINOLTA
BUSINESS TECHNOLOGIES, INC.
Konica Minolta brand products are renowned for their high reliability. This reliability is
achieved through high-quality design and a solid service network.
Product design is a highly complicated and delicate process where numerous mechanical,
physical, and electrical aspects have to be taken into consideration, with the aim of arriving
at proper tolerances and safety factors. For this reason, unauthorized modifications involve
a high risk of degradation in performance and safety. Such modifications are therefore
strictly prohibited. The points listed below are not exhaustive, but they illustrate the reasoning behind this policy.
Prohibited Actions
DANGER
Using any cables or power cord not specified by KMBT.
S-2
AC230V
AC208V
240V
L (line)
N (neutral)
Green/Yellow:
PE (earth)
S-3
Power Supply
?V
S-4
kw
S-5
Wiring
WARNING
Never use multi-plug adapters to plug multiple power cords
in the same outlet.
If used, the risk of fire exists.
S-6
Installation Requirements
Ventilation
CAUTION
The product generates ozone gas during operation, but it
will not be harmful to the human body.
If a bad smell of ozone is present in the following cases,
ventilate the room.
a. When the product is used in a poorly ventilated room
b. When taking a lot of copies
c. When using multiple products at the same time
Fixing
CAUTION
Be sure to lock the caster stoppers.
In the case of an earthquake and so on, the product may
slide, leading to a injury.
S-7
Servicing
S-8
Safety Checkpoints
WARNING
When taking a report of problems from a user, check each
part and repair properly.
A risk of product trouble, injury, and fire exists.
Check the exterior and frame for edges, burrs, and other
damages.
The user or CE may be injured.
Do not allow any metal parts such as clips, staples, and
screws to fall into the product.
They can short internal circuits and cause electric shock
or fire.
Check wiring for squeezing and any other damage.
Current can leak, leading to a risk of electric shock or
fire.
Carefully remove all toner remnants and dust from electrical parts and electrode units such as a charging corona
unit.
Current can leak, leading to a risk of product trouble or
fire.
Check high-voltage cables and sheaths for any damage.
Current can leak, leading to a risk of electric shock or
fire.
S-9
Safety Checkpoints
WARNING
When replacing a lithium battery, replace it with a new lithium battery specified in the Parts Guide Manual. Dispose
of the used lithium battery using the method specified by
local authority.
Improper replacement can cause explosion.
After replacing a part to which AC voltage is applied (e.g.,
optical lamp and fixing lamp), be sure to check the installation state.
A risk of fire exists.
Check the interlock switch and actuator for loosening and
check whether the interlock functions properly.
If the interlock does not function, you may receive an
electric shock or be injured when you insert your hand in
the product (e.g., for clearing paper jam).
Make sure the wiring cannot come into contact with sharp
edges, burrs, or other pointed parts.
Current can leak, leading to a risk of electric shock or
fire.
Make sure that all screws, components, wiring, connectors, etc. that were removed for safety check and maintenance have been reinstalled in the original location. (Pay
special attention to forgotten connectors, pinched cables,
forgotten screws, etc.)
A risk of product trouble, electric shock, and fire exists.
Handling of Consumables
WARNING
Toner and developer are not harmful substances, but care
must be taken not to breathe excessive amounts or let the
substances come into contact with eyes, etc. It may be
stimulative.
If the substances get in the eye, rinse with plenty of water
immediately. When symptoms are noticeable, consult a
physician.
S-10
Handling of Consumables
WARNING
Never throw the used cartridge and toner into fire.
You may be burned due to dust explosion.
4.
Fuse
Fuse
CAUTION
CAUTION
Double pole / neutral fusing
ATTENTION
Double ple / Fusible sur le neutre
S-11
Handling of batteries
CAUTION
ALL Areas
CAUTION
Danger of explosion if battery is incorrectly replaced.
Replace only with the same or equivalent type recommended by the manufacturer.
Dispose of used batteries according to the manufacturers instructions.
Germany
VORSICHT!
Explosionsgefahr bei unsachgemem Austausch der Batterie.
Ersatz nur durch denselben oder einen vom Hersteller empfohlenen gleichwertigen Typ.
Entsorgung gebrauchter Batterien nach Angaben des Herstellers.
France
ATTENTION
Il y a danger dexplosion sil y a remplacement incorrect de la batterie.
Remplacer uniquement avec une batterie du mme type ou dun type quivalent recommand par le constructeur.
Mettre au rebut les batteries usages conformment aux instructions du fabricant.
Denmark
ADVARSEL!
Lithiumbatteri - Eksplosionsfare ved fejlagtig hndtering.
Udskiftning m kun ske med batteri af samme fabrikat og type.
Levr det brugte batteri tilbage til leverandren.
Finland, Sweden
VAROlTUS
Paristo voi rjht, jos se on virheellisesti asennettu.
Vaihda paristo ainoastaan laitevalmistajan suosittelemaan tyyppiin.
Hvit kytetty paristo valmistajan ohjeiden mukaisesti.
VARNING
Explosionsfara vid felaktigt batteribyte.
Anvnd samma batterityp eller en ekvivalent typ som rekommenderas av apparattillverkaren.
Kassera anvnt batteri enligt fabrikantens instruktion.
Norway
ADVARSEL
Eksplosjonsfare ved feilaktig skifte av batteri.
Benytt samme batteritype eller en tilsvarende type anbefalt av apparatfabrikanten.
Brukte batterier kasseres i henhold til fabrikantens instruksjoner.
S-12
SAFETY INFORMATION
SAFETY INFORMATION
IMPORTANT NOTICE
The Center for Devices and Radiological Health (CDRH) of the U.S. Food and Drug Administration implemented regulations for laser products manufactured since August 1, 1976.
Compliance is mandatory for products marketed in the United States.
This copier is certified as a "Class 1" laser product under the U.S.
Department of Health and Human Services (DHHS) Radiation Performance Standard
according to the Radiation Control for Health and Safety Act of 1968. Since radiation emitted inside this copier is completely confined within protective housings and external covers,
the laser beam cannot escape during any phase of normal user operation.
S-13
SAFETY INFORMATION
Finisher FS-522
50gap0e001nb
S-14
SAFETY INFORMATION
FS-523
50gap0e002nb
CAUTION:
You may be burned or injured if you touch any area that you are advised by any
caution label to keep yourself away from. Do not remove caution labels. And also,
when the caution label is peeled off or soiled and cannot be seen clearly, replace
it with a new caution label.
S-15
S-16
Personal checks
Travelers checks
Money orders
Certificates of deposit
Bonds or other certificates of indebtedness
Stock certificates
<Legal Originals>
Food stamps
Postage stamps (canceled or uncanceled)
Checks or drafts drawn by government agencies
Internal revenue stamps (canceled or uncanceled)
Passports
Immigration papers
Motor vehicle licenses and titles
House and property titles and deeds
<General>
Identification cards, badges, or insignias
Copyrighted works without permission of the copyright owner
In addition, it is prohibited under any circumstances to copy domestic or foreign currencies,
or works of art without permission of the copyright owner.
When in doubt about the nature of an original, consult with legal counsel.
Detail
In order to prohibit the illegal reproduction of certain originals, such as paper currency, this
machine is equipped with a counterfeit prevention feature.
Due to the counterfeit prevention feature that this machine is equipped with, images may be
distorted.
C-1
MAINTENANCE:
ADJUSTMENT/SETTING:
TROUBLESHOOTING*:
APPENDIX*:
This section gives, as information required by the CE at the site (or at the customer's
premise), a rough outline of the service schedule and its details, maintenance steps, the
object and role of each adjustment, error codes and supplementary information.
The details of items with an asterisk "*" are described only in the service manual of
the main body.
C-2
Standard printer
Main body
Windows 95
Windows 98
Windows Me
Windows 2000
Windows XP
Windows Vista
B. Brand name
The company names and product names mentioned in this manual are the brand name or
the registered trademark of each company.
Description
IN
PS
Sensor
PS
Door PS1
SIG
102 PS
24V
Solenoid
SD
DRV
SOL
24V
Clutch
CL
DRV
SOL
C-3
Motor
Description
24V
CONT
Drive signal
DRV1
DRV2
D1
D2
_U
_V
_W
DRV1
DRV2
DRV3
D1
D2
D3
D4
DRV A
DRV A
DRV B
DRV B
A
Motor
/A
B
/B
AB
BB
CLK, PLL
LCK, Lock, LD
FR
BLK
P/S
Power/stop
S/S
SS
Fan
Others
C-4
FM
CW/CCW, F/R
ENB
Effective signal
TEMP_ER
24V
CONT, DRIVE
Drive signal
HL
Detection signal
TH1.S, ANG
Analog signal
Serial communication
Description
Signal ground
PG, P.GND
Power ground
DCD
SIN
Serial input
SOUT
Serial output
DTR
GND
DSR, DSET
RTS
CTS
RI
Ring indicator
TXD
RXD
D. Feeding direction
When the long side of the paper is parallel with the feeding direction, it is called short
edge feeding. The feeding direction which is perpendicular to the short edge feeding is
called the long edge feeding.
Short edge feeding will be identified with [S (abbreviation for Short edge feeding)] on the
paper size. No specific notation is added for the long edge feeding.
When the size has only the short edge feeding with no long edge feeding, [S] will not be
added to the paper size.
<Sample notation>
Paper size
A4
A3
Feeding direction
Notation
A4
A4S
A3
C-5
Blank Page
C-6
SERVICE MANUAL
Field Service
501/421/361
Main body
2009.03
Ver. 2.0
Revision history
After publication of this service manual, the parts and mechanism may be subject to change for
improvement of their performance.
Therefore, the descriptions given in this service manual may not coincide with the actual machine.
When any change has been made to the descriptions in the service manual, a revised version will be
issued with a revision mark added as required.
Revision mark:
To indicate clearly a section revised, 1 is shown at the left margin of the revised section.
The number inside 1 represents the number of times the revision has been made.
To indicate clearly a page that contains the revision, 1 is shown near the page number of the
corresponding page.
The number inside 1 represents the number of times the revision has been made.
NOTE
Revision marks shown in a page are restricted only to the latest ones with the old ones deleted.
When a page revised in Ver. 2.0 has been changed in Ver. 3.0:
The revision marks for Ver. 3.0 only are shown with those for Ver. 2.0 deleted.
When a page revised in Ver. 2.0 has not been changed in Ver. 3.0:
The revision marks for Ver. 2.0 are left as they are.
2009/03
2.0
1.0
2008/05
Date
Revision mark
Descriptions of revision
CONTENTS
bizhub 501/421/361
CONTENTS
bizhub 501/421/361
OUTLINE
1. SYSTEM CONFIGURATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
2. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
MAINTENANCE
3. PERIODIC CHECK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
3.1
3.2
3.3
Maintenance item . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
3.1.1
Main body . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
3.1.2
DF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
3.1.3
PC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
3.1.4
LU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
3.1.5
FS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
3.1.6
MT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
3.1.7
SD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
3.1.8
RU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
3.2.2
Life value. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
3.3.1
3.4
3.4.1
3.5
3.7
Replacing the filter cover assy and the suction filter /A assy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
3.4.3
3.9
3.6.2
3.8
3.4.2
3.5.1
3.6
3.8.2
Replacing developer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
3.9.2
CONTENTS
bizhub 501/421/361
4.2
Jig list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
4.3
Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
5.2
ISW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
5.1.1
Outline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
5.1.2
5.1.3
5.1.4
5.3
SPECIFICATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
5.2.3
5.2.4
5.4
Outline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
5.2.2
Outline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
5.3.2
5.3.3
5.3.4
5.3.5
5.4.2
5.4.3
5.4.4
5.4.5
Download. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
6. OTHERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
6.1
ii
6.1.2
6.1.3
6.1.4
6.1.5
6.2
6.3
CONTENTS
6.3.2
6.3.3
6.3.4
6.3.5
6.3.6
6.3.7
6.3.8
6.3.9
6.4.2
ADJUSTMENT/SETTING
7. HOW TO USE THE ADJUSTMENT/SETTING SECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
7.1
Composition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
iii
bizhub 501/421/361
CONTENTS
bizhub 501/421/361
iv
CONTENTS
bizhub 501/421/361
CONTENTS
bizhub 501/421/361
TROUBLESHOOTING
12. JAM CODE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
12.1 Jam code list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
13. MALFUNCTION CODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339
13.1 Malfunction code list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339
APPENDIX
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367
14.1 Main body . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367
14.1.1 Switch/sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367
14.1.2 Load. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373
14.1.3 Boards and others . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379
14.2 DF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 384
14.3 PC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386
14.3.1 PC-206 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386
14.3.2 PC-407 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387
14.4 LU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388
14.5 FS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389
14.5.1 FS-522 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389
14.5.2 FS-523 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390
14.6 PU-501 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396
14.7 SD-507 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397
14.8 MT-502 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398
14.9 RU-507 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399
14.10JS-502 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400
15. CONNECTOR LAYOUT DRAWING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
15.1 Main body . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
15.1.1 Connector in the board. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
15.2 DF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 410
15.2.1 Connector in the board. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 410
15.3 PC. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 411
15.3.1 Connector in the board. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 411
15.4 LU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413
15.4.1 Connector in the board. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413
15.5 FS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 414
15.5.1 Connector in the board. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 414
15.6 SD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416
15.6.1 Connector in the board. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416
15.7 MT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417
15.7.1 Connector in the board. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417
16. TIMING CHART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418
16.1 Main body . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418
16.2 DF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420
16.3 LU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425
16.4 FS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426
16.4.1 FS-522 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426
16.4.2 FS-523 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 428
vi
CONTENTS
bizhub 501/421/361
vii
bizhub 501/421/361
CONTENTS
Blank page
viii
1. SYSTEM CONFIGURATION
bizhub 501/421/361
OUTLINE
1. SYSTEM CONFIGURATION
A. System configuration
[29]
[31]
[32]
[10]
[1]
[2]
[11]
[12]
[13]
[14]
[15]
[3]
[4]
[5]
[28]
[27]
[8]
[9]
[36]
[6]
[7]
[25]
[24]
[26]
[17]
[23]
[20]
[21]
[16]
[18]
[16]
[19]
[22]
50gat1e001ne
bizhub 501/421/361
1. SYSTEM CONFIGURATION
[1]
[19]
Desk (DK-506)
[20]
[2]
Main body
[21]
Dehumidifier heater *2
[3]
[22]
[4]
[23]
[5]
[24]
Finisher (FS-523)
[6]
[25]
[7]
[26]
[8]
[27]
[9]
[28]
Finisher (FS-522)
[10]
[29]
[11]
[30]
[12]
[31]
[13]
[32]
[14]
Key counter *1
[33]
[15]
[34]
[16]
Dehumidifier heater 1C
[35]
[17]
[36]
i-option (LK-101/102/103) *4
[18]
*1
*2
*3
*4
See "6.4 Option counter" in Field Service bizhub 501/421/361 main body for details.
Dehumidifier heater is set up as service part.
Swedish punch kit G is for Europe only.
Upgrade kit (UK-202) is needed for using i-option.
1. SYSTEM CONFIGURATION
bizhub 501/421/361
No.
DK-506/PC-206/PC-407 *1
OT-504
DK-506/PC-206/PC-407 *1
DK-506/PC-206/PC-407 *1
DK-506/PC-206/PC-407 *1
DK-506/PC-206/PC-407 *1
FS-522 *2*3
SD-507
DK-506/PC-206/PC-407 *1
FS-522 *2*3
MT-502
OT-504
Remarks
JS-502
RU-507 + FS-523
FS-522 *2*3
PC-206/PC-407 *4
LU-203
OT-504
PC-206/PC-407 *4
LU-203
PC-206/PC-407 *4
LU-203
10
PC-206/PC-407 *4
LU-203
11
PC-206/PC-407 *4
LU-203
FS-522 *2*3
SD-507
12
PC-206/PC-407 *4
LU-203
FS-522 *2*3
MT-502
OT-504
FS-522 *2*3
*1
*2
*3
*4
JS-502
RU-507 + FS-523
2. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
bizhub 501/421/361
2. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
A. Type
Type
Desktop type
Copying method
Original stand
Fixed
Original alignment
Photo conductor
OPC
Sensitizing method
Laser writing
*1
Two trays
Bypass feed
PC-407 *1
PC-206 *1
LU-203 *1
2. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
B. Functions
Original
A3 or 11 x 17
Copy size
Trays 1, 2
Inch:
Metric: A3, B4, A4, A4S, B5, A5S, 11 x 17, 81/2 x 11,
81/2 x 11S, Foolscap, 8K*1, 16K*1
Bypass feed
Inch:
Metric: A3, B4, A4, A4S, B5, B5S*2, A5S, B6S, 11 x 17*2,
81/2 x 11, 81/2 x 11S, Foolscap, 8K*1, 16K*1,
16KS*1, Custom paper (Max. 297.0 x 431.8mm,
Min. 92.0 x 148.0 mm)
ADU
Inch:
Metric: A3, B4, A4, A4S, B5, B5S*2, A5S, 11 x 17, 81/2 x 11,
81/2 x 11S, Foolscap, 8K*1, 16K*1, 16KS*1
Magnification
Fixed magnification
Inch:
x 0.930
3 types
Zoom magnification
Vertical magnification
Horizontal magnifi-
cation
Warm-up time
Up to 999 sheets
*1
*2
bizhub 501/421/361
2. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
bizhub 501/421/361
Resolution
Write
Image memory
205 MB
Interface section
RJ45 Ethernet, Serial port (RS232-C), Serial port (USB TypeA x 3),
Serial port (USB TypeB) *1, RJ-11 *2
*1
*2
C. Type of paper
High quality paper of 60 to 105 g/m2
Plain paper *1
All trays
Special paper *2
*1
All trays
Inch:
Inch:
Inch:
Cougar Cover 65 lb
Inch:
Label paper:
Inch:
AVERY 5352
OHP film:
Inch:
Inch:
D. Maintenance
Maintenance
2. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
Power source
Inch:
bizhub 501/421/361
E. Machine data
AC120V 12A, 60Hz
Main body
+ DF-613
+ PC or DK
Weight
*1
F.
Temperature
10 to 30 C
Humidity
Note
The information herein may be subject to change for improvement without notice.
bizhub 501/421/361
2. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
Blank page
3. PERIODIC CHECK
bizhub 501/421/361
MAINTENANCE
3. PERIODIC CHECK
3.1
Maintenance item
Note
For the replacement procedure of periodically replaced parts, see "3.4 Maintenance procedure of
the external section" to "3.14 Maintenance procedure of the fusing section".
The alcohol described in this section represents the isopropyl alcohol.
3.1.1
Main body
Unit
Description
Quantity
classification
1
Preparations
Implementation classification
Materials
Tools used
Image check
Exterior
2
Photo con-
Drum
ductor sec-
DR510
tion
z
1
Setting powder
50GA-209
Charge unit
Transfer/sep-
Transfer/separation
aration sec-
unit
tion
4
Developing
Developer
section
DV511
TCR adjustment
(Service mode)
5
Main body
Scanner
section
Alcohol/cleaning pad
Alcohol/cleaning pad
3. PERIODIC CHECK
bizhub 501/421/361
No.
Unit
Description
Quantity
classification
7
Paper feed
section
roller (Tray 1, 2)
Separation roller assy
Implementation classification
Materials
Tools used
Alcohol/cleaning pad
Alcohol/cleaning pad
Alcohol/cleaning pad
(Tray 1, 2)
8
9
Bypass tray
Feed roller
section
Separation roller
Fusing
Fusing roller
section
Alcohol/cleaning pad
10 Paper reverse
section
11 Registration
section
12 Final check
Fusing sensor
Alcohol/cleaning pad
Fusing claw
Alcohol/cleaning pad
Thermostat
Alcohol/cleaning pad
50GA4406
Paper dust removing
Blower brush
Alcohol/cleaning pad
Alcohol/cleaning pad
Loop roller
Alcohol/cleaning pad
Reflective sensor
brush
Blower brush
z
check
PM count reset
Exterior cleaning
10
z
z
3. PERIODIC CHECK
No.
Unit
Description
Quantity
classification
1
Transfer/sep-
Transfer/separation
aration sec-
unit
tion
50GA-260
Fusing
section
50GA-544
Fuse holder assy
Implementation classification
Materials
Tools used
bizhub 501/421/361
SP00-0112
Fusing claw assy
50GA-533
Fusing input gear assy
50GA-546
Unit
Description
Quantity
classification
1
Photo con-
Drum unit
ductor sec-
50GA-200
Implementation classification
Materials
Tools used
tion
2
3
Developing
Developing unit
section
50GA-300
Paper feed
Pick-up roller
section
40303005
Feed roller
40303005
Separation roller assy
(Tray 1, 2)
40300151
Bypass tray
section
41313001
Separation roller assy
40340151
11
3. PERIODIC CHECK
bizhub 501/421/361
Unit
Description
Quantity
classification
1
Registration
section
26NA4536
Registration bearing /Lt
Implementation classification
Materials
Tools used
26NA4537
Loop roller
50GA3865
Registration roller /Rt
50GA3848
Loop bearing
26NA4082
2
Write section
Write unit
A0R5R70000
3.1.2
DF
Unit
Description
classification
1
Preparations
Quantity
Implementation classification
Materials
Tools used
condition
Appearance
2
Paper feed
Pick-up roller
Alcohol/cleaning pad
Feed roller
Separation roller
Other rollers
Each sensor
Blower brush
Scanning guide
Alcohol/cleaning pad
section
tion
4
Final check
check
Exterior cleaning
12
3. PERIODIC CHECK
Unit
Description
Quantity
classification
1
Paper feed
Pick-up roller
section
16EA56020
Feed roller
Implementation classification
Materials
Tools used
45823014
Separation roller
45823047
3.1.3
PC
Unit
Description
Quantity
classification
Implementation classification
Materials
Tools used
Preparations
Paper feed
Pick-up roller
section
Feed roller
Separation roller
Final check
Exterior cleaning
Unit
Description
Quantity
classification
1
Paper feed
Pick-up roller
section
40303005
Feed roller
Implementation classification
Materials
Tools used
40303005
Separation roller assy
40300151
13
bizhub 501/421/361
3. PERIODIC CHECK
bizhub 501/421/361
3.1.4
LU
Unit
Description
Quantity
classification
Implementation classification
Materials
Tools used
Preparations
Paper feed
Pick-up rubber
Alcohol/cleaning pad
Feed rubber
Alcohol/cleaning pad
Separation rubber
section
Final check
Alcohol/cleaning pad
z
Exterior cleaning
Unit
Description
Quantity
classification
1
Paper feed
Pick-up rubber
section
40LA4009
Feed rubber
Implementation classification
Materials
Tools used
26NA4011
Separation rubber
26NA4012
3.1.5
FS
Unit
Description
classification
Quantity
Implementation classification
Materials
Tools used
Preparations
Conveyance
Each roller
Alcohol/cleaning pad
Paddle
Alcohol/cleaning pad
Staple
section
Final check
14
z
z
3.1.6
3. PERIODIC CHECK
MT
Unit
Description
Quantity
classification
1
Preparations
Conveyance
Each roller
Implementation classification
Materials
Tools used
z
Alcohol/cleaning pad
section
3
Final check
Exterior cleaning
3.1.7
SD
Unit
Description
Quantity
classification
1
Preparations
Conveyance
Each roller
Implementation classification
Materials
Tools used
z
Alcohol/cleaning pad
section
3
Final check
Exterior cleaning
3.1.8
RU
Unit
Description
classification
1
Preparations
Conveyance
Each roller
Quantity
Implementation classification
Materials
Tools used
z
Alcohol/cleaning pad
section
3
Final check
z
z
15
bizhub 501/421/361
3. PERIODIC CHECK
bizhub 501/421/361
3.2
3.2.1
Note
For the replacement procedure of periodically replaced parts, see "3.4 Maintenance procedure of
the external section" to "3.14 Maintenance procedure of the fusing section".
The parts count No. given in the table below represents the number of the fixed parts number in
the Service mode.
A. Main body
No.
Classification
Part name
Part number
Qt.
Photo con-
3
4
Transfer/
Drum
No.
Page
referred to
DR510
250,000
P.30
50GA-209
250,000
P.44
50GA-200
750,000
P.29
Transfer/separation unit
50GA-260
500,000
P.36
separation
section
5
Developing
Developer
DV511
250,000
P.38
section
Developing unit
50GA-300
750,000
P.37
Main body
50GA-336
250,000
P.41
Ozon filter
50GA1031
250,000
P.21
40LAR70500
250,000
P.22
10
A0R5R70100
250,000
P.22
11
50GA-311
250,000
P.42
Pick-up roller
40303005
300,000
P.46
13
Feed roller
40303005
300,000
P.46
14
40300151
300,000
P.51
41313001
200,000
P.68
12
Paper feed
section
P.53
P.53
(Tray 1, 2)
15
P.60
Bypass tray
16
section
40340151
200,000
P.65
17
Registration
Loop roller
50GA3865
1,250,000
P.72
18
section
50GA3848
1,250,000
P.72
19
26NA4536
1,250,000
P.72
20
26NA4537
1,250,000
P.72
21
Loop bearing
26NA4082
1,250,000
P.72
Fusing roller
50GE5303
250,000
P.90
22
Fusing
section
(bizhub 501)
50GA5303
(bizhub 421)
16
23
50GA5304
250,000
P.90
24
Fusing web
50GA-540
250,000
P.84
25
26NA5372
250,000
P.90
No.
Classification
3. PERIODIC CHECK
Part name
Part number
Qt.
No.
Page
referred to
26
Fusing
26NA5371
250,000
P.90
27
section
50GA5359
250,000
P.90
28
50GA-544
500,000
P.94
29
SP00-0112
500,000
P.96
30
50GA-533
500,000
P.81
31
4040R70600
250,000
P.86
32
4040R70700
250,000
P.86
33
50GA-546
500,000
P.90
50GA4406
250,000
P.24
A0R5R70000
1,250,000
P.25
Part number
Qt.
34
Paper reverse
bizhub 501/421/361
section
35
Write section
Write unit
B. Option
No.
Classification
Part name
DF
16EA56020
200,000
*1
45823014
200,000
*1
Separation roller
45823047
200,000
*2
Pick-up roller
40303005
300,000
*3
Feed roller
40303005
300,000
*4
40300151
300,000
*5
Pick-up rubber
40LA4009
200,000
*6
Feed rubber
26NA4011
200,000
*6
Separation rubber
26NA4012
200,000
*7
3
4
PC
5
6
7
LU
*1
*2
*3
Page
referred to
Feed roller
Pick-up roller
No.
(See P.7 in "Field Service PC-206 (bizhub 501/421/361)" / See P.7 in "Field Service PC-407 (bizhub 501/
421/361)")
*4
(See P.4 in "Field Service PC-206 (bizhub 501/421/361)" / See P.4 in "Field Service PC-407 (bizhub 501/
421/361)")
*5
(See P.3 in "Field Service PC-206 (bizhub 501/421/361)" / See P.3 in "Field Service PC-407 (bizhub 501/
421/361)")
*6
*7
17
3. PERIODIC CHECK
bizhub 501/421/361
3.2.2
Note
For the replacement procedure of periodically replaced parts, see "3.4 Maintenance procedure of
the external section" to "3.14 Maintenance procedure of the fusing section".
The parts count No. given in the table below represents the number of the fixed parts number in
the Service mode.
A. Main body
No.
Classification
Part name
Part number
Qt.
Photo con-
3
4
Transfer/
Drum
No.
Page
referred to
DR510
225,000
P.30
50GA-209
225,000
P.44
50GA-200
675,000
P.29
Transfer/separation unit
50GA-260
450,000
P.36
separation
section
5
Developing
Developer
DV511
225,000
P.38
section
Developing unit
50GA-300
675,000
P.37
Main body
50GA-336
225,000
P.41
Ozon filter
50GA1031
225,000
P.21
40LAR70500
225,000
P.22
10
A0R5R70100
225,000
P.22
11
50GA-311
225,000
P.42
Pick-up roller
40303005
300,000
P.46
13
Feed roller
40303005
300,000
P.46
14
40300151
300,000
P.51
41313001
200,000
P.68
12
Paper feed
section
P.53
P.53
(Tray 1, 2)
18
P.60
15
Bypass tray
16
section
40340151
200,000
P.65
17
Registration
Loop roller
50GA3865
900,000
P.72
18
section
50GA3848
900,000
P.72
19
26NA4536
900,000
P.72
20
26NA4537
900,000
P.72
21
Loop bearing
26NA4082
900,000
P.72
Fusing roller
50GA5303
225,000
P.90
22
Fusing
23
section
50GA5304
225,000
P.90
24
Fusing web
50GA-540
225,000
P.84
25
26NA5372
225,000
P.90
26
26NA5371
225,000
P.90
27
50GA5359
225,000
P.90
28
50GA-544
450,000
P.94
29
SP00-0112
450,000
P.96
No.
Classification
3. PERIODIC CHECK
Part name
Part number
Qt.
No.
Page
referred to
30
Fusing
50GA-533
450,000
P.81
31
section
4040R70600
225,000
P.86
32
4040R70700
225,000
P.86
33
50GA-546
450,000
P.90
50GA4406
225,000
P.24
A0R5R70000
900,000
P.25
Part number
Qt.
34
Paper reverse
bizhub 501/421/361
section
35
Write section
Write unit
B. Option
No.
Classification
Part name
DF
16EA56020
200,000
*1
45823014
200,000
*1
Separation roller
45823047
200,000
*2
Pick-up roller
40303005
300,000
*3
Feed roller
40303005
300,000
*4
40300151
300,000
*5
Pick-up rubber
40LA4009
200,000
*6
Feed rubber
26NA4011
200,000
*6
Separation rubber
26NA4012
200,000
*7
3
4
PC
5
6
7
LU
*1
*2
*3
Page
referred to
Feed roller
Pick-up roller
No.
(See P.7 in "Field Service PC-206 (bizhub 501/421/361)" / See P.7 in "Field Service PC-407 (bizhub 501/
421/361)")
*4
(See P.4 in "Field Service PC-206 (bizhub 501/421/361)" / See P.4 in "Field Service PC-407 (bizhub 501/
421/361)")
*5
(See P.3 in "Field Service PC-206 (bizhub 501/421/361)" / See P.3 in "Field Service PC-407 (bizhub 501/
421/361)")
*6
*7
19
3. PERIODIC CHECK
bizhub 501/421/361
3.3
3.3.1
Life value
Life value of materials
Item
Drum
Number of prints
225,000 (bizhub 361)
Developer
20
Remarks
250,000 (bizhub 501/421) The life value is defined only by the number of prints.
3.4.1
bizhub 501/421/361
3.4
3. PERIODIC CHECK
Ozone filter
*1
501/421
*2
361
B. Procedure
[1]
[2]
50gaf2c014na
21
3. PERIODIC CHECK
bizhub 501/421/361
3.4.2
Replacing the filter cover assy and the suction filter /A assy
*1
501/421
*2
361
B. Procedure
[1]
[2]
50gaf2c015nb
[1]
22
50gaf2c016na
3. PERIODIC CHECK
Note
Be sure to install the suction filter /A assy
with the white filter face [1] inside.
[1]
50gaf2c017na
23
bizhub 501/421/361
3. PERIODIC CHECK
bizhub 501/421/361
3.4.3
*1
501/421
*2
361
B. Procedure
[1]
[2]
a0r5f2c001ca
[1]
steps in reverse.
50gaf2c019na
24
3.5.1
bizhub 501/421/361
3.5
3. PERIODIC CHECK
Warning
Be sure not to turn on the write unit with it shifted from its regular installation position.
Be absolutely sure not to remove the write unit cover. Otherwise, laser beams get in your eyes and
you may suffer loss of sight.
Be absolutely sure not to remove the write unit for about 2 minutes after you turn off the main
power switch (SW1) or the power switch (SW2).
Write unite
*1
501/421
*2
361
B. Procedure
[1]
(See P.37)
[2]
[4]
[3]
50gaf2c020na
25
bizhub 501/421/361
3. PERIODIC CHECK
[2]
[1]
[1]
[1]
[3]
[2]
50gaf2c021nb
[3]
50gaf2c022na
[1]
[2]
26
[3]
50gaf2c023na
3. PERIODIC CHECK
[3]
[2]
[1]
50gaf2c024na
Note
When installing the write unit [1], be sure to
take note of the position into which the dustproof sheet /A [2] is inserted.
When checking the insertion of the sheet, be
sure to check it with the drum unit removed.
[1]
[2]
50gaf2c025na
27
bizhub 501/421/361
bizhub 501/421/361
3. PERIODIC CHECK
[1]
[2]
28
50gaf2c026na
3.6.1
bizhub 501/421/361
3.6
3. PERIODIC CHECK
Note
When removing the drum unit, be sure to hold it at both ends.
When removing the drum unit, be sure to avoid holding it at the separation claw unit section.
Be sure to avoid touching the drum with bare hands, and also be careful not to damage it.
Be sure to avoid turning the drum in any direction other than in the specified direction.
When storing the drum unit, be sure to store it in the dark place with a drum cover attached.
A. Periodically replaced part/cycle
Drum unit
*1
501/421
*2
361
B. Procedure
1. Open ADU.
(See P.138)
2. Pull the lock release lever [1] to open the conveyance unit [2].
[1]
[2]
[2]
50gaf2c027na
[1]
(See P.37)
50gaf2c028na
29
3. PERIODIC CHECK
bizhub 501/421/361
3.6.2
Note
Be sure to avoid touching the drum and the cleaning blade with bare hands, and also be careful
not to damage them.
When storing the drum, be sure to store it in the dark place with a drum cover attached.
When installing the drum and the cleaning blade, be sure to apply setting powder to the circumference of the drum and the cleaning blade, regardless of these parts being new or used ones.
When setting powder is applied to the drum, be sure to conduct the following operations before
installing the drum unit to the main body.
1) With the charging corona unit removed, rotate the drum one full turn (to prevent setting powder
from splashing onto the charging corona unit and the image from getting defective.)
2) When installing a new drum, be sure to reset the drum counter in the service mode. Failing to
reset it may result in image fogging and toner splashing. (See P.208)
A. Periodically replaced part/cycle
Drum
30
*1
501/421
*2
361
3. PERIODIC CHECK
B. Procedure
[1]
rod [2].
Note
When installing the cleaning rod, be sure to
take note of the direction of the C-clip.
[3]
50gaf2c029na
31
bizhub 501/421/361
3. PERIODIC CHECK
bizhub 501/421/361
[1]
[3]
[2]
50gaf2c030na
32
3. PERIODIC CHECK
NG
OK
[2]
[2]
[3]
[3]
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
50gaf2c031nb
33
bizhub 501/421/361
3. PERIODIC CHECK
bizhub 501/421/361
[1]
[3]
[4]
[2]
50gaf2c032na
34
3. PERIODIC CHECK
Note
[1]
[2]
[2]
[3]
50gaf2c033nb
35
bizhub 501/421/361
3. PERIODIC CHECK
bizhub 501/421/361
3.7
3.7.1
*1
501/421
*2
361
B. Procedure
1. Open ADU.
[3]
(See P.138)
3. Release the lock levers [1] and [2] and remove the
transfer/separation corona unit [3].
[1]
36
[2]
50gaf2c034na
3.8.1
bizhub 501/421/361
3.8
3. PERIODIC CHECK
Developing unit
*1
501/421
*2
361
B. Procedure
[3]
[1]
[2]
50gaf2c035na
37
3. PERIODIC CHECK
bizhub 501/421/361
3.8.2
Replacing developer
Developer
*1
501/421
*2
361
B. Procedure
[2]
(See P.37)
[1]
50gaf2c036na
38
3. PERIODIC CHECK
Note
When installing the developing unit cover /1
[1], be sure to install it so that the splash prevention sheet [2] does not get caught into the
developing roller [3].
[1]
[3]
[2]
[3]
[2]
50gaf2c037na
39
bizhub 501/421/361
bizhub 501/421/361
3. PERIODIC CHECK
[1]
[4]
[5]
[3]
[2]
50gaf2c041na
[3]
6. Rotate the developing gear [4] in the arrowmarked direction [5] so that developer [1] gets
deep into the developing unit [3].
[2]
marked direction [5] and check to see if the spiking of developer is found on the entire surface of
the developing roller [6].
[4]
50gaf2c042na
steps in reverse.
Note
When developer [1] is replaced, be sure to
conduct the TCR adjustment in the service
mode.
(See P.188)
40
3.9.1
bizhub 501/421/361
3.9
3. PERIODIC CHECK
*1
501/421
*2
361
B. Procedure
[2]
[1]
2. Open ADU.
(See P.138)
[1]
[2]
50gaf2c043na
41
3. PERIODIC CHECK
bizhub 501/421/361
3.9.2
*1
501/421
*2
361
B. Procedure
2. Open ADU.
(See P.138)
[3]
(See P.29)
6. Remove the screw [1] and then remove the rail [2].
Note
When installing the rail, be sure first to insert
the tip into the notch [3].
[2]
[1]
50gaf2c044na
42
3. PERIODIC CHECK
[1]
steps in reverse.
50gaf2c045na
43
bizhub 501/421/361
3. PERIODIC CHECK
bizhub 501/421/361
Note
Be sure to avoid touching the edge section of the cleaning blade assy with bare hands.
When installing the cleaning blade assy, be sure to apply setting powder to the circumference of
the drum and the cleaning blade, regardless of these parts being new or used ones.
When setting powder is applied to the drum, be sure to conduct the following operations before
installing the drum unit to the main body.
1) With the charging corona unit removed, rotate the drum 1 full turn (to prevent setting powder
from splashing onto the charging corona unit and the image from getting defective.)
A. Periodically replaced part/cycle
*1
501/421
*2
361
B. Procedure
(See P.37)
2. Open ADU.
(See P.138)
50gaf2c046na
(See P.30)
[1]
50gaf2c047na
44
3. PERIODIC CHECK
Note
[1]
[3]
[2]
[4]
[1]
50gaf2c048na
45
bizhub 501/421/361
3. PERIODIC CHECK
bizhub 501/421/361
Feed roller
Pick-up roller
501/421
*2
361
B. Procedure
[2]
[1]
[3]
[2]
50gaf2c108na
46
[3]
3. PERIODIC CHECK
Note
[2]
[5]
[4]
[1]
50gaf2c109na
47
bizhub 501/421/361
3. PERIODIC CHECK
bizhub 501/421/361
[3][4]
Note
[1]
[2]
[1]
[3][4]
50gaf2c110na
[2]
[3]
[1]
[4]
50gaf2c111na
48
3. PERIODIC CHECK
7. Remove the C-ring [1] and then remove the bearing [2].
[1]
[2]
Note
When attaching the spring, be sure to put the
hook into the oblong hole (not into the round
hole [8]).
[8]
[7]
[5]
[4]
[6]
[3]
50gaf2c161na
[4]
[1]
10. Remove the E-ring [1] and then remove the bearing [2].
11. Remove the bearing [3] and then remove the feed
roller assy [4].
[3]
[2]
50gaf2c162na
49
bizhub 501/421/361
3. PERIODIC CHECK
bizhub 501/421/361
12. Remove the C-ring [1] and then remove the feed
roller [2].
[1]
[2]
50gaf2c163na
[1]
[3]
[2]
[1]
[2]
50gaf2c164na
15. Remove the C-ring [1] and then remove the pick[2]
[1]
up roller [2].
50gaf2c113na
50
bizhub 501/421/361
3.11.2
3. PERIODIC CHECK
*1
501/421
*2
361
B. Procedure
(See P.161)
[3]
50gaf2c117na
5. Remove the 2 C-rings [1] and pull out the shaft [2].
6. Remove the separation roller mounting plate [3].
[1]
Note
When removing the separation roller mount-
[2]
[1]
[5]
[4]
[3]
50gaf2c118na
51
3. PERIODIC CHECK
bizhub 501/421/361
[1]
[3]
[2]
50gaf2c119na
52
bizhub 501/421/361
3.11.3
3. PERIODIC CHECK
Feed roller
Pick-up roller
501/421
*2
361
B. Procedure
[1]
50gaf2c120na
[4]
[3]
[1]
[2]
50gaf2c121na
53
3. PERIODIC CHECK
bizhub 501/421/361
[1]
[2]
[1]
50gaf2c122na
[3]
[1]
[1]
50gaf2c123na
54
3. PERIODIC CHECK
[2]
[1]
[3]
[2]
50gaf2c124na
55
bizhub 501/421/361
3. PERIODIC CHECK
bizhub 501/421/361
[1]
Note
When installing the separation roller unit /2,
be sure to set the projection [3] to the hole [4].
[3] [4]
[1]
[3] [4]
[4]
[2]
50gaf2c125na
[1]
[2] [3]
50gaf2c126na
56
3. PERIODIC CHECK
[3]
[2]
[5]
[4]
[1]
50gaf2c127na
57
bizhub 501/421/361
bizhub 501/421/361
3. PERIODIC CHECK
14. Detach the hook [2] of the spring [1] from the
[3]
[7]
[1]
[6]
[4]
[4]
[5]
50gaf2c165na
[4]
[1]
17. Remove the E-ring [1] and then remove the bearing [2].
18. Remove the bearing [3] and then remove the feed
roller assy [4].
[3]
58
[2]
50gaf2c166na
3. PERIODIC CHECK
19. Remove the C-ring [1] and then remove the feed
roller [2].
[2]
[1]
50gaf2c167na
[1]
[3]
[2]
[2]
[2]
[1]
50gaf2c168na
[1]
22. Remove the C-ring [1] and then remove the pickup roller [2].
50gaf2c129na
59
bizhub 501/421/361
3. PERIODIC CHECK
bizhub 501/421/361
3.11.4
*1
501/421
*2
361
B. Procedure
[1]
[2]
[1]
[3]
50gaf2c133na
When installing the separation roller mounting plate assy, be sure to fasten it with screws
while pressing it in the arrow-marked direction [3].
60
3. PERIODIC CHECK
9. Remove the 2 C-rings [1] and pull out the shaft [2].
10. Remove the separation roller mounting plate [3].
[1]
Note
When removing the separation roller mount-
[2]
[1]
[5]
[4]
[3]
50gaf2c134na
[1]
[3]
[2]
50gaf2c135na
61
bizhub 501/421/361
3. PERIODIC CHECK
bizhub 501/421/361
A. Procedure
[2]
[1]
(See P.139)
[5]
[3]
62
[4]
50gaf2c001na
3. PERIODIC CHECK
[4]
[2]
[3]
[1]
[5]
[4]
50gaf2c002na
63
bizhub 501/421/361
3. PERIODIC CHECK
bizhub 501/421/361
[1]
[3]
[2]
50gaf2c003na
64
bizhub 501/421/361
3.12.2
3. PERIODIC CHECK
*1
501/421
*2
361
Note
When replacing the separation roller assy, be sure also to replace the feed roller at the same time.
B. Procedure
[2]
[2]
[2]
[1]
50gaf2c004na
65
3. PERIODIC CHECK
bizhub 501/421/361
4. Detach the hook [1] from the hole [2] and remove
[3]
[1]
[2]
50gaf2c005na
[1]
[3]
[1]
Note
When installing the push-up plate assy, be
sure to install it while pressing the push-up
plate [3] so that each of the springs [1] does
not comes off each cross-headed boss [2].
[2]
66
[2]
50gaf2c006na
3. PERIODIC CHECK
[2]
[1]
50gaf2c007na
[3]
[5]
[4]
[1]
[2]
50gaf2c008na
[3]
[1]
7. Remove the C-ring [1] and then remove the separation roller assy [3] from the holder [2].
[2]
50gaf2c009na
67
bizhub 501/421/361
3. PERIODIC CHECK
bizhub 501/421/361
3.12.3
Feed roller
*1
501/421
*2
361
Note
When replacing the feed roller, be sure also to replace the separation roller assy at the same time.
B. Procedure
3. Press the conveyance guide [1] in the arrowmarked direction [2] to remove the support axis [3]
from the hole [4], and then remove the conveyance guide.
[4]
[3]
[1]
68
[2]
50gaf2c010na
3. PERIODIC CHECK
[3]
[2]
[1]
[1]
[2]
50gaf2c169na
[3]
[4]
50gaf2c170na
[1]
50gaf2c171na
69
bizhub 501/421/361
3. PERIODIC CHECK
bizhub 501/421/361
7. Remove the C-ring [1] and then remove the bearing [2].
[3]
[4]
[2]
[1]
50gaf2c172na
[2]
[4] [1]
[3]
50gaf2c173na
70
3. PERIODIC CHECK
3.13.1
bizhub 501/421/361
*1
501/421
*2
361
B. Procedure
1. Open ADU.
[2]
(See P.138)
[1]
50gaf2c174na
71
3. PERIODIC CHECK
bizhub 501/421/361
3.13.2
Replacing the loop roller, the loop bearing, the registration roller /Rt, and the registration
bearings /Rt and /Lt
Loop roller
Loop bearing
501/421
*2
361
B. Procedure
1. Open ADU.
(See P.138)
[1]
50gaf2c175na
72
3. PERIODIC CHECK
[2]
[1]
[3]
[1]
[3]
[4]
[5]
50gaf2c154nb
73
bizhub 501/421/361
bizhub 501/421/361
3. PERIODIC CHECK
[5]
[6]
[1]
13. Remove the C-clip [8] and then remove the bearing [9].
[10]
[3]
[2]
[4]
[7]
[9]
[8]
50gaf2c155na
74
[6]
3. PERIODIC CHECK
[5]
[4]
[3]
17. Remove the screw [7] and then remove the registration main body assy [8].
[7]
[8]
[2]
[1]
50gaf2c156na
75
bizhub 501/421/361
3. PERIODIC CHECK
bizhub 501/421/361
[3]
bearings [2].
[2]
[1]
[2]
50gaf2c157nb
76
3. PERIODIC CHECK
[4]
[1]
[3]
[5]
[2] [3]
[1]
[2]
50gaf2c158nb
77
bizhub 501/421/361
3. PERIODIC CHECK
bizhub 501/421/361
[1]
[2]
[2]
[3]
[1]
50gaf2c159nb
78
3. PERIODIC CHECK
Caution
Since the fusing section gets hot immediately after turning off the main power switch (SW1) or the
power switch (SW2), you may suffer a burn. Be sure to conduct the operations when the temperature goes down sufficiently.
A. Procedure
[2]
1. Open ADU.
[1]
(See P.138)
4. Loosen the screw [1] and remove the front auxiliary cover [2].
50gaf2c085nb
79
bizhub 501/421/361
bizhub 501/421/361
3. PERIODIC CHECK
[4]
cover [3].
[1]
[8]
[3]
[2] [5]
[6]
[5]
[7]
[4]
50gaf2c086na
80
3. PERIODIC CHECK
[2]
[1]
3.14.2
50gaf2c087na
*1
501/421
*2
361
B. Procedure
[1]
[2]
50gaf2c088na
81
bizhub 501/421/361
3. PERIODIC CHECK
bizhub 501/421/361
[1]
82
50gaf2c089na
3. PERIODIC CHECK
[1]
[2]
[5]
[4]
[3]
[7]
[6]
50gaf2c091na
83
bizhub 501/421/361
3. PERIODIC CHECK
bizhub 501/421/361
3.14.3
Fusing web
*1
501/421
*2
361
B. Procedure
[4]
[2]
(See P.79)
[1]
[5]
[3]
50gaf2c092na
Note
[2]
[1]
84
50gaf2c093na
[1]
[2]
3. PERIODIC CHECK
[5]
[8]
[4]
[3]
[1]
[7]
[6]
[6]
50gaf2c094na
85
bizhub 501/421/361
3. PERIODIC CHECK
bizhub 501/421/361
3.14.4
501/421
*2
361
B. Procedure
[1]
[2]
[4]
[3]
[8]
[6]
86
[7]
[5]
50gaf2c095na
[3]
3. PERIODIC CHECK
[2]
[3]
[1]
[4]
50gaf2c096na
87
bizhub 501/421/361
3. PERIODIC CHECK
bizhub 501/421/361
3.14.5
Note
Be careful not to touch the lamp sections of L2 and L3 with bare hands. When touched, be sure to
clean them with a roller cleaner.
A. Procedure
[1]
(See P.79)
[2]
88
50gaf2c097na
3. PERIODIC CHECK
[8]
[1]
[5]
[3]
[2]
[7]
[6]
[4]
Destination
North America
50gaf2c098na
Europe/Others
Fr
Rr
Fr
Rr
L2
Red
Red
Blue
Blue
L3
Red
Black
Blue
Black
89
bizhub 501/421/361
3. PERIODIC CHECK
bizhub 501/421/361
3.14.6
Replacing the fusing roller, the fusing pressure roller, the heat insulating sleeve /A, the fusing
bearings /Up and /Lw and the fusing input gear assy
Fusing roller
90
*1
501/421
*2
361
3. PERIODIC CHECK
B. Procedure
[7]
[8]
[6]
[5]
(See P.79)
bizhub 501/421/361
[1]
[4]
[3]
Note
Be sure to release the envelope lever up to
the limit.
[9]
50gaf2c099na
91
3. PERIODIC CHECK
bizhub 501/421/361
[5]
[2]
[1]
[4] [3]
[10]
11. Remove the C-ring [6] and then remove the heat
insulating sleeve /A [7] and the fusing bearing /Up
[8].
Note
When installing the heat insulating sleeve /A
[12]
[11]
[7]
[8]
[9]
50gaf2c100na
[1]
92
50gaf2c101na
3. PERIODIC CHECK
[2]
[3]
[3]
[2]
[1]
50gaf2c102na
93
bizhub 501/421/361
3. PERIODIC CHECK
bizhub 501/421/361
3.14.7
Caution
After installing the fusing sensor assy, be sure to check to see if it is in touch with the fusing roller.
*1
501/421
*2
361
B. Procedure
[1]
[3]
[2]
[4]
[5]
[3]
50gaf2c104na
94
3. PERIODIC CHECK
[2]
[1]
50gaf2c105na
Note
[1]
50gaf2c106na
95
bizhub 501/421/361
3. PERIODIC CHECK
bizhub 501/421/361
3.14.8
Caution
After installing the fuse holder assy, be sure to check to see if it is in touch with the fusing roller.
*1
501/421
*2
361
B. Procedure
[1]
[4]
[3]
(See P.81)
[2]
50gaf2c107na
96
4. SERVICE TOOLS
4.1
bizhub 501/421/361
4. SERVICE TOOLS
Service material list
Material No.
Name
Shape
Remark
000V-19-0
Setting powder
25 g
000V-18-0
Cleaning pad
10 pcs/1 pack
00GR0026
Multemp FF-RM
25 g
00GR0021
Solvest 240
97
4. SERVICE TOOLS
bizhub 501/421/361
4.2
Jig list
Parts No.
Name
26NA2134
Shape
Quantity
1
ber
26NAJG01
Remark
Mounted to the drum
unit
jig
4040PJP1
Test chart
(A3 size)
4040PJP3
Test chart
(A3 size)
4040PJP2
Test chart
With a KONICA
MINOLTA logo
Without a KONICA
MINOLTA logo
(11 x 17 size)
120A9711
Adjustment chart
For DF adjustment
For DF adjustment
For DF adjustment
For DF adjustment
(A3 size)
120AJG02
Adjustment chart
(11 x 17 size)
120A9712
White chart
(A4 size)
120AJG03
White chart
(81/2 x 11 size)
98
00VC-2-0
Drum cover
00VD-100
Blower brush
Parts No.
00VE-1005
Name
4. SERVICE TOOLS
Shape
Quantity
Tester
ing jig
4.3
Remark
Materials
A. Item
Parts name
Useful sheets
Type name
Toner bottle
32,190 prints
TN511
Drum
DR510
DV511
99
bizhub 501/421/361
bizhub 501/421/361
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
5.1
ISW
5.1.1
Outline
Network
When executing the ISW over the entire system, be sure to execute it in the order given below. (To minimize the
occurrence of troubles resulting from the mismatch of the firmware version)
Step
1
Type of programs
Fax board controller 1, Fax board controller 2, Finisher, DF, Loadable device driver
Image controller
MFP controller
Note
When replacing the OACB, be sure to conduct the ISW of the MFP controller first. When the firmware of the MFP controller is not contained in the OACB, no display is shown on the touch panel.
The finisher above refers to the FS-522. The ISW of the FS-523 is conducted by changing the
EPROM.
5.1.3
Following the description given below, be sure to make appropriate settings on the main body side to conduct
the operations of the firmware version upgrade and writing.
A. Types of the setting
Service mode
This mode is used when the firmware of the MFP controller is installed properly. Selecting [ISW] or [Internet
ISW] of [System 2] in the service mode allows you to write the firmware.
100
Mode
Normal
Service mode
Other boards
Normal
Service mode
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
C. When writing the firmware afresh (When replacing the board or when failed in rewriting the firmware)
Applicable board
Other boards
Mode
Service mode
For the overall control board (OACB), when something is wrong with the firmware or no firmware is written, the
bizhub 501/421/361
normal start-up cannot be made. In a case like this, when the power switch is ON, the power LED turns ON with
nothing shown on the touch panel, and the system is placed in the firmware stand-by mode. In this case, contact the service manager of the authorized distributor.
For other boards, when the firmware of the MFP controller is normal and something is wrong with other firmware, an ISW error is shown on the touch panel section when the power is turned ON.
5.1.4
Board to be rewritten
Specifications
Overall control board (OACB), Printer control board (PRCB), FAX control
board (FK-502), FS control board (FSCB), DF control board (DFCB)
Rewritable firmware
MFP controller
Operation panel message data
Image controller
FAX board controller 1
FAX board controller 2
Finisher
ADF
Loadable device driver
Note
For boards other than the above, ROM replacement is required.
101
bizhub 501/421/361
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
5.2
USB ISW
5.2.1
Outline
Conduct the ISW locally by connecting the USB memory to the USB port of the main body.
5.2.2
SPECIFICATIONS
Note
Create the bizhub501, bizhub421, bizhub361 or LoadableDeviceDriverROM folder directly under
the USB memory route.
When copying the firmware to the memory, be sure to copy ".bin" file and ".sum" file or ".drv" file
and ".sum" file at the same time.
Be sure to copy the files of each firmware to the USB memory in the configuration of the folders
shown in the below.
If the copying is not completed correctly, a message "The data is not found" is displayed on the
panel when the ISW files are selected.
bizhub501
102
bizhub421
bizhub361
MFP_controller
MFP_controller
MFP_controller
Operation_message
Operation_message
Operation_message
Image_controller
Image_controller
Image_controller
Df_controller
Df_controller
Df_controller
Finisher_controller
Finisher_controller
Finisher_controller
Fax_controller
Fax_controller
Fax_controller
LoadableDeviceDriverROM
LoadableDeviceDriverROM
LoadableDeviceDriverROM
5.2.3
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
Operation
Enter the Service mode.
103
bizhub 501/421/361
bizhub 501/421/361
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
B. ISW execution
Step
1
Operation
Insert the USB memory into the USB port /1 [1] or 2 [2] at the rear side of the main body.
[1]
[2]
a0r5f2c002ca
[1]
a0r5f2e001ca
104
Press [ISW].
"ISW screen"
bizhub 501/421/361
Step
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
105
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
bizhub 501/421/361
Step
8
106
10
11
bizhub 501/421/361
Step
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
Note
When the message "Writing data. Do not turn off the power source" displayed and
flashing the data lamp (blue) during executing the ISW, never turn OFF the Main power
switch (SW1) and Sub-power switch (SW2). It may damage the firmware in the ROM.
107
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
bizhub 501/421/361
Step
108
12
13
To execute the ISW of other firmware, press [OK] and repeat steps 6 to 12.
14
Turn OFF Main power switch (SW1) and wait 10 seconds, and then turn ON again.
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
Operation
Enter the Service mode.
Press the [Firmware Version] in "Service mode screen".
Indication of "Firmware Version screen"
Check the version information and press [Check Sum].
Check whether the checksum value of 4 digits is same as the alphanumeric code shown in the
PRI (Program Release Information).
[1]
a0r5f2e002ca
Note
The checksum value of the MFP controller is always same regardless of the destination.
The checksum value of the operation panel message data varies according to the destination.
109
bizhub 501/421/361
bizhub 501/421/361
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
5.2.4
Error list
Operation
Power LED
OFF
OFF
ON
standby status)
While in the data reception:
It flashes at high speed.
While in the flash memory write:
It flashes at low speed.
5
OFF
Descriptions
The finisher is in the condition in which no connection is made.
Parameter error
Sequence error
The data transferred from the PC is not the data for bizhub 501/421/361,
Time-out error
While in the file transfer from the PC, a time-out error occurs.
Checksum error
ities occur with PRCB (when selecting the image controller, finisher or
ADF).
Write error
An error occurs with the write answer check (when selecting the fax
board controller 1 or the fax board controller 2).
110
Other errors
5.3
Internet ISW
5.3.1
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
Outline
Internet ISW is the function which enables the main body to acquire the firmware for rewriting automatically
from the program server through the Internet when the updating is ordered from the operation panel.
By using Internet ISW, the firmware can be updated at the customer without taking firmware data.
5.3.2
Service environment
The following conditions are necessary for using the Internet ISW function.
The main body is located at the environment in which the firmware can be downloaded through the internet
with ftp or http Protocol.
The "Internet ISW" will not operate under the following conditions.
5.3.3
For using the Internet ISW, the Network parameter, Program Server Address as well as Firewall Address
need to be set to the main body.
For details of each setting item, refer to "5.4 Internet ISW Setting". (See P.122)
a0r5f2e003ca
111
bizhub 501/421/361
bizhub 501/421/361
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
Note
Settings such as Server setting, etc. will be available by selecting "ON" on this setting.
When the following setting is set to "ON", "ON" cannot be selected on this setting.
[Administrator Setting] [Security Setting] [Enhanced Security Mode]
112
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
It performs the setting concerning the Protocol (ftp or http) for connecting to the Internet ISW.
When connecting to the Program Server using a proxy server, perform the setting for a Proxy Server.
Step
Connecting by http
Connecting by ftp
Select [Internet ISW] which is available from [Service Mode] [System 2].
Connect Proxy
Proxy Server
bizhub 501/421/361
B. Protocol Setting
1. Select the [Server Address], and set the Proxy Server Address by IP addressing scheme or
FQDN scheme.
2. Select [Port Number], and set the Port Number for the Proxy Server from 1 through 65535.
4
Proxy Authentication
Set the Login name and the Password
which may be necessary for Authentication
Connection Setting
Perform the setting for accessing FTP
server.
3. Select [Password], and enter the Password 3. When connecting in PASV mode, select
on the on-screen keyboard.
Connection Time-Out
113
bizhub 501/421/361
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
To make the access setting for the Program Server which stores the Firmware data.
1. Select [Internet ISW] which is available from [Service Mode] [System 2].
2. Press [Forwarding Access Setting].
a0r5f2e004ca
3. Select [User ID], and enter the user ID which is necessary for connecting to the Program Server on the onscreen keyboard, and press [END].
4. Select [Password], and enter the Password which is necessary for connecting to the Program Server on the
on-screen keyboard, and press [END].
5. Select [URL], and enter the directory which stores the Program Server Address and the Firmware on the onscreen keyboard by URL method, and press [END].
Note
Enter the URL which matches to the Protocol to be used.
When connecting to http
6. Select [File Name], and enter the file name of the Firmware data to be downloaded on the on-screen keyboard, and press [END].
114
bizhub 501/421/361
5.3.4
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
Note
When performing the Internet ISW, ask the administrator for permission beforehand.
Do not turn OFF Main power switch(SW1) and Sub-power switch(SW2) while downloading.
A. Conducting rewriting on the control panel
a0r5f2e005ca
a0r5f2e006ca
115
bizhub 501/421/361
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
4.
The main body automatically start running, and it starts accessing the server.
a0r5f2e007ca
116
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
1. The message to indicate the status is displayed on the screen while connecting or transferring data.
C. Completed or failed
(1) Firmware updated normally
1. When the Firmware is normally updated, restart the main body in auto mode to display the outcome, and
press [OK] to return to the Main screen.
a0r5f2e008ca
117
bizhub 501/421/361
bizhub 501/421/361
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
1. When updating failed to complete due to the trouble on connecting to the network, an error code and the
message is displayed.
2. The main body is automatically rebooted and displays the result screen, then press [OK]. It can be used with
the Firmware Version before conducting updating.
a0r5f2e009ca
3. Check the settings for the network by error codes, and try updating again.
Note
For error codes, refer to "5.3.5 Error Code List for the Internet ISW".
(3) Failing to update the Firmware after downloading has started
1. Once Firmware updating has started, the ROM in the main body is deleted.
When it failed right after updating has started, restart the main body, and shift to the standby screen to retry
downloading.
2. When updating on the control panel, press [settings] on the standby screen, and check the Network settings
again.
Press [Download], and restart the Internet ISW.
Note
Return to the standby screen without fail after turning the Main power OFF/ON if the Firmware is
not updated.
D. Confirming the Firmware Version
118
5.3.5
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
When a trouble occurred while conducting the Internet ISW and it was not normally connected, the message on the status and the error code will be displayed on the control panel.
When updating with CS Remote Care, the error code will be sent to the CS Remote Care center.
Error code
Description
Countermeasure
Control panel
0x00000001
0x00000010
Parameter error
0x00111000
0x00111001
0x00111100
Communication Timeout.
0x00111101
0x00111110
0x00110010
119
bizhub 501/421/361
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
bizhub 501/421/361
Error code
Description
Countermeasure
Control panel
0x00001###
FTP error
Reply code when it failed to be
connected
0x00002###
FTP error
Error reply code for the User
FTP error
Error reply code for CWD command
0x00004###
FTP error
Error reply code for the TYPE
command
0x00005###
FTP error
Error reply code for the PORT
command
0x00006###
FTP error
Error reply code for the PASV
command
0x00007###
FTP error
Error rely code for the RETR
command
0x10000100
cuted.
ISW being executed by other
method.
0x10000101
0x10000103
120
"Valid".
[Service Mode] [System 2] [Inter-
0x10000106
completed.
Check if the following setting is set to
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
Error code
Description
Countermeasure
Control panel
0x10000107
error.
The header of the file which has
been read has an error.
The size of the file to be downloaded is too large.
When it is identified to be the
different type of F/W.
0x10000108
necessary.
0x20000000
normal
program,
the
rebooting will start and the Internet ISW will be executed with
the subset program.
During the process by the subset program, it has to be in the
"Failed" status unless the Internet ISW is successfully conducted. This code is used
temporarily to make it in error
status.
Note
If the above process does not solve the problem, inform the corresponding error code to the KONICA MINOLTA.
121
bizhub 501/421/361
bizhub 501/421/361
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
5.4
5.4.1
Functions
Use
Setting/
Procedure
5.4.2
ON
"OFF"
HTTP Setting
Use
Setting/
Procedure
ON
"OFF"
B. Connect Proxy
Functions
To set whether or not to connect via Proxy Server when accessing the Server.
Use
Setting/
Procedure
122
ON
"OFF"
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
Functions
Use
bizhub 501/421/361
C. Proxy Server
To set the Address and the Port Number for the Proxy Server.
To use when accessing the Server via Proxy Server.
Setting/
<Server Address>
Procedure
Enter the IP Address using the Version 4 method / Version 6 method or FQDN
method.
<Port Number>
Enter the value between 1 and 65535 using the 10-key pad.
D. Proxy Authentication
Functions
To set the Login name or Password when Authentication is necessary for accessing
Use
<Authentication>
Procedure
"OFF"
<Log-in Name>
Enter the Login name (up to 32 one-byte characters) on the on-screen keyboard.
<Password>
Enter the Password (up to 32 one-byte characters) on the on-screen keyboard.
E. Connection Time-Out
Functions
To set the time for the Timeout for accessing the Server.
Use
To use when changing the time for the Timeout for accessing the Server.
Setting/
Procedure
5.4.3
30 to 300 sec
FTP Setting
Use
Setting/
Procedure
OFF
123
bizhub 501/421/361
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
B. Connect Proxy
Functions
Use
Setting/
Procedure
ON
"OFF"
C. Proxy Server
Functions
To set the Address and the Port No. of the Proxy Server.
Use
Setting/
Procedure
<Server Address>
Enter the IP Address using the Version 4 method / Version 6 method or FQDN
method.
<Port Number>
Enter the value between 1 and 65535 using the 10-key pad.
D. Connection Setting
Functions
To set the Port No. and the time for Timeout when accessing the FTP Server, and
Use
<Port Number>
Enter the value between 1 and 65535 using the 10-key pad.
<Connection Time Out>
Enter the value between 1 and 60 (min.) using the 10-key pad.
<PASV Mode>
The default setting is "OFF".
ON
124
"OFF"
bizhub 501/421/361
5.4.4
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
A. User ID
Functions
Use
Setting/
Procedure
To register the User ID for accessing the Program Server where Firmware is to be
stored.
B. Password
Functions
Use
Setting/
Procedure
To register the Password for accessing the Program Server where Firmware is to be
stored.
1. Select [Password].
2. Enter the Password (up to 64 characters) on the on-screen keyboard.
C. URL
Functions
Use
Setting/
Procedure
To register the Address and Directory of the Program Server where the Firmware is to
be stored in URL.
1. Select [URL].
2. Enter the URL (up to 256 one-byte characters) on the on-screen keyboard.
Note
Enter the URL which format suits the Protocol to be used.
When connecting to http
D. FileName
Functions
Use
Setting/
Procedure
1. Select [FileName].
2. Enter the File Name (up to 46 one-byte characters) on the on-screen keyboard.
125
bizhub 501/421/361
5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
5.4.5
Download
Functions
Access the Program Server according to the Internet ISW setting, and download the
Use
Firmware.
Setting/
Procedure
1.
2.
3.
4.
Select [Download].
Select the board type.
Press [ISW Start] to start downloading the Firmware.
The message to show the status will be displayed on the screen while connecting
and transferring data.
Note
When it failed to connect to the Program Server, or failed to download, the
error code and the message will be displayed. Check the cause of the error
by the error code, and follow the message for resetting.
Refer to "5.3.5 Error Code List for the Internet ISW" for the error codes. (See
P.119)
5. When the Firmware is normally upgraded, the main body automatically is restarted to
complete the Internet ISW.
126
6. OTHERS
6.1
bizhub 501/421/361
6. OTHERS
Items not allowed to be disassembled and adjusted
6.1.1
Scanner section
A. CCD unit
(1) Parts not allowed to be removed
[3]
[1]
[5]
[2]
[2]
[4]
[3]
[1]
[4]
CCD unit
[2]
[5]
[3]
50gaf2c136na
127
bizhub 501/421/361
6. OTHERS
Positions at which the mirror unit and the exposure unit are installed
[2]
[1]
Mirror unit
[1]
[2]
50gaf2c137na
Exposure unit
128
bizhub 501/421/361
6.1.2
6. OTHERS
[1]
[2]
50gaf2c138na
[1]
[2]
129
bizhub 501/421/361
6. OTHERS
[2]
[1]
[1]
[1]
50gaf2c139na
[1]
[2]
130
bizhub 501/421/361
6.1.3
6. OTHERS
Ds adjustment screws
Developing unit at 2 places (inside the cover)
[6]
[4]
[5]
[3]
[2]
[1]
[2]
Developing roller
[3]
[4]
[1]
50gaf2c140na
[5]
[6]
131
bizhub 501/421/361
6. OTHERS
6.1.4
[1]
50gaf2c188na
[1]
132
bizhub 501/421/361
6.1.5
6. OTHERS
[2]
[1]
a0r5f2c003ca
[1]
[2]
133
bizhub 501/421/361
6. OTHERS
6.2
Note
This list shows the explanation of the disassembly and reassembly of the parts which are considered necessary to replace (other than periodically replaced parts). However, these parts except for
the covers are not required to be disassembled while in normal service operations.
For the method of replacing the periodically replaced parts, see "3.4 Maintenance procedure of
the external section" to "3.14 Maintenance procedure of the fusing section".
No.
1
Part name
Page referred to
Rear cover /1
P.135
Rear cover /2
P.135
Rear cover /3
P.136
Rear cover /4
P.137
P.138
P.139
Left cover
P.139
Front door
P.140
P.141
10
Original glass
P.141
11
P.143
12
P.143
13
P.144
14
Front cover
P.144
15
Operation panel
Operation panel
P.145
16
Scanner section
CCD unit
P.148
17
Exposure lamp
P.151
18
Exposure unit
P.152
19
Scanner wire
P.154
20
P.156
21
Tray 1
P.161
Tray 2
P.161
22
134
Section
Cover
6.3
6. OTHERS
Disassembling/assembling procedure
Caution
When disassembling or assembling the parts, be sure the power cord has been unplugged from
the power outlet.
6.3.1
A. Procedure
[1]
(See P.137)
[2]
6.3.2
[1]
50gaf2c049na
A. Procedure
[2]
[1]
[2]
50gaf2c050na
135
bizhub 501/421/361
6. OTHERS
bizhub 501/421/361
[2]
[1]
6.3.3
50gaf2c051na
A. Procedure
[4]
136
[3]
[1][2]
50gaf2c052na
6.3.4
6. OTHERS
A. Procedure
1. Remove 2 screws [1] and turn to the arrowmarked direction [2], and then remove the rear
cover /4 [3].
[5]
[4]
steps in reverse.
Note
When installing the rear cover /4, be sure first
to fit the installation hole [4] to the projection
[5].
[3]
[2]
[1]
a0r5f2c004ca
137
bizhub 501/421/361
bizhub 501/421/361
6. OTHERS
6.3.5
A. Procedure
[2]
[1]
50gaf2c053nb
[1]
[2]
50gaf2c054na
138
6.3.6
6. OTHERS
A. Procedure
[1]
[3]
[2]
6.3.7
50gaf2c055na
A. Procedure
[1]
cover [2].
[1]
[2]
50gaf2c056nb
139
bizhub 501/421/361
bizhub 501/421/361
6. OTHERS
6.3.8
A. Procedure
3. Remove the screw [2] and then remove the support plate [3] and the front door at the same time.
[5]
Note
When installing the front door, be sure first to
[4]
[1]
[2]
[3]
50gaf2c057na
140
6.3.9
6. OTHERS
A. Procedure
[1]
[2]
a0r5f2c005ca
[1]
[2]
a0r5f2c006ca
141
bizhub 501/421/361
6. OTHERS
bizhub 501/421/361
[6]
[1]
[5]
[2]
[3]
[4]
a0r5f2c007ca
[1]
[3]
Note
When installing the original glass [1], be sure
to fix first the glass attaching plate /Lw [2]
while pressing it against the original glass
and then fix the glass holding plate [3] while
also pressing it against the original glass.
[2]
142
a0r5f2c008ca
6.3.10
6. OTHERS
A. Procedure
[5]
[1]
(See P.141)
[6]
[4]
[5]
[3]
a0r5f2c009ca
[1]
[2]
[3]
a0r5f2c010ca
143
bizhub 501/421/361
bizhub 501/421/361
6. OTHERS
6.3.11
A. Procedure
[2]
(See P.141)
[1]
6.3.12
50gaf2c063na
A. Procedure
[5]
[1]
[2]
[6]
[4]
[3]
a0r5f2c011ca
144
6.3.13
6. OTHERS
A. Procedure
[1]
[2]
(See P.144)
[3]
[4]
a0r5f2c012ca
145
bizhub 501/421/361
6. OTHERS
bizhub 501/421/361
[2]
[4]
146
[3]
a0r5f2c013ca
6. OTHERS
[3]
[4]
[3]
[1]
[2]
a0r5f2c014ca
[3]
[2]
[1]
Note
When installing the operation panel [1], be
sure to insert the projection [2] into the hole
[3].
a0r5f2c015ca
147
bizhub 501/421/361
bizhub 501/421/361
6. OTHERS
6.3.14
A. Procedure
[2]
[1]
(See P.141)
5. Remove the 3 screws [6] and then remove the ribbon cable cover [7].
Note
Be careful not to damage the scanner wire.
[4]
[3]
[5]
[4]
[4]
[7]
[6]
50gaf2c066nb
[1]
148
[2]
50gaf2c065na
6. OTHERS
Note
When removing the ribbon cable [1], be sure
to bring down the lock lever [3] of the connector [2] in the arrow-marked direction to
release the lock and pull out the ribbon cable.
[2]
[1]
[3]
50gaf2c067na
[3]
[2]
[1]
50gaf2c068na
[2]
[1]
50gaf2c069na
149
bizhub 501/421/361
6. OTHERS
bizhub 501/421/361
[1]
150
[2]
50gaf2c070na
6.3.15
6. OTHERS
Note
Be careful not to touch the lamp section of the exposure lamp (L1) with bare hands.
A. Procedure
[3]
[2]
[1]
[4]
[3]
50gaf2c073na
151
bizhub 501/421/361
bizhub 501/421/361
6. OTHERS
6.3.16
Note
When installing the exposure unit, be sure to use the optics unit positioning jig.
When installing the exposure unit, be sure to conduct the image adjustment in the service mode.
(See P.182, P.183, P.184, P.185, P.186, P.187)
A. Procedure for removal
[6]
[4]
[1]
[2]
[3]
[5]
a0r5f2c016ca
152
6. OTHERS
[1]
[2]
connector [2].
[3]
a0r5f2c017ca
1. Move the V-mirror unit [1] to the vicinity of the Vmirror positioning hole [2].
[8]
2. Insert the optics unit positioning jig [3] into the Vmirror positioning hole and fix the V-mirror unit.
Note
Be sure to insert the optics unit positioning jig
[10]
from the front side and pass it through the Vmirror unit.
[6]
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
[9]
[7]
a0r5f2c018ca
153
bizhub 501/421/361
bizhub 501/421/361
6. OTHERS
6.3.17
Note
Be sure to wind the scanner wire around the pulley closely with no scanner wire overlapping each
other.
When restretching or replacing the scanner wire, be sure to use the optics unit positioning jig.
When restretching or replacing the scanner wire, be sure to conduct the image adjustment in the
service mode. (See P.182, P.183, P.184, P.185, P.186, P.187)
A. Procedure
[3]
[5]
[4]
(See P.141)
4. Remove six screws [1] and remove the wiring harness cover [2].
[1]
[2]
a0r5f2c019ca
harness clamp.
[1]
8. Insert the optics unit positioning jig [3] into the Vmirror positioning hole and fix the V-mirror unit.
Note
Be sure to insert the optics unit positioning jig
[3] from the operation panel side and pass it
through the V-mirror unit.
[2]
154
[3]
a0r5f2c020ca
6. OTHERS
[7]
[6]
[1]
10. Drop the metal ball [5] provided at the intermediate section of the scanner wire [4] into the drive
[3]
[4]
[11]
[5]
[9]
Note
[2]
[12]
[12]
[1]
[6]
[7]
[8]
[10]
[3]
[4]
[9]
[5]
50gaf2c077na
12. Pass the scanner wire [2] provided with the metal
[1]
[3] [4]
[6]
[8]
[2]
ball [1] through the pulley [4] on the paper exit side
after passing through under the V-mirror unit [3],
and pass further through the pulley [5] inside the
V-mirror unit. And then hook it to the notch [6] of
the frame.
[5]
[2]
[7]
[4]
[5]
[10]
[8]
[9]
50gaf2c078na
155
bizhub 501/421/361
6. OTHERS
bizhub 501/421/361
Note
When fixing the screw thread side of the
scanner wire, be sure fix it with a tension of
1.3 to 1.7 kg applied by a spring balance in the
arrow-marked direction [1].
When fixing the scanner wire, be sure to
check to see if the V-mirror unit has been
fixed with the optics unit positioning jig.
[1]
50gaf2c079na
6.3.18
Note
Be sure to remove the toner bottle in advance.
A. Procedure
[1]
(See P.141)
[1]
[2]
a0r5f2c021ca
156
6. OTHERS
[3]
[2]
[1]
a0r5f2c022ca
157
bizhub 501/421/361
6. OTHERS
bizhub 501/421/361
[5]
[1]
[2]
10. Remove the 2 screws [1] and then remove the rib-
[5]
[3]
[5]
[4]
[6]
[4]
[4]
[5]
a0r5f2c023ca
158
6. OTHERS
[2]
[3]
[1]
50gaf2c082na
[2]
[3]
[1]
[4]
50gaf2c083na
159
bizhub 501/421/361
bizhub 501/421/361
6. OTHERS
[2]
[1]
[3]
[2]
[2]
50gaf2c084na
160
6.3.19
6. OTHERS
Note
The trays 1 and 2 are of the same form and of the same mechanism. The procedure given here
shows mainly the operations employed for the tray 1.
When there remains paper in the tray, be sure to remove it thoroughly before starting operations.
A. Procedure
[6]
Note
When installing the stopper, be sure to set the
positioning hole [4] to the projection [5].
[1]
[4] [5]
[3]
[2]
50gaf2c141na
161
bizhub 501/421/361
bizhub 501/421/361
6. OTHERS
6.4
6.4.1
Option counter
Configuration of the key counter
As shown below, the key counter is configured as a product so that it can be supplied according to the application. In principle, the key counter can be installed by obtaining the key counter kit 4.
[1] Cover
[2] Mounting
[3] Key
[4] Counter
[5] Screws
[6] Screws
[7] Screws
plate
counter
socket
for the
for the
for the
cover
counter
mounting
socket
plate
Key counter
z
z
mounting kit*
Key counter
In the kit, parts (such as a mounting plate, mylar, wire saddle and screws) that are not used for 501/421/
361 are included.
[1]
[2]
[4]
[3]
[5]
[6]
[7]
50gaf2c183na
162
6.4.2
6. OTHERS
[1]
[2]
50gaf2c184na
[3]
50gaf2c185nb
[5]
[6]
50gaf2c186nb
[8]
[7]
50gaf2c187nb
163
bizhub 501/421/361
bizhub 501/421/361
6. OTHERS
Blank page
164
bizhub 501/421/361
ADJUSTMENT/SETTING
7. HOW TO USE THE ADJUSTMENT/SETTING SECTION
7.1
Composition
This part "ADJUSTMENT/SETTING" describes items to be adjusted and the method of adjustment that is
required by this machine, it also gives detailed explanations.
A. Checking before starting work
When conducting claims in the field, it is necessary to check first the following:
1. Are the power supply and voltage secured in accordance with the specifications?
2. Is the power supply properly grounded?
3. Is any equipment that repeatedly consumes a lot of electricity connected to the same power supply? (e.g.:
Electric noise sources such as elevator and air conditioner)
High temperature and high humidity, direct sunlight, air ventilation, etc.
1. Be sure to unplug the power cord from the power outlet. Also, when operating the machine with the power
supplied, be careful of the scan of the exposure unit and be sure not to get caught by the gear.
2.
3.
4.
5.
The fusing section may be very hot. Be careful not to get burnt when handling it.
The developing unit is strongly magnetized. Be careful not to bring a watch and instrument near to the unit.
Be careful not to damage the drum with a tool.
Be careful not to touch IC directly with bare hands.
165
bizhub 501/421/361
8. UTILITY MENU
8. UTILITY MENU
8.1
Note
For detail on the utility mode, refer to "User's guide".
UTILITY MENU
[1] One-Touch / User
Box Registration
[1] E-Mail
[2] User Box
[3] Fax
[4] PC (SMB)
[5] FTP
[6] WebDAV
[7] IP Address Fax
[8] Internet Fax
[2] Group
[3] E-Mail Settings
166
8. UTILITY MENU
bizhub 501/421/361
UTILITY MENU
[2] User Settings
[4] PS Setting
[5] XPS Settings
[6] TIFF Image Paper Setting
[7] Print Reports
[8] Image Shift Settings
[9] Stamp settings
[8] List/Counter
167
8. UTILITY MENU
bizhub 501/421/361
UTILITY MENU
[3] Administrator Set- [1] System Settings
tings
[3] One-Touch/User
Box Registration
[1] E-Mail
[2] User Box
[3] Fax
[4] PC (SMB)
[5] FTP
[6] WebDAV
[7] IP Address Fax
[8] Internet Fax
[2] Group
[3] E-Mail
[3] One-Touch/User
Box Registration
List
168
8. UTILITY MENU
bizhub 501/421/361
UTILITY MENU
[3] Administrator Set- [4] User Authenticatings
tion/Account Track
169
8. UTILITY MENU
bizhub 501/421/361
UTILITY MENU
[3] Administrator Set- [6] Copier Settings
tings
[7] Printer Settings
[8] Fax Settings
170
P.234
P.235
P.236
P.237
P.237
P.238
P.239
P.240
P.241
P.242
P.243
P.244
rity Set-
P.311
ting
ISW
MFP controller
Machine
Imaging
Process
Adjustment
Counter
ADF
Finisher
P.176
P.177
P.178
P.180
P.181
P.182
P.183
P.184
P.185
P.186
P.187
P.188
P.189
P.190
P.191
P.199
P.210
h
i
g
d
f
e
c
j
c
d
e
d f
e g
{
{ c {
c
d
e
f
e
f
d
c
{
{
c {
{
f
g
e
d
CF card
NVRAM board
Replacement of
CCD unit
DF
Slit glass
Write unit
Replacement parts
related to fusing unit
Developer
Drum
Adjustment/setting items
After completion of PM
Replacement parts/Others
Page referred to
{
{
{
{
{
{
{
{
{
{
{
{
{
{
g
d
e
g
c
h
j
f
i
{
h {
i {
j {
{
{
k {
{
{
{
{
{
{
Secu{
{
Note
After changing developer, be sure to avoid the printing operation before completion of the TCR
adjustment.
When replacing the NVRAM board (NRB), be sure to conduct the TCR adjustment after changing
developer.
When replacing the overall control board (OACB) due to the board being damaged, the NRB and
CF card that have been provided on the damaged OACB should be reused on a new OACB in principle. When the NRB and the data in the CF card are considered to be damaged, be sure to refer to
the support division of the authorized distributor.
171
bizhub 501/421/361
bizhub 501/421/361
Printer Area
page
P.176
P.177
P.178
P.180
P.181
Image Position: Leading Edge
P.182
P.183
P.184
P.185
P.186
P.187
Imaging Process
P.188
Adjustment
P.188
P.188
P.188
P.188
P.188
TCR Adjustment
P.188
P.188
P.189
P.190
P.191
P.191
P.192
Marketing Area
P.193
Tel/Fax Number
P.194
Serial Number
P.194
Trouble Isolation
P.195
No Sleep
P.195
P.195
Original Glass Original Size Detect
P.196
P.196
Install Date
Initialization
P.197
Utility/Administrator
Setting Data
172
P.197
System 1
Initialization
page
P.197
bizhub 501/421/361
State Confirmation
P.198
Total Service
P.200
P.200
Mode
P.200
ADF Counter
P.202
Service Call
P.202
JAM
P.205
P.208
P.199
PM
P.210
Reuse
P.206
Each Size
P.207
P.205
P.205
P.204
P.202
Sensor Check
P.211
Load Check
P.219
Memory/HDD Condition
ADF
Finisher
Memory Check
P.227
ment
P.227
HDD Format
P.228
P.228
P.234
P.235
P.236
P.237
P.237
Density Adj.
P.238
P.239
P.240
P.241
Half-Fold Position
P.242
P.243
P.244
Firmware Version
P.245
CS Remote Care
System 2
P.226
Memory/HDD Adjust-
P.246
Data Capture
P.269
173
bizhub 501/421/361
Adjustment/setting items
System 2
Tray3
page
P.269
LCT
List Output
DipSW Setting
P.269
ISW
P.291
Option Installation
P.291
OEM ON/OFF
P.291
Internet ISW
P.295
Trouble Reset
P.292
P.296
Adjustments List
Service Parameter
Protocol Trace
Fax Setting List
Fax Analysis List
Test Mode
P.297
P.304
Running Mode
P.305
Test Fax
Line1
*1
Line2
FAX
Modem/NCU
*1
NetWork
System
Fax File Format
Communication
List Output
Function Parameter
Initialization
Enhanced Security
Billing Setting
*1
174
CE Password
P.308
Administrator Password
P.308
P.309
CE Authentication
P.309
P.310
Administrator unlocking
P.310
P.311
Counter Setting
P.317
P.318
License Management
P.324
You can access the service mode while the power is both turned ON and OFF. In either way, the started service
mode is the same, but how to exit differs.
A. Starting and exiting service mode while the power is ON
7. Conduct required operations, and press [END/OK] after completion of the operations.
The setting made at step 6 becomes effective.
1. While pressing the Utility/Counter key, turn ON the power switch (SW2).
2. Trouble reset screen appears.
3. Press the [Trouble reset].
4. On the Operation panel, press the following keys.
Stop 0 0 Stop 0 1
7. Conduct necessary operations and turn OFF the SW2 after completion of operations.
8. The new settings become effective after restart.
175
bizhub 501/421/361
bizhub 501/421/361
6. Press [END].
7. Measure the leading edge timing with a scale.
Standard value [1]: 20 0.5 mm
[1]
50gaf3c001na
176
10.3.2
Changes the laser write timing and also changes the image position on the drum in the main scan direction to
adjust the mis-centering of the printer image.
For each paper feed (each tray, bypass feed, ADU) and for each paper size (common, small size, large size), the
adjustment can be made.
Note
Be sure to complete the Cross Direction Adjustment (Scan Area) before making this adjustment.
(See P.178)
A. Procedure
6. Press [END].
7. Fold the output paper into two in the main scan direction to check it for any discrepancy against the
center line of the print.
Standard value: 0 1.5 mm or less
177
bizhub 501/421/361
bizhub 501/421/361
A. Printer
Adjusts the magnification of the printer in the sub scan direction.
This adjustment is used to change uniformly the process speed of the drum and the registration roller and
change the magnification in the sub scan direction of the image on the drum.
The adjustment can be made for each type of paper (normal paper, OHP, thick paper, envelope, label and custom paper)
Note
The background of the test pattern to be output is fogging. However, this is not abnormal.
For thin paper, the setting of normal paper is applicable.
(1) Procedure
5. Select an item for the type of paper and press [Test Copy].
6. "Test Copy screen"
Set A3 (for metric) or 11 x 17 (for inch) paper that is the type of paper selected. And then press the Start
key to output the test pattern (No. 16).
7. Press [END].
8. Measure the magnification in the sub scan direction with a scale.
Standard value [1]: 0.5% or less (190 1 mm or
less)
[1]
50gaf3c002na
178
5. Select an item for the type of paper and press [Test Copy].
6. "Test Copy screen"
Place the original onto the original glass.
Set A3 (for metric) or 11 x 17 (for inch) paper that is the type of paper selected. With the print count set at
5, press the Start key.
7. Press [END].
8. Check all of the 5 output sheets; copy or print, of
paper to see if there occurs no transfer jitter.
Approx.26mm
50gaf3c018na
179
bizhub 501/421/361
bizhub 501/421/361
Adjusts the paper loop amount at the registration roller section to adjust a paper skew, wrinkles, or a jam at the
registration section.
The adjustment can be made for each paper feed (each tray, bypass feed and ADU) and for each paper size
(large size, intermediate size and small size). And for the bypass feed, it is also possible to make an adjustment
for each type of paper (normal paper, thick paper, thin paper, OHP, envelope, and label).
A. Procedure
5. Press [END].
6. Check to see if there occurs no paper skew, wrinkle, or jam at the registration section.
7. "Printer Resist Adjustment screen"
Enter a value through the [+]/[] or numeric keys and press [Setting].
Setting range:
For bypass feed thick paper (large/small), bypass feed thin paper (large/small), bypass feed OHP (large/
small), bypass feed envelope and bypass feed label (large/small):
16.64 (smaller) to + 16.51 mm (larger)
1 step = 0.13 mm
For other than the above:
Setting range for bizhub 501: 32.00 to + 31.75 mm 1 step = 0.25 mm
Setting range for bizhub 421: 26.88 to + 26.67 mm 1 step = 0.21 mm
Setting range for bizhub 361: 26.88 to + 26.67 mm 1 step = 0.21 mm
Press [Restore] to return to the value before change.
180
bizhub 501/421/361
10.3.5
Conduct this adjustment when the paper size of the bypass tray is not detected correctly.
A. Procedure
4. When the adjustment is completed normally, "OK" is displayed in the "Result" area.
5. Press [Min. Width] to narrow the guide plate of the bypass tray to the minimum, and then press the Start
key.
6. When the adjustment is completed normally, "OK" is displayed in the "Result" area.
7. Press [Test Copy].
8. "Test Copy screen"
Check to see if the size of paper set in the bypass tray is detected correctly and then press [END].
181
bizhub 501/421/361
Adjusts the leading edge timing while in the scan in the platen mode.
This adjustment is used to adjust the position at which the read is started in the sub scan direction while the
original is being scanned by the exposure unit.
A. Procedure
6. Press [OK].
7. Check the scanner leading edge position (original glass).
Standard value: a. Envelope 0 2.5 mm or less
b. Other paper 0 1.5 mm or less
182
bizhub 501/421/361
10.3.7
Adjusts the mis-centering of the image in the main scan direction while in the scan in the platen mode.
Note
Be sure that the adjustment of the Print Position: Side Edge has been completed.
(See P.177)
A. Procedure
6. Press [OK].
7. Fold the output paper into two at the center in the main scan direction and check it for discrepancy
against the center line of the print.
Standard value: 0 1.5 mm or less
183
bizhub 501/421/361
Adjusts the magnification of the image in the main scan direction while in the scan in the platen mode and in the
DF mode.
A. Procedure
6. Press [OK].
7. Measure the magnification in the main scan direction with a scale.
Standard value [1]: 0.5 % or less (200 1 mm
or less)
[1]
50gaf3c003na
184
bizhub 501/421/361
10.3.9
Adjusts the magnification of the image in the sub scan direction while in the scan on the original glass.
This adjustment is used to change the scan speed of the exposure unit.
A. Procedure
6. Press [OK].
7. Measure the magnification in the sub scan direction with a scale.
Standard value [1]: 0.5 % or less (200 1 mm
or less)
[1]
50gaf3c004na
185
bizhub 501/421/361
5. Press [OK].
6. Check the printer leading edge erasure amount.
Standard value [1]: 3.5 mm or less
[1]
50gaf3c005na
186
A. Procedure
187
bizhub 501/421/361
bizhub 501/421/361
TCR Adjustment
When changing developer, conduct this adjustment before starting the copy operation. The developer counter is
automatically reset.
Note
When changing developer, be sure not to conduct the copy operation before completion of the
TCR adjustment.
A. Procedure
2. "Process screen"
Press [TCR Adjustment].
4. Check to see if "OK is displayed, and also check the TCR adjustment data value.
NOTE
The adjustment is completed in about 180 seconds.
When there occurs a TCR adjustment error due to the developer agitating operation not completed successfully, the message "operating ..." disappears and an error code is displayed.
(See P.339)
5. Press [OK].
10.4.8
Since this is normally conducted automatically, do not conduct this adjustment in the field.
188
10.4.9
This adjustment can be used to increase and/or decrease the toner density of developer.
Use this adjustment when an image fogging occurs due to the increased toner density of developer and you
want to decrease the toner density.
A. Procedure
2. "Process screen"
Press [Toner Density Adjustment].
6. Press [OK].
189
bizhub 501/421/361
bizhub 501/421/361
When replacing the write unit or TCSB (toner control sensor board), or when cleaning the dust proof glass.
A. Procedure
2. "Process screen"
Press [Laser Diameter Adjustment].
6. Press [OK].
190
2. "Process screen"
With an item displayed by [ ]/[ ], press "LD1 Offset Adj." / "LD2 Offset Adj.".
5. Press [END].
6. Check the test pattern.
Standard value: Check to see if the density of the
image patterns created by LD1/LD2 is the same,
and if the starts of the patterns in the high-lighted
[1]
50gaf3c006na
191
bizhub 501/421/361
bizhub 501/421/361
2. "Process screen"
With an item displayed by [ ]/[ ], press "Copy Protect Density Adj.".
192
10.5 System 1
10.5.1
Marketing Area
Sets the marketing area of the main body and the fax.
By setting the marketing area, the definition of the original detection size and the paper size will be changed.
And the selectable languages in "Marketing Area screen" varies according to the marketing area of the firmware.
Japan
US
Europe
Other1
Other2
Other3
Other4
Japan
America
Europe
Saudi Arabia /
Asia-Pacific
China
Taiwan
Brazil
Fax Target:
193
bizhub 501/421/361
bizhub 501/421/361
Tel/Fax Number
Sets the telephone number and the fax number of the service station that are displayed on the screen when a
service call occurs.
These telephone and fax numbers are also displayed as the service center contact of the basic screen help of
the user screen.
A. Procedure
4. Enter the telephone number or fax number through the copy count setting key.
5. When setting both the telephone number and the fax number, repeat steps 3 to 4.
6. Press [END].
NOTE
Pressing the Clear key erases all the figures of the items selected.
10.5.3
Serial Number
Sets and displays the serial numbers of the main body and the optional devices.
Caution
Be absolutely sure not to change the serial numbers of the main body set when installing them.
Otherwise, a fusing temperature abnormality may result.
A. Procedure
5. Press [OK].
6. Repeat steps 3 to 5 to enter the serial number of each device.
7. Press [OK].
194
bizhub 501/421/361
10.5.4
When each function (device) is in trouble, isolating a trouble allows the limited use of this machine.
A. Procedure
4. Press [END].
10.5.5
No Sleep
4. Press [END].
10.5.6
4. Press [END].
195
bizhub 501/421/361
Sets the detection size of the original size on the original glass and ADF.
A. Procedure
9. Press [OK].
10.5.8
Sets the size detection of the bypass tray and those other than the bypass tray in B series or K size (8K/16K
size).
A. Procedure
4. Press [END].
196
bizhub 501/421/361
10.5.9
4. Check the display "The present contents of a setting" to see if it is replaced with a set value that has been
input.
5. Press [END].
10.5.10 Initialization
Initializes the setting/adjustment data controlled in non-volatile memory to the value set when shipped from the
factory.
Data that can be initialized are as follows.
Data classification
Utility/Administrator Setting Data
Data
Job Memory Setting Data
FAX Setting Data
Network Setting Data
Counter Data
Drum Counter
Fixing Counter
A. Procedure
3. "Initialize screen"
Press either one of the data items in the data classification.
4. "Utility / Administrator Setting Data" / "Destination Storage Data" / "CS Remote Care Setting Data" /
"Service Mode Setting (Adj.) Data" / "Counter Data" / "All History Data"
Select a data to initialize.
Pressing [All Select] selects all the data items in the data classification.
5. Pressing the Start key initializes the data selected of the data classification selected.
6. When initializing the data of each classification, repeat steps 3 to 5.
7. Press [OK].
197
bizhub 501/421/361
To set how to display main body statuses on the machine state LED.
Use
Type1
Type2
Blinking
Blinking
Attention
Toner supply door open
Improper toner cartridge placement
Near life
Warning statuses
Alert code
Trouble isolation
Blinking
Unlit
Unlit
Unlit
Blinking
Blinking
Lit
Lit
Lit
Lit
Fatal error
Trouble code
Jam
Door opened
Exit tray full
Setting/
Procedure
198
Type 2
10.6.1
bizhub 501/421/361
10.6 Counter
Display of the Counter
Displays the following data held by this machine on the touch panel.
The counter can be also checked by the output list, CSRemoteCare.
Total Service
Mode
ADF Counter
Service call
JAM
PM
Reuse
Each size
A. Procedure
2. "Counter screen"
Press a counter item you want to check.
The counter spread over 2 pages. The displayed page can be switched over by [ ] or [ ].
4. Press [OK].
199
bizhub 501/421/361
B. Total Service
Displays the total copy count printed in the service mode and the user mode.
Note
The maximum count is 99,999,999.
No.
CSRC parameter
Item collected
Total Service
Count condition
Number of paper printed and exited in
the single and double sided copy
modes.
No.
CSRC parameter
FAX TX Error
Item collected
FAX RX Error
Count condition
Number of errors that occurred while in
the FAX sending.
Number of error that occurred while in
the FAX receiving.
D. Mode
Displays the use condition for each of the modes used by the copier/scanner/printer/FAX.
Note
The maximum count is 99,999,999.
No.
CSRC parameter
Item
Count condition
(F1)
1
01
02
05
No. of Staples 1
fold exit.
1 count for 1 staple when stapling in
the 1-staple mode.
4
06
No. of Staples 2
200
07
No. of Punches
08
No.
CSRC parameter
Item
Count condition
(F1)
7
09
0A
0B
10
0C
11
0D
12
0F
13
10
14
11
Classified Document
Distribute by F-Code
1 count for each completion of a job. F
code and other than TSI.
15
12
16
13
E-Mail TX
17
14
18
15
19
16
20
17
21
18
22
19
23
1A
24
1B
E-Mail TX
25
1C
26
1D
27
1E
28
1F
FAX/IFAX TX
29
20
30
21
E-Mail/IFAX TX
31
22
FAX TX
32
23
201
bizhub 501/421/361
bizhub 501/421/361
E. ADF Counter
Displays the number of the paper through by modes of ADF.
Note
The maximum count is 99,999,999.
1 count for the single sided copy and 2 counts for the double sided copy.
No.
CSRC parameter
Item
Remarks
(F0)
F.
00
01
02
03
07
08
0A
0B
0C
Service Call
CSRC
SC cord
No.
parameter
(E0)
202
CSRC
SC cord
No.
parameter
CSRC
SC cord
parameter
(E0)
(E0)
001
00
02
01
018
11
11
07
035
22
22
02
002
01
02
02
019
12
11
08
036
23
23
01
003
02
02
03
020
13
11
09
037
24
23
02
004
03
02
04
021
14
11
10
038
25
23
03
005
04
02
05
022
15
11
11
039
26
24
01
006
05
02
06
023
16
11
12
040
27
24
02
007
06
02
07
024
17
11
13
041
28
24
03
008
07
03
01
025
18
11
14
042
29
27
01
009
08
10
01
026
19
11
15
043
2A
27
02
010
09
10
02
027
1A
11
16
044
2B
27
03
01
011
0A
10
03
028
1B
11
17
045
2C
28
012
0B
11
01
029
1C
11
18
046
2D
28
02
013
0C
11
02
030
1D
11
19
047
2E
28
03
014
0D
11
03
031
1E
11
20
048
2F
28
04
015
0E
11
04
032
1F
11
21
049
30
32
01
016
0F
11
05
033
20
20
01
050
31
33
01
017
10
11
06
034
21
22
01
051
32
33
02
No.
CSRC
SC cord
No.
parameter
CSRC
SC cord
No.
parameter
(E0)
CSRC
SC cord
parameter
(E0)
(E0)
052
33
35
01
093
5D
B1
12
134
86
B1
65
053
34
35
02
094
5E
B1
13
135
87
B1
66
054
35
37
01
095
5F
B1
14
136
88
B1
67
055
36
38
01
096
60
B1
15
137
89
B1
68
056
37
38
02
097
61
B1
16
138
8A
B1
69
057
38
38
03
098
62
B1
17
139
8B
B1
70
058
39
38
04
099
63
B1
18
140
8C
B1
71
059
3A
38
05
100
64
B1
19
141
8D
B1
72
060
3B
38
06
101
65
B1
20
142
8E
B1
73
061
3C
38
07
102
66
B1
22
143
8F
B1
74
062
3D
38
08
103
67
B1
23
144
90
B1
75
063
3E
39
01
104
68
B1
25
145
91
B1
76
064
3F
39
02
105
69
B1
26
146
92
B1
77
065
40
39
03
106
6A
B1
27
147
93
B1
78
066
41
39
04
107
6B
B1
28
148
94
B1
80
067
42
40
01
108
6C
B1
29
149
95
B1
81
068
43
41
01
109
6D
B1
30
150
96
B1
82
069
44
44
01
110
6E
B1
31
151
97
B1
83
070
45
47
01
111
6F
B1
32
152
98
B1
84
071
46
50
01
112
70
B1
33
153
99
B1
85
072
47
50
02
113
71
B1
34
154
9A
B1
86
073
48
50
03
114
72
B1
35
155
9B
B1
87
074
4A
53
01
115
73
B1
36
156
9C
B1
88
075
4B
53
02
116
74
B1
37
157
9D
C1
03
076
4C
53
03
117
75
B1
40
158
9E
C1
81
077
4D
54
01
118
76
B1
41
159
9F
C1
82
078
4E
54
02
119
77
B1
42
160
A0
C1
83
079
4F
60
01
120
78
B1
43
161
C1
90
080
50
60
02
121
79
B1
44
162
C1
91
081
51
60
03
122
7A
B1
45
163
C1
92
082
52
61
01
123
7B
B1
46
164
C1
93
083
53
62
01
124
7C
B1
50
165
C1
94
084
54
67
01
125
7D
B1
51
166
C1
A0
085
55
67
02
126
7E
B1
52
167
C1
A1
086
56
80
01
127
7F
B1
53
168
C1
A2
087
57
83
01
128
80
B1
54
169
C1
A3
088
58
B0
01
129
81
B1
60
170
C1
A4
089
59
B0
02
130
82
B1
61
171
A1
C2
84
090
5A
B0
03
131
83
B1
62
172
A2
C2
85
091
5B
B1
10
132
84
B1
63
173
A3
C2
86
092
5C
B1
11
133
85
B1
64
174
A4
C2
87
203
bizhub 501/421/361
bizhub 501/421/361
No.
CSRC
No.
parameter
CSRC
SC cord
No.
parameter
(E0)
CSRC
SC cord
parameter
(E0)
(E0)
175
A5
C2
88
200
B5
E0
83
225
CE
E0
9C
176
E5
C2
89
201
B6
E0
84
226
CF
E0
9D
177
A6
D0
01
202
B7
E0
85
227
D0
E0
9E
178
A7
D0
02
203
B8
E0
86
228
D1
E0
9F
179
D0
05
204
B9
E0
87
229
D2
E0
A0
180
A8
D2
01
205
BA
E0
88
230
D3
E0
A1
181
E4
D2
02
206
BB
E0
89
231
D4
E0
A2
182
A9
D2
03
207
BC
E0
8A
232
D5
E0
A3
183
AA
D2
81
208
BD
E0
8B
233
D6
E0
A4
184
AB
D2
82
209
BE
E0
8C
234
D7
E0
A5
185
E6
D3
01
210
BF
E0
8D
235
D8
E0
A6
A7
186
E7
D3
02
211
C0
E0
8E
236
D9
E0
187
EA
D3
03
212
C1
E0
8F
237
DA
E0
A8
188
E8
D4
01
213
C2
E0
90
238
DB
E0
A9
189
E9
D5
01
214
C3
E0
91
239
DC
E0
AA
190
D6
01
215
C4
E0
92
240
DD
E0
AB
191
AC
E0
01
216
C5
E0
93
241
DE
E0
AC
192
AD
E0
02
217
C6
E0
94
242
DF
E0
AD
193
AE
E0
03
218
C7
E0
95
243
E0
E0
AE
194
AF
E0
04
219
C8
E0
96
244
E1
E0
AF
195
B0
E0
05
220
C9
E0
97
245
E2
E0
B0
196
B1
E0
06
221
CA
E0
98
246
E3
E0
B1
197
B2
E0
07
222
CB
E0
99
247
FA
50
198
B3
E0
81
223
CC
E0
9A
FA
51
199
B4
E0
82
224
CD
E0
9B
204
CSRC
Jam cord
No.
I.
CSRC
Jam cord
No.
CSRC
Jam cord
01
00
10
30
1D
32
59
3A
63
02
01
11
31
1E
33
60
3B
66
03
02
12
32
1F
34
61
3C
66
04
03
12
33
20
50
62
3D
66
05
04
13
34
21
60
63
3E
66
06
05
13
35
22
60
64
3F
66
07
06
13
36
23
61
65
40
66
08
07
13
37
24
61
66
41
66
09
08
13
38
25
61
67
42
66
10
09
13
39
26
61
68
43
72
16
11
0A
13
40
27
61
69
51
72
12
0B
13
41
28
61
70
52
72
13
0C
13
11
42
29
61
71
53
72
14
0D
14
43
2A
61
72
54
72
15
0E
14
44
2B
62
73
55
72
16
0F
15
45
2C
62
74
44
72
17
17
10
15
46
2D
62
75
45
72
18
18
11
20
47
2E
62
76
46
72
21
19
12
20
48
2F
62
77
47
72
25
20
13
20
49
30
62
78
48
72
43
21
14
20
50
31
62
79
49
72
81
22
15
20
51
32
62
80
4A
72
82
23
16
20
52
33
63
81
4B
72
84
24
17
20
53
34
63
82
4C
72
85
25
18
20
54
35
63
83
4D
72
90
1
26
19
20
55
36
63
84
4E
97
27
1A
20
10
56
37
63
85
4F
97
28
1B
30
57
38
63
86
50
97
29
1C
31
58
39
63
For the latest 100 jams, displays JAM code, Total Count, Date of Occurrence, Paper Tray, Paper Size, and
Zoom.
205
bizhub 501/421/361
bizhub 501/421/361
Reuse
Displays the accumulated hours of the parts and the number of occurrences of the job that uses the parts.
Note
The maximum count is 99,999,999.
No.
CSRC parameter
Item
Count condition
(F5)
1
00
01
02
03
WUP time
04
05
06
07
08
10
09
11
0A
12
0B
Power OFF
13
0C
door closed
door is closed.
14
0D
15
0E
16
0F
206
No.
CSRC parameter
Item
Count condition
(F5)
17
10
18
11
19
12
20
13
K. Each Size
Displays the number of print of each paper size.
Note
The maximum count is 99,999,999.
1 count each time paper is exited (0 count for a blank sheet and 2 counts for the double sided
print).
No.
CSRC parameter
Paper size
00
Others
01
A3
02
A4
03
A5
04
A6
05
B4
06
B5
07
B6
08
12 x 18
10
09
11 x 17
11
0A
81/2 x 14
12
0B
81/2 x 11
13
0C
71/4 x 101/2
14
0D
51/2 x 81/2
15
0E
Foolscap
16
0F
Post card
17
10
4x6
18
11
8K
19
12
16K
20
13
Long Length
Remarks
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
Not used
207
bizhub 501/421/361
bizhub 501/421/361
10.6.2
2. "Counter/Data screen"
Press [Present Parts Life].
5. Press [OK].
CSRC
Unit
Parts name
Parts No.
parameter
(Z1)
208
00
01
Drum
Cleaning blade assy
50GA-209
02
50GA-200
03
Transfer/separation section
Transfer/separation unit
50GA-260
04
Developing unit
Developer
05
06
07
Developing unit
Main body
50GA-300
50GA-336
Ozon filter
50GA1031
08
40LA-318
10
09
50GA-314
50GA-311
11
0A
12
0B
13
40303005
0C
40303005
14
0D
40300151
15
0E
40303005
16
0F
40303005
40300151
41313001
17
10
18
11
19
12
20
13
21
22
Bypass unit
40340151
50GA3865
14
Registration roller /A
50GA3848
15
Registration bearing /1
26NA4536
23
16
Registration bearing /2
26NA4537
24
17
26NA4082
Registration section
No.
CSRC
Parts name
Parts No.
parameter
(Z1)
25
18
Fusing unit
Fusing roller
50GE5303
(bizhub 501)
50GA5303
(bizhub 421/361)
26
19
27
1A
50GA-540
28
1B
26NA5372
29
1C
26NA5371
30
1D
50GA5359
31
1E
50GA-544
32
1F
26NA-535
33
20
50GA-533
50GA5304
34
21
40400326
35
22
40400328
36
31
37
23
50GA-546
Reverse unit
50GA4406
50GA-650
38
24
Write unit
Write unit
39
25
LU-203
Pick-up rubber
40LA4009
40
26
26NA4011
41
27
42
28
DF-613
bizhub 501/421/361
Separation rubber
26NA4012
Pick-up roller
16EA56020
43
29
45823014
44
2A
Separation roller
45823047
45
2B
40303005
46
2C
40303005
47
2D
40300151
48
2E
40303005
49
2F
40303005
50
30
40300151
209
bizhub 501/421/361
PM
2. "Counter/Data screen"
Press [PM].
4. Press [OK].
2. "Counter/Data screen"
Press [PM].
4. Press [OK].
210
Sensor Check
This machine is provided with an input/output check function as a self-diagnostic function. For the sensor check
(input check), the state confirmation of each signal can be made.
A. Procedure
4. For the multi mode, press [Multi Code] and enter a three-digit multi code through the copy count setting
key.
5. When conducting the sensor check of other signal sources, repeat steps 3 to 4.
Paper feed
Analog signal
Multi code
Code
Classification
B. List of sensors
ON
Name
TCRS
Drum temperature
TCRS
TCR sensor
TCRS
TCR sensor
TH1
Thermistor /1
TH2
Thermistor /2
IDCS
IDC sensor
HUMS
Humidity sensor
OFF
0 to 255 *1
VR1
10
PS18
No paper
PS23
Up position
Down position
Connection
Non-connection
PS19
Paper
No paper
PS20
PS21
PS22
PS5
No paper
Paper
PS9
Near-empty sensor /1
Near-empty
Non-near-empty
PS6
Upper limit
PS8
Set
Not set
PS10
*2
PS11
11
Paper
211
bizhub 501/421/361
Paper feed
12
13
14
15
16
212
Multi code
Code
bizhub 501/421/361
Classification
ON
Name
OFF
PS12
No paper
Paper
PS15
Near-empty sensor /2
Near-empty
Non-near-empty
PS13
Upper limit
PS14
Set
Not set
*2
PS16
PS17
PS115
No paper
Paper
PS113
Near-empty
Non-near-empty
Not at upper limit
PS114
Upper limit
PS112
Set
Not set
PS116
Paper
No paper
PS117
PS118
PS119
PS124
No paper
Paper
PS122
Near-empty
Non-near-empty
Not at upper limit
*2
PS123
Upper limit
PS121
Set
Not set
PS125
Paper
No paper
PS126
PS127
PS128
PS153
No paper
Paper
PS155
Paper
No paper
Not at upper limit
*2
PS152
Upper limit
PS154
*3
PS151
MS151
Open
Close
PS156
Not set
Set
Non-connection
Connection
PS5
Open
Close
PS6
Not set
Set
PS7
Over run
PS2
Paper
No paper
PS1
MEB
Upper limit
PS9
PS3
PS4
Multi code
Symbol
16
10
PS13
Lower limit
11
PS12
Home position
Other than
12
PS11
Shift position
ON
Name
OFF
home position
Not at shift
position
17
13
PS14
Gate lock
14
PS10
0 to 255
15
SW1
ON
PS19,
0 to 15 *4
PS20,
(bypass)
Gate release
OFF
PS21,
Paper size board /1
PSB/2
PSDB3
PSDB4
PS1
Registration sensor
PS2
22
PS3
23
MS
Interlock switch
24
PS7
25
PS111
Optical device
20
PSB/1
40
PS30
Specific function
Conveyance
PS22
2
50
0 to 15 *5
Paper
No paper
Open
Close
Other than
Home position
home position
2
PS31
DF close
DF open
OK
NG
bizhub 501
51
bizhub 421/361
JS
JS connection detection
Connection
Non-connection
PS1
Full
213
bizhub 501/421/361
Code
Paper feed
Classification
Multi code
PZS
PS4
PS28
Analog signal
DF
60
70
Symbol
Code
58
FS-522
57
Toner supply
Analog signal
bizhub 501/421/361
Classification
ON
Name
TH1/
TH2
mistor /2
PS5
PS6
PS9
PS8
OFF
Detected
Not detected
Home posi-
Other than
tion
home position
0 to 255
Original
No original
Close
Open
Original
No original
PS10
PS7
SW3
MOSDB
MOSDB
10
MOSDB
11
PS1
12
PS2
13
PS3
14
PS4
15
VR1
Original size VR
0 to 255 *1
PS4
Entrance sensor
Paper
No paper
PS5
Conveyance sensor
Home position
Other than
PS6
Alignment sensor /1
PS7
Alignment sensor /2
SW3
home position
Not at upper
Upper limit/
limit/lower limit
lower limit
Close
SW2
Shutter switch
Not open
SW1
Door switch
Close
Open
PS4
Light blocking
Light passing
through
10
PS23
Home position
Other than
home position
214
Multi code
Symbol
70
11
PS14
Lower limit
12
PS15
Upper limit
13
Connection
Non-connection
14
PS3
Tray detected
ON
Name
OFF
Tray not
detected
15
PS16
Close
Open
16
Home position
Other than
17
PS11
18
PS12
19
PS8
Stacker sensor
Paper
No paper
20
PS10
Other than
Home position
21
Ready
Unready
22
No staple
Staple
23
Home position
Other than
24
25
PS2
Home position at
Home position
odd numbered
at initialization
home position
home position
home position
times
26
PS3
At the center
Not at the
of stroke
center of stroke
27
PS1
Full
28
PS22
Home position
Other than
29
SW4
Close
Open
30
PS23
Home position
Other than
31
PS20
Paper
No paper
32
PS21
33
Home position
Other than
34
Ready
Unready
home position
home position
home position
35
No staple
Staple
36
Home position
Other than
37
Ready
Unready
38
No staple
Staple
39
SW4
Set
Not set
40
PS18
Open
Close
41
PS1
No paper
Paper
home position
215
bizhub 501/421/361
Code
FS-522
Classification
FS-523
70
42
PS5
Full
43
PS2
No paper
Paper
44
PS6
Full
45
PS3
No paper
Paper
46
PS7
Full
47
PS4
No paper
Paper
70
Symbol
Multi code
Code
FS-522
bizhub 501/421/361
Classification
ON
Name
OFF
48
PS8
Full
PS1
Paper
No paper
PS3
PS4
PS2
PS6
Full
PS7
Other than
PS9
PS14
PS12
10
PS13
home position
Released
Pressed
11
PS5
Paper
No paper
12
PS22
Home position
Other than
13
PS20
No staple
Staple
14
PS21
Ready
Unready
15
PS25
Home position
Other than
16
PS23
No staple
Staple
17
PS24
Ready
Unready
18
PS19
Paper surface
Paper surface
detected
not detected
Other than
Paper
home position
home position
19
216
PS8
20
SW2
21
PS10
paper removal
removal
Upper limit
Front home
Rear home
position
position
22
23
PS15
Light passing
Light blocking
24
PS11
through
25
26
27
PS2
Paper
No paper
Multi code
Symbol
80
PS24
PS25
PS27
Reverse sensor
PS26
81
ON
Name
OFF
Paper
No paper
Open
Close
Set
Not set
*1
*2
The size in the main scan direction is shown by the combination of the ON/OFF of the paper size sensors
/Rr and /Fr.
Sensor check
Tray 1
11-5
11-6
Tray 2
12-5
12-6
Tray 3
13-7
13-8
Tray 4
14-7
14-8
ON
OFF
ON
ON
11 x 17
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
*3
Paper size
ON/OFF combination of remaining paper sensor /1 (PS154) and /2 (PS151) represents an amount of
paper remained in LU.
Sensor check
15-4
/1 (PS154)
15-5
/2 (PS151)
Full amount
ON
OFF
Medium amount
ON
ON
Small amount
OFF
ON
217
bizhub 501/421/361
Code
ADU/Reverse
Classification
bizhub 501/421/361
The combination of the ON/OFF of the paper size sensors /BP1 (PS19), /BP2 (PS20), /BP3 (PS21) and
/BP4 (PS22) is shown in 4-bit data (0 to 15).
*5
PS19
PS20
PS21
PS22
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
10
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
11
ON
ON
OFF
ON
12
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
13
ON
OFF
ON
ON
14
OFF
ON
ON
ON
15
ON
ON
ON
ON
The combination of the ON/OFF of the paper size boards and the paper size detection boards (4 in all) is
shown in 4-bit data (0 to 15).
Sensor check display
/1 (PSB /1) and /2 (PSB /2) and the paper size detect
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
ON
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
10
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
11
ON
ON
OFF
ON
12
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
13
ON
OFF
ON
ON
14
OFF
ON
ON
ON
15
ON
ON
ON
ON
218
10.7.2
Load Check
This machine is provided with an input/output check function as a self-diagnostic function. For the load check,
the check and adjustment (output check) of the load operation can be made.
A. Procedure
bizhub 501/421/361
4. For the multi mode, press [Multi Code] and enter a multi code in 3 digits through the copy count setting
key.
7. When conducting other load operations or the output check of signals, repeat steps 3 to 6.
Multi code
L1
Exposure lamp
M4,
SD5
CL4
Feed clutch /1
CL5
Feed clutch /2
CL6
SD1
SD151
M9
20
21
Symbol
Code
Paper feed
B. List of loads
Restrictive conditions
Same as 55-003
3
4
Name
6
7
M123
219
Multi code
Symbol
Code
bizhub 501/421/361
21
M150
M9,
CL1,
9
11
12
Name
Restrictive conditions
CL2
same time
M122
Valid only when the paper empty sensor /3 (PS115) detects a no paper
condition.
13
M123
Valid only when the paper empty sensor /4 (PS124) detects a no paper
condition.
22
14
M150
M120
M121
M120,
M121
(LS250) (PC-206)
10
M2
11
12
(PC-407)
(PC-407)
23
M7
M8
220
Multi code
Symbol
23
M124
Name
Restrictive conditions
M125
M151
M9,
SD1
CL1
Registration clutch
CL2
Loop clutch
CL3
CL151
condition.
Optical device
25
29
SD2
31
M2, L1
M2
Scanner motor
Scanner motor
read position.
9
by position.
32
M5
34
M2, L1
36
LDB
37
LDB,
LD alarm check
M5
38
LDB,
M5
the same time and the results are displayed when it turns OFF.
999
39
L1
40
M11
Main body
3
41
221
bizhub 501/421/361
Code
41
Symbol
Multi code
Code
bizhub 501/421/361
M1
same time.
same time.
42
43
44
FM3,
FM9
same time
FM4
FM2,
FM8
FM1
FM6
FM5
FM7
TCT
KCT
M3
3
45
L2
L3
L2, L3
L2,
M11
L3,
M11
L2, L3,
M11
Operation panel
Restrictive conditions
222
Name
46
Dehumidifier Heater 1C
48
PKB
49
LCD
Caution
Since
no
high
temperature
EL
EL
Erase lamp
52
TSL
53
SD4
Web solenoid
55
M4
SD5
Toner solenoid
M4,
Name
SD5
M10
PZS
56
57
59
RL1
Main relay
60
M1
M2
FM3
Cooling fan
SD1
SD2
Stamp solenoid
LB
LB
M1,
M2,
Restrictive conditions
bizhub 501/421/361
Symbol
Multi code
51
DF
Code
SD1
10
tion (original)
size set.
11
12
operation (original)
FS-522
ation (original)
70
M2
M4,
M5
M11
223
Multi code
Symbol
Code
bizhub 501/421/361
FS-522 Classification
70
M11
Name
Restrictive conditions
M12
10
11
M6
12
M9
once
Open/close operation once of paper
exit opening (SD)
13
14
15
16
17
M7
18
19
20
21
22
23
M10,
tion search
M14
24 to 52
M1,
SD1
54
M1,
SD2
solenoid ON/OFF
55 to 77
224
53
78
M1
79
M2
Inch only
M6
Name
bizhub 501/421/361
Multi code
80
Symbol
Code
ADU/Reverse Classification
Restrictive conditions
ward
ward
ward
ward
ward
Adjustment/special mode
ADU/Reverse
81
81
CL7
CL8
M9,
CL7
M9,
CL8
M9,
CL7,
CL8
83
SD3
Reverse solenoid
89
KM brand setting
90
PM counter clear
91
92
93
95
99
97
98
225
bizhub 501/421/361
To prevent the data disappear by the trouble of NVRAM board (NRB), back up the "adjustment data" stored in
NRB to the CF card. In case that the data is erased by the trouble of NRB, conduct the data recovery following
B. Recovery procedure.
A. Backup procedure
B. Recovery procedure
10.7.4
Memory/HDD Condition
Displays the memory capacity and the hard disc capacity (total/free space).
A. Procedure
3. Press [END].
226
bizhub 501/421/361
10.7.5
6. Press [END].
10.7.6
5. Press [END].
227
bizhub 501/421/361
Formats HDD.
Note
When formatting HDD, all the data stored in HDD gets lost and becomes unrecoverable.
A. Procedure
4. Select the partition [1], [2], [3], [ALL] or [Erase Mode], and Press [Yes].
When formatting is executed and completed, a message "The formatting of HDD is completed" is displayed.
NOTE
The following data are stored in each partition.
1 : Data related to Ptinter (Fonts/spooling space)
2 : Data related to the box (System/User box)
3 : Reserved space (for next expansion of functions)
When selecting [Erase Mode], the lock password which is set to HDD is canceled and the HDD
formatting is executed for all partitions. When the HDD lock password is not set, only the HDD
formatting for each partition is executed.
5. Turn OFF the power switch (SW2) and the main power switch (SW1) in this order.
6. After waiting for 10 seconds or more, turn ON SW1 and SW2 in this order.
Note
Turning ON SW1 not waiting for 10 seconds or more after turning it OFF may damage HDD. Be
sure to turn ON SW1 10 seconds or more after turning it OFF.
10.7.8
4. Pressing [NVRAM Value] switches the display into the step number display set and pressing also [Adjust
Value] switches the display into the adjustment value (the value of 1 step x the number of steps).
5. Press [OK].
228
Display
1/29
bizhub 501/421/361
10.7.9
Adjustment item
Print position adjustment: leading edge (tray 1)
Print position adjustment: leading edge (tray 2)
Print position adjustment: leading edge (tray 3)
Print position adjustment: leading edge (tray 4)
Print position adjustment: leading edge (LCT)
Print position adjustment: leading edge (bypass (normal paper))
Print position adjustment: leading edge (bypass (thick paper: large))
2/29
3/29
4/29
5/29
229
bizhub 501/421/361
Display
6/29
7/29
Magnification in the printer feed direction (fixing motor clock: normal paper)
Magnification in the printer feed direction (fixing motor clock: OHP (large))
Magnification in the printer feed direction (fixing motor clock: OHP (small))
Magnification in the printer feed direction (fixing motor clock: thick paper (large))
Magnification in the printer feed direction (fixing motor clock: thick paper (small))
Magnification in the printer feed direction (fixing motor clock: envelope)
Magnification in the printer feed direction (fixing motor clock: label (large))
8/29
Magnification in the printer feed direction (fixing motor clock: label (small))
Magnification in the printer feed direction (fixing motor clock: custom paper)
Magnification in the printer feed direction (fixing motor clock: user paper)
Printer registration loop amount (tray 1 (small))
Printer registration loop amount (tray 1 (large))
Printer registration loop amount (tray 2 (small))
Printer registration loop amount (tray 2 (middle1))
9/29
10/29
11/29
230
12/29
Adjustment item
bizhub 501/421/361
Display
13/29
14/29
Separation DC manual
Carging grid manual
Developing grid manual
TCR
Toner density
Dot diameter
LD1 offset (normal paper)
15/29
16/29
17/29
231
bizhub 501/421/361
Display
18/29
19/29
20/29
21/29
22/29
23/29
232
24/29
Adjustment item
bizhub 501/421/361
Display
DipSW No.04
DipSW No.05
DipSW No.06
DipSW No.07
DipSW No.08
DipSW No.09
DipSW No.10
25/29
DipSW No.11
DipSW No.12
DipSW No.13
DipSW No.14
DipSW No.15
DipSW No.16
DipSW No.17
26/29
DipSW No.18
DipSW No.19
DipSW No.20
DipSW No.21
DipSW No.22
DipSW No.23
DipSW No.24
27/29
DipSW No.25
DipSW No.26
DipSW No.27
DipSW No.28
DipSW No.29
DipSW No.30
DipSW No.31
28/29
DipSW No.32
DipSW No.33
DipSW No.34
DipSW No.35
DipSW No.36
DipSW No.37
DipSW No.38
29/29
DipSW No.39
DipSW No.40
DipSW No.41
DipSW No.42
DipSW No.43
DipSW No.44
DipSW No.45
233
bizhub 501/421/361
10.8 ADF
10.8.1
Adjusts the magnification in the sub scan direction while in the DF original scan.
This adjustment adjusts the magnification of the image data in the sub scan direction by changing the scan
speed of DF.
The adjustment is made for each mode (single sided, double sided (front/rear)) and expansion/reduction ratio
(50%, 100%, 200%, 400%).
Note
Make sure that the adjustment of the magnification in the printer paper feed direction has been
completed.
(See P.178)
A. Procedure
6. Press [OK].
7. Measure the magnification in the paper feed direction with a scale.
Standard value (while in the life size): 0.5% or less (200 1 mm or less)
234
10.8.2
Lead Edge
Adjusts the position at which the image read is started while in the DF original scan.
This adjustment adjusts the leading edge position of the image by changing the image read start timing after the
leading edge of the original passes through the read position.
The adjustment is made for each mode (1-Sided, 2-Sided (Front/Back)).
A. Procedure
6. Press [END].
7. Measure the leading edge position of the image with a scale.
Standard value: 0 2.0 mm or less
235
bizhub 501/421/361
bizhub 501/421/361
Side Edge
Adjusts the mis-centering of the image in the main scan direction while in the DF original scan.
The adjustment is made for each mode (1-Sided, 2-Sided (Front/Back)).
Note
Make sure that the adjustment of the printer position: side edge has been completed.
(See P.177)
A. Procedure
6. Press [END].
7. Fold the output paper into two at the center in the main scan direction, and check the discrepancy of the
print center line.
Standard value: 3.0 mm or less
236
10.8.4
Adjusts the original loop amount (1-Sided or 2-Sided) at the registration roller section of DF to adjust a paper
skew, wrinkles or an original jam at the registration section.
This adjustment adjusts the re-start timing of the DF registration roller.
A. Procedure
6. Press [END].
Return to the registration loop amount adjustment screen.
10.8.5
This adjustment is made when the original size detection does not function properly at DF.
A. Procedure
4. With A3 (for metric) or 11 x 17 (for inch) paper set to DF, press the Start key.
5. Check to see if the result is OK.
6. Press [Min. Width].
7. With B6S (for metric) or 5.5 x 8.5S (for inch) size paper set to DF, press the Start key.
8. Check to see if the result is "OK".
9. Press [OK].
237
bizhub 501/421/361
bizhub 501/421/361
Density Adj.
Check the whole area of the white chart to see if it is not soiled.
A. Procedure
5. When an error message is displayed, turn OFF and ON the power switch (SW2) of the main body and
repeat steps 3 to 4 until it is completed successfully.
6. Press [OK].
238
bizhub 501/421/361
10.8.7
Adjusts the read start position of the exposure unit in the sub scan direction.
A. Procedure
5. Press [END].
6. Check the read position.
Standard value [1]: 10 1.0 mm
[1]
50gaf3c012na
239
bizhub 501/421/361
This adjustment is made when an erroneous detection occurs with the reflective sensor, or after the DF control
board (DFCB) and each of the reflective sensors are replaced. Conducting this adjustment backs up the sensitivity value of each of the reflective sensors to RAM in DFCB.
Prearrangement
Note
After conducting [Initialization + Auto Adjust], the value of the original size VR (VR1) is reset. Be
sure to conduct [Original Size Adjustment].
A. Procedure
5. Press [END].
240
10.9 Finisher
10.9.1
Adjusts the stapling position in the sub scan direction while in the stitch-and-fold by SD-507.
Note
Before conducting this adjustment, make sure that the adjustment of the half-fold position has
been completed.
(See P.242)
A. Procedure
6. Press [END].
7. Check the stitch-and-fold position of paper and
the position of the staple in the sub scan direction.
[1]
4511f3c005na
241
bizhub 501/421/361
bizhub 501/421/361
6. Press [END].
7. Fold the output paper along the folding line and
check the paper edge to see if it is not shifted [1].
[1]
4511f3c006na
242
bizhub 501/421/361
10.9.3
Adjusts the position of the punch holes by PU-501 in the sub scan direction.
A. Procedure
2. "Finisher Adjustment"
Press [Punch Horizontal Position].
4. With the original set to DF, select a suitable paper size and press the Start key.
5. Press [END].
Return to the punch horizontal position adjustment screen.
[1]
4512f3c003na
243
bizhub 501/421/361
4. With the original set to DF, select a suitable paper size and press the Start key.
5. Press [END].
6. Check the punch holes to see if they are parallel
with the paper edge. And also check to see if a
jam occurs.
4512f3c004na
244
bizhub 501/421/361
10.10Firmware Version
Displays the version of the firmware (main body and optional).
MFP Controller
Image Controller
Finisher
ADF
A. Procedure
3. Press [END].
245
bizhub 501/421/361
CS Remote Care enables the machine and the computer at CS Remote Care center to exchange data
through telephone/fax line or e-mail in order to control the machine.
CS Remote Care enables the machine to call the computer at the center when trouble occurs. It also enables the computer at the center to contact the machine for the necessary data.
Data which CS Remote Care handles can be divided into the following groups.
a. Data which show the status of use of the machine such as Total count, PM count.
b. Data which show the abnormal situation on the machine such as where and how often errors occur.
c. Data on adjustment
d. Data on setting
Note
It cannot be set when the following setting is set to ON.
[Administrator Setting] [Security Setting] [Enhanced Security Mode]
10.11.2 Setting Up the CS Remote Care
Note
For resetting up the machine which CS Remote Care has already been set up, clear the RAM for
CS Remote Care before resetting.
For clearing RAM, see "(3) RAM Clear" in "C. Detail Setting" in "10.11.8 Detail on settings".
(See P.259)
When using the telephone line for connection, use the recommended modem.
(For recommended modem, contact responsible person of KONICA MINOLTA.)
When using a telephone line modem for connection, use the data modem which is based on the
ITU-T recommendations V.34/V.32 bis/V.32 and AT command.
Step
Procedure
Using the telephone line
modem
modem *1
Using E-mail
ter.
tion.)
246
Procedure
Using the telephone line
modem
modem *1
bizhub 501/421/361
Step
Using E-mail
Connecting the
modem
used.
1. Select [Service Mode] [CS Remove Care], and press [Detail Setting].
2. Press [RAM Clear].
3. Select Set, and press [OK].
(See P.259)
3
Selecting the CS
Selecting the CS
2].
[System Selection],
[System Selection],
[E-Mail1]: Duplex
1. Select [Service Mode] [CS Remote Care] [ID Code], and press [ID Code].
2. Input the seven digits ID of the service person, and press [ID Code] again.
(See P.257)
5
1. Select [Service Mode] [CS Remote Care], and press [Detail Setting].
2. Press [Date & Time Setting].
3. Input the date, time and the time zone using the 10-Key Pad, and press [Set].
(See P.259)
6
1. Select [Service Mode] [CS Remote Care], and press [Detail Setting].
2. Press [Machine Setting] [Center ID], and input the Center ID (five digits).
(See P.258)
247
bizhub 501/421/361
Step
Procedure
Using the telephone line
modem
modem *1
Proceed to step 8.
Using E-mail
Encryption setting
1. Select [Service Mode] [CS Remote Care], 1. Select [Service Mode] [CS Remote Care],
and press [Detail Setting].
2. Press [Machine Setting] [Center Telephone 2. Press [Respond Timeout] and enter the
Number].
3.
(See P.258)
248
Step
10
Procedure
Using the telephone line
modem
modem *1
Mode]
[CS
Remote Care]
and press [Detail
Setting].
[AT
Com-
AT
Com-
mand].
3. Input
modem
1. Select
2. Press
Using E-mail
mand.
NOTE
(See P.262)
necessary.
to be changed in
normal condition.)
is
For details on AT
Command,
see
try again.
(See P.263)
NOTE
This setting is not normally necessary.
Take this step only when necessary in a
specific connecting condition.
249
bizhub 501/421/361
bizhub 501/421/361
Step
12
Procedure
Using the telephone line
modem
modem *1
Using E-mail
Initial connection E-mail
1. Select [Service Mode] [CS Remote Care], Conduct the initial connection in one of the foland press [Detail Setting].
2. Press [initial transmission] key on the right nection from the machine when [E-Mail2] is
bottom of the screen to start initial transmis- selected.
sion.
3. When the machine is properly connected with Send the initial connection mail from the center
the Center, CS Remote Care setting screen side to the mail address of the machine.
will be displayed.
NOTE
The initial transmission key at the right
bottom of the screen will be displayed
Once the machine receives the initial connection E-mail, the initial connection is completed.
Initial connection from the machine
Send the initial connection mail from the
only when the Center ID, the Device ID, machine to the center. In this case, set the mail
Telephone number of the Center and the
In the case that the device pre-registra- center is skipped, it gets into the pre-registered
tion at the center is skipped, it gets into
the pre-registered status once the center nection E-mail. The initial connection is comreceives the initial transmission. The ini-
NOTE
center.
When receiving the initial connection Email message from the Center while CS
Remote Care-related screen is being
displayed, the current setting information will be deleted, and CS Remote
Care setting will be displayed.
For sending the initial connection Email, see the manual for CS Remote
Care Center.
Messages
can
be
exchanged
only
250
bizhub 501/421/361
1. Select [Service Mode] [CS Remote Care] [Detail Setting], and press [Software Switch Setting].
2. Press [Switch No.], and input the SW number (two digits) using the 10-Key Pad.
3. Press [Bit Assignment], and select SW bit number using the arrow keys, and input 0 or 1 using the 10-Key
Pad.
(For setting by hexadecimal numbers, press [HEX Assignment] key, and input using the 10-Key Pad or A
to F keys.)
4. Press [Fix].
Note
About functions of each switch, see to "B. List of software SW for CS Remote Care".
B. List of software SW for CS Remote Care
Note
Do not change any bit not described on this table.
SW No.
Bit
SW 01
Dial Mode
SW 02
Functions
Pulse
Tone
Default
1
Reservation
Reservation
Reservation
Baud rate
*1
*1
*1
*1
*1
*1
*1
*1
1
1
Emergency transmission
Do not call
Call
Do not call
Call
Reservation
Reservation
Reservation
Do not call
Call
Do not call
Call
Reservation
*10
*10
Do not call
Call
1
0
Adjustment failure
SW 03
Reservation
4 to 7
Reservation
Do not call
Call
251
bizhub 501/421/361
SW No.
Bit
SW 04
0 to 7
Reservation
SW 05
*2
*2
*2
*2
*2
*2
*2
*2
Reservation
*3
*3
*3
*3
*3
*3
*3
*3
*3
*3
*3
*3
*3
*3
Do not redial
Redial
4 to 7
SW 06
7
SW 07
0
1 to 7
SW 08
*4
*4
ery error
*4
*4
*4
*4
*4
*4
Reservation
*5
*5
delivery error
*5
*5
*5
*5
*5
*5
*5
*5
*5
*5
*5
*5
Reservation
252
Reservation
Default
4 to 7
SW 09
Functions
SW 10
0 to 7
SW 11
Reservation
Timer 1
*6
*6
*6
*6
reception
*6
*6
*6
*6
*6
*6
*6
*6
*6
*6
*6
*6
SW No.
Bit
SW 12
Timer 2
*7
*7
*7
*7
reception
Default
*7
*7
*7
*7
*7
*7
*7
*7
*7
*7
*7
*7
Reservation
Timer 4
*8
*8
*8
*8
telegram delivery
*8
*8
*8
*8
*8
*8
*8
*8
*8
*8
*8
*8
SW 13
0 to 7
SW 14
SW 15
Functions
Timer 5
*9
*9
*9
*9
*9
*9
*9
*9
*9
*9
*9
*9
*9
*9
*9
*9
0
0
SW 16
0 to 7
Reservation
SW 17
0 to 7
Reservation
SW 18
Do not call
Call
Attention display
bizhub 501/421/361
Reservation
SW 19 to SW 0 to 7
Reservation
40
*1
Baud rate
Mode
01-7
01-6
01-5
9600 bps
01-4
0
19200 bps
"38400 bps"
253
bizhub 501/421/361
*3
05-3
05-2
05-1
05-0
1 minute
2 minutes
"3 minutes"
4 minutes
5 minutes
6 minutes
7 minutes
8 minutes
9 minutes
10 minutes
06-6
06-5
0 to 9 times
"10 times"
*5
06-2
06-1
06-0
08-3
08-2
08-1
0 minute
10 minutes
20 minutes
30 minutes
40 minutes
50 minutes
"60 minutes"
70 minutes
80 minutes
90 minutes
100 minutes
110 minutes
120 minutes
08-0
09-6
09-5
0 to 9 times
"10 times"
11 to 99 times
254
06-3
11 to 99 times
*4
06-4
09-4
09-3
09-2
09-1
09-0
11-7
11-6
11-5
0 to 31 sec
"32 sec"
12-7
12-6
"64 sec"
11-0
12-2
12-1
12-0
14-2
14-1
14-0
15-2
15-1
15-0
12-4
12-3
14-7
14-6
14-5
0 to 31 (x 100 msec)
"32 (x 100 msec)"
14-4
14-3
15-7
15-6
15-5
0 to 29 sec
"30 sec"
15-4
15-3
31 to 255 sec
12-5
65 to 255 sec
*10
11-1
*9
11-2
0 to 63 sec
*8
11-3
33 to 255 sec
*7
11-4
bizhub 501/421/361
*6
03-0
0
255
bizhub 501/421/361
Follow the steps below to make sure that CS Remote Care has been properly set up.
When CE starts maintenance, inputting the ID code of CE (seven digits: numbers which CE can identify.
They are controlled by the distributor.) will transmit the information to the Center side and tells that the maintenance has started. When the maintenance is finished, touching [Maintenance Complete] key will transmit
the information to the Center and tells that it is finished.
When the CS Remote Care setup is complete, the administrator can call the CS Remote Care center.
1. Select [Service Mode] [CS Remote Care], and press [Detail setting].
2. Press [Communication Log Print].
3. Load Tray 1 or Bypass tray with A4S paper.
4. Press the Start key to output transmission log.
256
bizhub 501/421/361
Use
Setting/
Procedure
Fax is available only when the optional Fax kit is being installed.
E-Mail1 (Duplex)
Modem
Fax
B. ID Code
Functions
Use
Setting/
Procedure
257
bizhub 501/421/361
C. Detail Setting
(1) Basic Setting
Functions
Use
Setting/
Procedure
[W] Wait
[*], [#]
: To be used as necessary
[7]
[2]
[8]
Adjustment data
[3]
[9]
Not used
[10]
Not used
[11]
Not used
[12]
Not used
[4]
[5]
[6]
EKC data
NOTE
Multiple items of data can be selected and sent at one time. However, be sure
that only EKC data cannot be sent together with other items of data.
Initial Transmission
Touching the Initial Transmission key will sent the information to the CS Remote Care
Center to register the machine.
(Only when the Modem or Fax is selected on the system Input.)
258
Functions
Use
Setting/
Procedure
1.
2.
3.
4.
bizhub 501/421/361
Use
Setting/
Procedure
Set
Unset
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Setting/
For procedures on settings, see "10.11.3 Software SW setting for CS Remote Care".
Procedure
(See P.251)
259
bizhub 501/421/361
It sets the intervals for resending E-Mails when transmission error occurred.
It can be set only when [E-Mail] is selected by System Setting.
Use
To use when changing the intervals for resending E-Mails when transmission error
Setting/
occurred.
Procedure
(7) AT Command
Functions
Use
Setting/
Procedure
D. Server Setting
Server Setting can be set only when [E-Mail] is selected by System Setting.
To set the POP3 server address used for the CS Remote Care.
To set the address of the POP3 Server.
POP3 server address can be set with IP address or the domain name.
Setting/
Procedure
<Input IP Address>
IP Address Version 4 format
[0 to 255].[0 to 255].[0 to 255].[0 to 255]
<Input FQDN>
Enter the domain name.
To set the logon name for the POP3 server used for the CS Remote Care.
Use
Setting/
Procedure
<POP3 password>
260
Functions
To set the logon password for the POP3 server used for the CS Remote Care.
Use
Setting/
Procedure
Functions
bizhub 501/421/361
Use
Setting/
Procedure
110 (1 to 65535)
(2) Receive
<E-mail Address>
Functions
Use
Setting/
Procedure
<Mail Check>
Functions
To set whether or not to use Mail Check and the time interval for the POP server
Use
To set whether or not to use Mail Check and the time interval for the POP server
Procedure
<Connection timeout>
Functions
Use
Setting/
Procedure
<APOP Authentication>
Functions
Use
Setting/
Procedure
Yes
No
261
bizhub 501/421/361
(3) Send
<SMTP server>
Functions
Use
To set the SMTP sever address for transmission used for the CS Remote Care.
To set the SMTP server address
SMTP server address can be set by the IP address or the domain name.
Setting/
Procedure
<Input IP Address>
IP Address Version 4 format
[0 to 255].[0 to 255].[0 to 255].[0 to 255]
<Input FQDN>
Enter the domain name.
To set the SMTP port number for transmission used for the CS Remote Care.
Use
Setting/
Procedure
25 (1 to 65535)
Use
Setting/
Procedure
<Authentication Setting>
Functions
Use
Setting/
Procedure
OFF
SMTP Authentication
* Setting to POP Before SMTP will set the time for POP Before SMTP.
The default setting is 60 Sec.
60 Sec (0 to 60 Sec)
* When setting to SMTP authentication, press the Setting Check key for authentication.
262
User ID
Password
Domain name
Functions
Use
Use to determine the correct transmission and reception using CS Remote Care.
Setting/
Press the Start key to let the machine start the transmission and reception test.
Procedure
bizhub 501/421/361
Use
Setting/
Procedure
Yes
No
263
bizhub 501/421/361
Error
Solution
0001
0002
modem is ON.
Check the connecting condition between the modem
and the main unit.
0003
0005
0006
0008
Receiving rejection
(Receiving is made when the main unit is set to
reject receiving.)
several
times,
turn
the
times,
turn
the
0011
several
Indicator.)
264
times,
turn
the
0018
Error
Machine ID has already been registered
Solution
bizhub 501/421/361
Error code
host side.
ID.)
0019
Center ID Error
Device ID inconsistency
Device ID Unregistered
host side.
001B
(Request telegram 2 (Constant data transmitting, Emergency call) comes from the main unit
that has not registered Machine ID yet.)
001E
Error
Solution
Transmission error
User side.
0***
User side.
0003
0005
Receiving error
1030
Machine ID mismatching
User side.
User side.
Received an E-Mail which tells that Machine
ID mismatches.
ting.
Check the Machine ID setting on host side.
265
bizhub 501/421/361
Error code
Error
1062
Solution
Ask
the
host
to
send
1084
Date expired
Expiration date for data modification command has passed.
1092
the
host
to
send
2039
203E
Network is down.
the
connection
3000
POP3_AUTHORIZATION_ERR
3001
POP3_TRANSACTION_ERR
3002
POP3_CONNECT_ERR
3003
POP3_TIMEOUT_ERR
3004
POP3_FORMAT_ERR
3005
POP3_MEMORY_ERR
3006
POP3_JOBID_ERR
3007
POP3_NO_DATA_ERR
3008
POP3_DELETE_FAIL_ERR
3009
POP3_MAILBOX_FULL
4103
Not Ready
266
transmitting again.
Solution
4104
4105
4106
bizhub 501/421/361
Error code
transmitting again.
transmitting again.
transmitting again.
Note
When a code other than the ones listed above is displayed, contact KMBT and inform the error
code.
C.
Error
Host terminal ID not correct
Solution
Check
the
telephone
R81
R82
R83
R84
267
bizhub 501/421/361
1. Shift the screen in the order of [Service Mode] [CS Remote Care] [Detail Setting].
At this time, in the cases of Initial transmitting / Administrator transmitting / Maintenance Start transmitting
/ Maintenance Finish transmitting, the communication result will be displayed at the top of the screen.
* For the communication result, the following message will be displayed based on its success or failure.
Display of
Cause
Solution
Communication result
Communicating
Communication
Center
pletes unsuccessfully.
Complete success-
fully
Modem trouble
Although the machine tries to communicate with the Center, there is any
trouble in the modem.
Busy line
Although the machine tries to communicate with the Center, the line to the
Center is busy.
No response
268
bizhub 501/421/361
10.12 System 2
10.12.1 Data Capture
Set the availability/unavailability of the capture of the print job data.
Keeping the print data captured allows the reproduction of a print with which a trouble occurred.
(For particulars, see "IV. Troubleshooting" of "Field Service IC-207.")
10.12.2 Paper Size Setting
Set the paper size of LU.
A. Procedure
269
bizhub 501/421/361
Function
Operation at key counter
0
Ignore.
removal
1
1
Decide promptly
Default setting
Japan
Inch
Metric
as a jam.
1 count
2 counts
(11 x 17)
2
None
Stop once at 20
Decided by
Stop at once
DipSW3-2
DipSW3
DipSW4
copies.
Latch released
Latched`
When a job
completed
*1
*1
*1
*1
*2
*2
supply display
*2
*2
proof copy
Valid
Invalid
Not stop
Stop
Valid
Invalid
no toner
6
270
copy reservation
0
Not detects
1
Detects
Default setting
Japan
Inch
Metric
when installed
DipSW5
*3
*3
*3
*3
6
DipSW6
Not rotate
Rotate
Metric size
K size
Metric size
K size
DipSW7
DipSW8
Invalid
Valid
PM
3
1 count
2 counts
x 17)
7
271
bizhub 501/421/361
bizhub 501/421/361
DipSW10
DipSW11
DipSW12
DipSW13
272
Function
Copy quantity limit
Default setting
Japan
Inch
Metric
*4
*4
*4
*4
*4
*4
*4
*4
*5
*5
setting
*5
*5
Not displayed
Displayed
*6
*6
*6
*6
PM
*6
*6
OFF
ON
*7
*7
*7
*7
DipSW15
Default setting
Japan
Inch
Metric
Stop at 400
Not stop
sheets
1
tray.
DipSW16
*8
*8
*8
*8
Heater operation
Permit
Prohibit
DipSW17
*9
*9
trol
*9
*9
0/1
*10
*10
*10
*10
*10
*10
Normal
OFF
273
bizhub 501/421/361
bizhub 501/421/361
Function
Separation of a defective part
Default setting
Japan
Inch
Metric
Normal
Separated
Normal
Separated
Normal
Separated
Normal
Separated
Normal
Separated
Normal
Separated
DipSW19
Normal
Separated
Normal
Separated
Normal
Separated
Normal
Separated
Normal
Separated
Normal
Separated
Normal
Separated
Normal
Separated
from DF
DipSW20
Normal
Separated
from SD
274
Default setting
Japan
Inch
Metric
Not displayed
Displayed
81/2 x 14
Foolscap
bizhub 501/421/361
switchover
3
Destroy jobs
*11
*11
Ignore
(same as the)
removal
5
Setting of
DipSW1-0
DipSW22
forced memory
memory recep-
nected
2
reception
tion, too
Permit to print
Prohibit printing
dential print)
4
Not erase
Erase
Rotate to 180
Not rotate
DipSW23
Not detected
Detected
Not detected
Detected
275
bizhub 501/421/361
Function
Default setting
Japan
Inch
Metric
*12
*12
Prohibit
Permit
Normally
All OFF
ON/OFF
4
Not rotate
rotate to 180
not selected
DipSW26
15 seconds
30 seconds
1
2
At the center
On the rear
276
side of paper
Valid
Invalid
Default setting
Japan
Inch
Metric
*13
*13
tory screen
2
Not displayed
Displayed
bizhub 501/421/361
DipSW28
DipSW29
DipSW30
Transfer/separation output
*14
*14
*14
*14
(tray)
*14
*14
*15
*15
*15
*15
Transfer/separation output
*16
*16
*16
*16
(bypass)
*16
*16
*17
*17
(bypass)
*17
*17
Not supported
Supported
FCOT-EE setting
No pre-scan
Pre-scan
277
bizhub 501/421/361
DipSW32
Function
Default setting
Japan
Inch
Metric
Invalid
Valid
*18
*18
Invalid
Valid
DipSW33
DipSW34
*19
*19
number (PU)
*19
*19
ON
OFF
*20
*20
*20
*20
*20
*20
Permit
Prohibit
*21
*21
*22
*22
278
Default setting
Japan
Inch
Metric
*23
*23
*23
*23
Valid
Invalid
*24
*24
bizhub 501/421/361
Not used
Used
*25
*25
*25
*25
*26
*26
*27
*27
DipSW37
*28
*28
*28
*28
Valid
Copier image
0
0
*29
*29
*29
*29
*30
*30
Invalid
Valid
Priority to
Priority to
productivity
the paper
in same direction
279
bizhub 501/421/361
Function
Default setting
Japan
Inch
Metric
*31
*31
*31
*31
1 copy
Some copies
DipSW39
Invalid
Valid
1
0
input is prohibited
3
Performance improvement
*32
*32
ScanToBox/FaxToBox Setting
Invalid
Valid
*33
*33
*35 Invalid
*35 Valid
*36 Invalid
*36 Valid
DipSW40
*34
*37 Invalid
*37 Valid
*38 Invalid
*38 Valid
*39 Invalid
*39 Valid
*40 Invalid
*40 Valid
*41 Invalid
*41 Valid
cast packet
4
280
DipSW42
DipSW43
DipSW44
DipSW45
Default setting
Japan
Inch
Metric
281
bizhub 501/421/361
bizhub 501/421/361
Set the copy count that is printed until the print operation is terminated from the toner near empty is displayed after the toner level sensor (PZS) detects toner
empty for a certain period of time.
Mode
4-1
4-0
4-3
4-2
5-6
5-5
lent
After 100 print or its
equivalent
After 200 print or its
equivalent
After 500 print or its
equivalent
*2
Set the copy count that is printed until the print is prohibited after a message set by DipSW4-0/1 is displayed.
Mode
100 prints or its equivalent
400 prints or its equivalent
700 prints or its equivalent
1000 prints or its equivalent
*3
Mode
No adjustment made
Toner consumption
282
*4
*5
lighter entirely under the environment of high temperature and high humidity. In this case, set the density
of the copy protect image to be darker.
Mode
9-2
9-1
9-0
1 print
3 prints
5 prints
9 prints
10 prints
20 prints
30 prints
50 prints
99 prints
250 prints
No limit
No limit
No limit
No limit
9-5
9-4
Normal
Mode
Darker 1
Darker 2
*7
9-3
No limit
*6
12-5
12-4
12-3
1000 prints
Mode
2000 prints
3000 prints
4000 prints
5000 prints
Mode
Corresponding to dark
13-7
13-6
bizhub 501/421/361
original
Standard
Corresponding to light
interference
283
bizhub 501/421/361
Mode
16-1 16-0
*9
Mode
16-7
16-6
At all times
None
17-2
17-1
17-0
81/2 x 13
Mode
8 /4 x 13
8 /8 x 13
8 x 13
Mode
21-5
APS.
A notice is made as A4 (Japan) /
81/2 x 11 (inch) size.
284
*12
Mode
24-7
Mode
29-2
29-1
Mode
Thick paper
Thin paper
Recycled paper
Envelope/Thick paper 2
27-1
No asterisk
bizhub 501/421/361
Mode
29-4
29-0
29-3
Normal ON control
All OFF
on the environment
30-2
30-1
Mode
30-0
0
Thick paper
Thin paper
menu].
Recycled paper
Envelope/Thick paper 2
285
bizhub 501/421/361
Mode
30-4
30-3
Normal control
All OFF
on the environment
Mode
bypass
Print start with the paper setting spec-
32-2
Mode
33-1
33-0
2 holes (Japan)
3 holes (inch)
4 holes (metric)
4 holes (Sweden)
ric.
*20 FS-522 paper exit tray position
Set the stop position of the paper exit tray.
34-3
34-2
34-1
Not fixed
Mode
Tray 1
Tray 2
Tray 3
Folding/stitch-and-fold
tray (SD)
Not fixed
286
Mode
In case of via Proxy, send data by
34-5
0
Mode
34-7
Normal operation
Mode
35-1
35-0
bizhub 501/421/361
tom originals
(center zoom)
Not allowed
Mode
35-6
Release
Mode
36-3
36-2
Standard
Standard + 10 C
Standard + 5 C
Standard 10 C
Mode
36-4
Standard
Standard + 10 C
287
bizhub 501/421/361
Mode
36-5
Standard
Standard + 10 C
36-7
36-6
Standard
Mode
Standard + 10 C
Standard 20 C
Standard 10 C
37-4
37-3
Mode
No setting
81/2 x 131/2
(for Hong-Kong area)
Detection setting of
81/2 x 14
(for Europe area)
Setting is prohibited
Mode
37-5
Invalid
Valid
Note
The size conversion of the small size originals which
are undetectable can be set with Dipsw21-5.
*31 Operation at setting paper onto the bypass feed
tray
Set the operation when setting paper onto the
bypass feed tray.)
Mode
Reset size with selecting
38-4
38-3
288
*32
Mode
39-5
after scanning
Note
When set to 0, the image is converted at the res-
bizhub 501/421/361
Mode
39-7
orderd by PCL5.
This is default setting to prevent the trouble.
Note
When 1 is selected for this setting, Media Type is
supported but print abnormality may occur.
*34
DIPSW 40 is the setting of WakeOnLan function.
*35 Wake-up by the recovery of the link change
It wakes up when the LAN cable is connected and the LED on the LAN connecting port turns ON.
(In case that the LAN cable is connected to be ready to communicate.)
*36 Wake-up by receiving magic packet
It wakes up when receiving the magic packet that is sent from the software with Wake On Lan function.
(In case of receiving a particular packet communication via network.)
*37 Wake-up by receiving multi cast packet
It wakes up when receiving the broad cast packet (concurrent transmission that specifies the multi communication partners) that is sent from PC or the network device.
(In case of receiving a particular packet communication via network.)
*38 Wake-up by receiving broadcast packet
It wakes up when receiving the broad cast packet (concurrent transmission to the unspecified number of communication partners) that is sent from PC or the network device.
(In case of receiving a particular packet communication via network.)
289
bizhub 501/421/361
290
bizhub 501/421/361
10.12.4 ISW
For particulars, see "5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP".
(See P.100)
10.12.5 Option
Let the main body recognize the installing condition of the optional HDD and FAX.
A. Procedure
3. "Option screen"
Press [Installed] or [Not Installed] to select the installation or non-installation of the HDD, FAX and stamp.
4. Press [OK].
A. Procedure
4. Press [OK].
291
bizhub 501/421/361
292
bizhub 501/421/361
293
bizhub 501/421/361
B. Recovery procedure
2. System2 screen
Press [Trouble Reset].
NOTE
[Counter Recovery] is displayed when the error code related to NRB occurs.
294
bizhub 501/421/361
6. Once the counter recovery completes, press [Yes] and turn the SW1 OFF/ON.
7. If the counter recovery does not complete, the trouble of NVRAM board (NRB) may be the reason. Contact the support division of the authorized distributor.
295
bizhub 501/421/361
10.13List Output
10.13.1 List output
Outputs various types of lists.
Lists that can be output are as shown below.
Adjustment List
Service Parameter
A. Procedure
5. Press [END].
Service Mode screen appears.
296
bizhub 501/421/361
10.14Test Mode
10.14.1 Test pattern list
The following test patterns can be output.
Note
Be sure not to output a test pattern that is not given in this service manual.
297
bizhub 501/421/361
No.1
[Check item]
When the density is set at 70 (halftone)
When there are white stripes or black stripes, check to see if an abnormality is found with the scanner
system or process system
[Recommended sections to be checked]: Developing unit, cleaning glass, charging corona, transfer/separation corona, scanner mirror, slit glass and original glass
When the density is set at 0 (white)
When an image fogging occurs, check the process system to see if an abnormality is found with it.
[Recommended sections to be checked]: Charging corona, and the contact of a high voltage power
source
When the density is set at 255 (black)
When the density is thin, check the process system to see if an abnormality is found with it.
[Recommended sections to be checked]: Write unit
Test pattern
When the density is set at 70.
50gaf3c007na
298
No.2
Gradation pattern
[Check item]
When fogging appears or density is thin, check the process system and the gamma correction to see if which
is defective.
Regardless of this test pattern being normal, any trouble is found with the print image, the image processing
system or scanner system is considered defective.
Test patterns
50gaf3c013na
299
bizhub 501/421/361
bizhub 501/421/361
No.3
[Check item]
Check to see if the laser output of LD1/LD2 is uniform and if the gradation is reproduced without a break.
[Recommended sections to be checked]: Write unit, and LD offset adjustment
*
For LD offset adjustment, see "10.4.11 LD1 Offset Adj. / LD2 Offset Adj.".
(See P.191)
Test pattern
LD1 LD2
50gaf3c008na
300
No.5
[Check item]
Check the pattern to see if the laser output of LD1/LD2 is uniform with the gradation continuously reproduced.
[Recommended checkpoints]: Write unit, LD offset adjustment
*
For LD offset adjustment, see "10.4.11 LD1 Offset Adj. / LD2 Offset Adj.".
(See P.191)
Test pattern
LD1 LD2
50gaf3c009na
301
bizhub 501/421/361
bizhub 501/421/361
No.11
[Check item 1]
Check to see if there is a difference in density found with the solid black pattern in the main scan and sub
scan directions.
[Recommended sections to be checked]: Charging corona, transfer/separation corona, developing unit,
and write dust-proof glass.
[Check item 2]
Check to see if an image crawling occurs with the gradation pattern at the leading edge and/or trailing
edge of the test pattern in the sub scan direction.
[Recommended sections to be checked]: Transfer/separation corona
Test pattern
[1]
[2]
50gaf3c010na
302
No.16
[Check item]
Judge from this test pattern whether the scanner system or the printer system is abnormal.
Items that can be checked include main scan magnification, sub scan magnification, image skew, and leading
edge timing of the printer system. If the copy image is defective despite no abnormality being visible on the
test pattern, the scanner system is defective.
Test pattern
[1]
237mm
20mm
31mm
28
205.7mm
28
0m
190mm
[1]
190mm
0m
190mm
50gaf3c011na
303
bizhub 501/421/361
bizhub 501/421/361
Note
Be sure not to output a test pattern that is not given in this service manual.
A. Procedure for a test pattern output
304
The machine shifts into the ready condition after completion of the print operation of the set copy count and
conducts the same operation after waiting for 0.5 sec.
In this mode, no paper is fed and none of the paper detection/jam detection is made while in the operation. The
print operation is made nearly at the same timing as the usual operation with no transfer/separation control
made. The machine shifts into the ready condition after completion of the print operation of the set copy count
and conducts the same operation after waiting for 0.5 sec.
Paperless Mode
With no paper fed and none of the paper detection/jam detection made, the print operation is made nearly at
the same timing as the usual operation.
The operation is made with the set copy count automatically set with no limit. Like the paperless mode, the print
operation is made nearly at the same timing as the usual operation with no paper fed and none of the paper
detection/jam detection made.
The combined operation of the paperless endless mode plus the scan operation and the stepped change of the
auto paper feed is made. This is not use in the field.
A. Procedure
305
bizhub 501/421/361
bizhub 501/421/361
10.15Fax setting
For particulars of the setting, see FK-502 Service Manual.
306
bizhub 501/421/361
10.16Enhanced Security
10.16.1 Enhanced Security function setting procedure
A. Procedure
B. Exiting
See
CE Password
P.308
Administrator Password
P.308
P.309
CE Authentication
P.309
P.310
Administrator unlocking
P.310
P.311
P.314
307
bizhub 501/421/361
10.16.3 CE Password
Functions
Use
Setting/
Procedure
Use
Setting /
Procedure
308
Functions
Use
When [Level2] is selected on this function, the functions shown below can be set by
bizhub 501/421/361
the administrator.
Items can be set by administrator
[System Settings]- Original Glass
[Standard Size
Setting]
Level1
Level2
Prohibit
{
{
{
{
Procedure
Level1
Level2
Prohibit
10.16.6 CE Authentication
When the "ON" is selected in [Password Rules] or [Enhanced Security Mode] of [Utility] [Administrator
Settings] [Security Settings], this function is not displayed.
Functions
Use
Use to activate the authentication with CE Password when enter the Service mode.
Setting /
Procedure
ON
OFF
NOTE
In case Valid is suitable for [Password Rules] or [Enhanced Security Mode]
of [Utility] [Administrator Settings] [Security Settings], be sure to set
the CE Authentication ON in advance.
Also be sure to change in advance the CE Password from default setting.
309
bizhub 501/421/361
To set the time that elapses before the machine releases an access lock that is acti-
Use
To set the period of time that elapses before the machine releases the access lock,
Procedure
1 - 60 (minutes)
NOTE
When Enhanced Security Mode is set to ON in [Administrator Settings]
[Security Settings] [Enhanced Security Mode], the period of time that can be
set in this setting is 5 minutes or more.
10.16.8 Administrator unlocking
Functions
Use
To release the access lock with service authority when an administrator password
tication.
authentication fails and the access lock is activated.
When the main power switch is turned OFF and ON or the period of time set in the
Release Time Settings elapses, the machine releases the access lock that is activated after the administrator password authentication.
In addition to these operations, this setting provides another way to release the
access lock.
Setting /
Procedure
310
The misalignment of the Flash memory lock password between the CF card and the NVRAM board (NRB)
The misalignment of the HDD model type and the HDD serial number between the installed HDD and the
When the misalignments above are caused by replacing the CF card, use F Memory Lock PW Initialize function
to initialize or reset the items shown below.
1)
When the Flash lock password is misaligned between CF card and NVRAM board (NRB), C-D303 is displayed
and the system stops. This function is arranged to initialize the Flash memory lock password to solve this misalignment.
2)
HDD resetting
When the HDD model type and the HDD serial number are misaligned between the installed HDD and the data
of CF card, HDD is not recognized and the machine behaves as described below according to the setting of
enhanced security mode.
When [Enhanced Security Mode] is specified to "Valid" : Stops due to C-D001 ("HDD error")
When [Enhanced Security Mode] is specified to "Invalid" : Starts without recognizing HDD.
This function is arranged to specify the model and the serial number of installed HDD to the CF card to make
available the HDD which once failed to be recognized.
Note
When the HDD model type and HDD serial type specified to CF card are different from ones of
installed HDD, the HDD resetting does not function to prevent the fraud use of HDD. HDD resetting
works only when the HDD model type and the HDD serial number are not specified to CF card.
311
bizhub 501/421/361
bizhub 501/421/361
1. Turn OFF the power switch (SW2) and the main power switch (SW1).
2. Remove the four screws [1] to remove the cover [2], then replace the CF card inserted to CF card
slot [3] with another CF card which has been formatted normally.
[2]
[1]
[3]
a0r5f3c001ca
NOTE
When inserting the CF card, be sure to fully insert with its top side to the front side of the
main body.
3. Turn ON the main power switch (SW1) and the power switch (SW2), and after startup the main
body, check that the malfunction code "C-D303" is displayed.
7. Turn OFF and ON again the power switch (SW2) and the main power switch (SW1) to start the main
body.
312
bizhub 501/421/361
1. Turn OFF the power switch (SW2) and the main power switch (SW1).
2. Remove the four screws [1] to remove the cover [2], then replace the CF card inserted to CF card
slot [3] with another Flash memory card which has been formatted normally.
[2]
[1]
[3]
a0r5f3c001ca
Note
When inserting the CF card, be sure to fully insert with its top side to the front side of the
main body.
For information about procedure for formatting CF card, contact the support division of the
authorized distributor.
3. Turn ON the main power switch (SW1) and the power switch (SW2), and after startup the main
body, check that the malfunction code "C-D303" is displayed.
6. Turn OFF and ON the main power switch (SW1) and the power switch (SW2), and after startup the
main body, check that the malfunction code "C-D303" is displayed again.
9. To initialize the Flash memory lock password and reset the HDD, press [Yes].
Press [No] when not initialize.
313
bizhub 501/421/361
10. Turn OFF and ON again the power switch (SW2) and the main power switch (SW1) to restart the
main body.
14. Press [All] [Yes] to format the HDD and align with the status of CF card.
15. Restore the data which is backed up at step 11 to the HDD.
16. Reconfigure each user information.
10.16.10 Counter backup setting
To prevent the data erase by the trouble related to NVRAM board (NRB), back up the "Counter data" stored in
NRB to CF card. When the error code that is related to NRB occurs, conduct the data recovery by following the
procedure in "10.12.8 Counter recovery".
A. Recovery procedure
1. EnhancedSecurity screen
Press [Counter Backup Settings].
NOTE
To disable the regular backup, press [Disable].
3. Press [OK].
314
B. Release procedure
Once the regular backup is conducted, [Backup file clear] appears on the "Counter Backup Settings screen".
If the backup data is old and the latest backup data is needed, use the backup file clear function.
The new backup data file is created by turning OFF/ON the main power switch (SW1) after the backup file clear.
1. EnhancedSecurity screen
Press [Counter Backup Settings].
bizhub 501/421/361
3. Once the backup file clear is completed, turn OFF/ON the main power switch (SW1).
315
bizhub 501/421/361
10.17Billing Setting
10.17.1 Billing Setting function setting procedure
A. Procedure
B. Exiting
Counter Setting
Management Function Choice
License Management
316
See
P.317
P.318
See: i-Option LK-101/102/103 P.4
Functions
To set the counting method for the total counter and size counter.
Use
bizhub 501/421/361
Total Counter
Default setting isMode1.
Mode1:1 count per 1 copy cycle (Default: Others4, Japan)
Mode2: Large size is double counts (Default: US, Europe, Others1, Others2, Others3)
NOTE
The content of this setting is reflected in the count method with the key
counter.
Size Counter
A3/11 x 17
A3/B4/11 x 17/81/2 x 14
1-sided copy
Size
2-sided copy
those specified
those specified
Mode
Mode
Mode
Specified sizes
Mode
Mode
Total
Size
2-sided total
0
0
0
0
1
0: No count; 1: 1 count; 2: 2 counts; 3: 3 counts; 4: 4 counts
317
bizhub 501/421/361
Note
It will not be displayed when the following setting is set to "ON".
[Administrator Settings] [Security Setting] [Enhanced Security Mode]
When the setting shows that [Management Device 1], [Management Device 2] or [Vendor 2] is
mounted, the following applications will be invalid. PC FAX transmission / HDD TWAIN / PS Box
Operator / PS Scan Direct / PS Job Spooler Also, the following setting will be set to "Disable".
[Administrator Settings] [Security Setting] [Management Function Setting] [Network Function
Setting]
A. Authentication Device 1
Functions
Use
Setting /
NOTE
Procedure
The setting is available only when user authentication and account track are
set "OFF" with [Administrator Settings] [User Authentication/Account
Track] [General Setting].
When the Authentication Device mount setting is set to "mount", make sure
that the [IP Address Fax] and [Internet Fax] settings are set to "OFF" with
[Service Mode] [System 2] [Network Fax Settings].
B. Authentication Device 2
Functions
Use
Set when the authentication unit (biometric type or card type) is mounted.
Set Authentication Device (Finger Vein Biometrics type or IC card authentication
type) installed.
Bio
<Authentication Mode>
Procedure
Card1
Card2
Biometrics
NOTE
When using Card2, conduct ISW of the "loadable device driver" in advance.
Be sure to turn OFF/ON the main power switch (SW1) after setting Card2.
318
Functions
Use
bizhub 501/421/361
Select [Color Mode] and [Message] when the key counter is mounted.
Setting/
Procedure
Color Mode
When [Mode 1] is set on [Total Counter Mode] after selecting [Billing Setting]
[Counter setting].
Mode 1: 1 count per 1 copy cycle
Mode 2: 2 counts per 1 copy cycle
Mode 3: 3 counts per 1 copy cycle
Mode 4: 4 counts per 1 copy cycle
Mode 5: 5 counts per 1 copy cycle
When [Mode 2] is set on [Total Counter Mode] after selecting [Billing Setting]
[Counter setting] and large size is selected on [Large Size Counter Mode]
Mode 1: 2 counts per 1 copy cycle
Mode 2: 4 counts per 1 copy cycle
Mode 3: 6 counts per 1 copy cycle
Mode 4: 8 counts per 1 copy cycle
Mode 5: 10 counts per 1 copy cycle
When [Mode 2] is set on [Total Counter Mode] after selecting [Billing Setting]
[Counter setting] and sizes other than large size are selected on [Large Size Counter
Mode]
Mode 1: 1 count per 1 copy cycle
Mode 2: 2 counts per 1 copy cycle
Mode 3: 3 counts per 1 copy cycle
Mode 4: 4 counts per 1 copy cycle
Mode 5: 5 counts per 1 copy cycle
Setting/
Procedure
Message
Select the message type when the administrative unit is mounted.
Type 1: Message for key counter
Type 2: Message for card scanning
Type 3: Message for ID management
Type 4: Message for remote SW
Confirmation copy
Set whether to allow a confirmation copy when a key counter is installed.
The default setting is Ban.
License
Ban
Ban
NOTE
The setting is available only when user authentication and account track are
set OFF with [Administrator Settings] [User Authentication/Account
Track] [General Setting].
319
bizhub 501/421/361
D. Management Device 1
Functions
Use
Setting/
Procedure
E. Management Device 2
Functions
Use
Setting/
Procedure
F.
Vendor 1
Functions
Use
Setting/
Procedure
320
Functions
Use
bizhub 501/421/361
G. Vendor 2
NOTE
When using the vendor along with the key counter, inserting the key counter
will set it to the Key Counter Mode and removing it will set it to the Vendor Mode.
Setting/
Procedure
Ban
Ban
321
Note
Performing the setup for each unit to be mounted will internally change the setting values below. It
needs resetting when cancelling the setting in order to set back to not mounted because the
setting value will remain.
Setting Item
Vendor 2
Authentication
Key Counter
Device 1
Default Copy
Settings
Management
Management
Device 1
Device 2
Factory Default
Factory Default
[Yes]
Rx Display [Yes]
Default
Scan/Fax
Settings
Copy OperUtility
ating Screen
Fax Active
Screen
Scan/Fax
Settings
Direct Input
Default Tab
Left Panel
Display
[Job List]
Default
Each Func-
Copy, PC
Copy, PC
Copy will be
Copy, PC
tion Setting
print, Send
print, Send
set to ON.
print, Send
(When IC-
Data, and
Data, and
PC print,
Data, and
207 is not
Print others
Print others
Send Data,
Print others
mounted)
will be set to
will be set to
and Print
will be set to
ON.
ON.
others will be
ON.
set to OFF.
Each FuncAdministrator Settings
bizhub 501/421/361
tion Setting
(When IC-
207 is
mounted)
Administrator Security
Prohibit
Level
Weekly
Timer ON/
OFF
OFF Setting
Restrict
Access to
Job Settings
322
Setting Item
Vendor 2
Authentication
Key Counter
Management
Management
Device 1
Device 2
Device 1
External
bizhub 501/421/361
Memory
Function
OFF.
Settings
Forward TX
OFF
Setting
OpenAPI
Access Set-
Access Set-
Setting
ting will be
ting will be
set to
set to
Restrict
Restrict.
IPP Setting
will be set to
OFF, and
Accept IPP
Administrator Settings
job will be
set to OFF.
AppleTalk
Setting
SMB Setting
OFF
Scan Setting, Print
Setting will
be set to
OFF.
E-mail TX
E-mail TX
(SMTP)
Setting,
Scan to Email, E-mail
Notification,
Meter Count
Notification
will be set to
Restrict.
WebDAV Cli
ent Settings
will be set to
OFF.
Web Service
Settings
Printer set-
ting/Scanner
setting
323
Setting Item
Status Notifi-
Key Counter
cation Setting
Management
Device 1
Device 2
items will be
set to OFF.
[No]
Notification
Item Setting
Image Log
Transfer Settings
324
Management
All setting
Authentication
Device 1
Administrator Settings
bizhub 501/421/361
bizhub 501/421/361
[4]
[3]
[1]
[2]
50gaf3c014na
[2]
[3]
[1]
obtained.
50gaf3c015na
325
bizhub 501/421/361
[4]
[2]
[2]
[1]
[3]
50gaf3c016na
[2]
[3]
[1]
obtained.
50gaf3c017na
326
bizhub 501/421/361
TROUBLESHOOTING
12. JAM CODE
12.1 Jam code list
Classification Jam code
Cause
Resulting
Correction
Bypass
Tray 1
Tray 2
J-1000
J-1100
J-1200
During operation
operation
The vertical conveyance sensor (PS2)
If there is a
sheet of paper
being printed
when a jam
if any.
body completes
turns ON.
before stopping
paper if any.
operations.
if any.
PC-206
J-1300
PC-407
PC-206
J-1301
if any.
PC-407
J-1302
J-1305
327
Cause
Resulting
Correction
operation
PC-407
J-1306
J-1307
J-1308
During operation
bizhub 501/421/361
If there is a
sheet of paper
being printed
when a jam
body completes
before stopping
if any.
operations.
J-1311
PC-206
J-1400
J-1401
LU
J-1501
turns ON.
J-2001
J-2002
device stop
immediately.
J-2003
printing.
J-2004
PC
J-2005
328
Cause
Resulting
Correction
FS
FS-522
J-2006
J-2007
FS-523
During operation
operation
While in the print, the front door
opens.
device stop
immediately.
J-2008
RU
J-2009
FS-523
J-2010
MT
SD
Conveyance
J-3000
tion stops
immediately.
Fusing
J-3200
Reversing
J-3300
J-3400
Other
J-5001
device stop
immediately.
ON.
329
bizhub 501/421/361
Cause
Resulting
Correction
operation
DF
J-6001
J-6002
J-6101
During operation
bizhub 501/421/361
The DF stops
immediately. If
there is paper
being trans-
ferred or having
J-6103
J-6104
J-6105
J-6106
J-6107
330
Cause
Resulting
Correction
DF
J-6108
J-6201
During operation
operation
When feeding the third original in the
The DF stops
immediately. If
there is paper
being trans-
J-6202
J-6204
J-6205
J-6206
J-6207
331
bizhub 501/421/361
Cause
Resulting
Correction
operation
DF
J-6208
J-6301
J-6302
During operation
bizhub 501/421/361
The DF stops
immediately. If
there is paper
being trans-
ferred or having
turns ON.
been trans-
body completes
before stopping
operations.
J-6303
J-6304
J-6305
J-6306
J-6307
332
Cause
Resulting
Correction
J-6308
J-6501
J-6502
J-6503
During operation
DF
The DF stops
immediately. If
there is paper
being trans-
ferred or having
turns ON.
been trans-
When idling
operation
body completes
before stopping
operations.
J-6505
While in the idle, the original registration sensor (PS6) or the original exit
sensor (PS10) is ON.
J-6506
While in the idle, the original registration sensor (PS9) or the original exit
sensor (PS10) is ON.
J-6507
J-6508
J-6509
While in the idle, the original registration sensor (PS6) or the original
detection sensor (PS8) is ON.
J-6510
While in the idle, the original registration sensor (PS9) or the original
detection sensor (PS8) is ON.
J-6511
J-6512
J-6513
333
bizhub 501/421/361
Cause
Resulting
Correction
DF
J-6514
When idling
operation
J-6515
J-6601
J-6602
During operation
bizhub 501/421/361
The DF stops
immediately. If
there is paper
being trans-
ferred or having
been trans-
body completes
before stopping
J-6603
J-6604
J-6605
J-6606
334
operations.
Cause
Resulting
Correction
DF
J-6607
During operation
operation
J-6608
The DF stops
immediately. If
there is paper
being trans-
ferred or having
ON.
been trans-
body completes
before stopping
operations.
FS-522
J-7201
FS-523
FS-522
When idling
ON.
J-7202
(PS4) is ON.
immediately.
body.
FS-523
FS-522
J-7203
SD
J-7204
MT
J-7205
FS-522
J-7216
FS-523
During operation
335
bizhub 501/421/361
Cause
Resulting
Correction
operation
FS-522
J-7217
During operation
bizhub 501/421/361
immediately.
body.
FS-523
FS-522
J-7218
FS-523
336
Cause
Resulting
Correction
FS-523
FS-522
J-7218
J-7221
During operation
operation
The intermediate conveyance sensor
immediately.
body.
turns ON.
After completion of stapling, the
stacker sensor (PS8) does not turn
OFF within a specified period of time
after the paper exit motor (M1) turns
ON.
FS-523
After completion of stapling, the alignment tray sensor (PS5) does not turn
OFF within a specified period of time
after the paper exit motor (M3) turns
ON.
SD
J-7225
PU
J-7243
Folding jam
Punch jam
FS-522
J-7281
FS-523
SD
J-7284
J-7285
MT
J-7290
337
bizhub 501/421/361
Cause
Resulting
Correction
Paper
J-8100
feed
J-8200
PC-206
When idling
operation
J-8300
PC-407
ON while in idling.
tion stops
immediately.
paper if any.
paper if any.
J-8400
LU
J-8500
while in idling.
while in idling.
paper if any.
Fusing
J-9000
Reverse
J-9100
ADU
J-9200
while in idling.
(PS24) turns ON while in idling.
J-9300
J-9701
J-9702
During operation
bizhub 501/421/361
J-9703
338
bizhub 501/421/361
Classification
Code
Causes
Resulting
Main body
operation
Drive
C-0201
C-0202
stops immedi-
(RL1).
PC-206
LU
C-0204
C-0205
(PS114)
(PS123)
PC-407
339
Classification
Code
Causes
Resulting
Bypass
operation
Drive
C-0207
stops immedi-
(RL1).
turns ON.
Fan
C-0301
abnormality.
(FM5)
Communication abnormality
nication
abnor-
mality
abnormality
Commu-
(PRCB).
While in the stand-by, an FS
Ready signal cannot be detected
for a specified period of time.
FS
bizhub 501/421/361
FS
C-1002
FS communication abnormality.
C-1003
C-1101
ity.
340
Classification
Code
Causes
Resulting
FS
operation
FS-522
C-1102
mality.
stops immedi-
(RL1).
bizhub 501/421/361
mality.
(PS19)
FS control board (FSCB)
C-1103
abnormality.
abnormality.
(PS9)
FS control board (FSCB)
341
Classification
Code
Causes
Resulting
operation
FS
bizhub 501/421/361
FS-522
C-1104
abnormality.
stops immedi-
(PS12)
(RL1).
motor (M13)
(PS13)
Intermediate conveyance
mality.
342
(PS12)
FS control board (FSCB)
Classification
Code
Causes
Resulting
FS
operation
FS-522
C-1106
drive abnormality.
stops immedi-
(M7)
(RL1).
bizhub 501/421/361
drive abnormality.
(M6)
abnormality.
(PS25)
FS control board (FSCB)
C-1108
Stapling motor
FS control board (FSCB)
343
Classification
Code
Causes
Resulting
operation
FS
bizhub 501/421/361
FS-523
C-1108
abnormality.
stops immedi-
(PS22)
(RL1).
C-1109
abnormality.
344
Classification
Code
Causes
Resulting
FS
operation
SD
C-1110
abnormality.
stops immedi-
(RL1).
abnormality.
(PS23)
SD control board (SDCB)
abnormality.
(PS26)
SD control board (SDCB)
345
bizhub 501/421/361
Classification
Code
Causes
Resulting
operation
FS
bizhub 501/421/361
SD
C-1113
abnormality.
stops immedi-
(PS18)
(RL1).
mality.
(PS22)
abnormality.
C-1116
abnormality.
346
Classification
Code
Causes
Resulting
FS
operation
FS-522
C-1117
abnormality.
stops immedi-
(PS7)
(RL1).
abnormality.
(PS11)
FS control board (FSCB)
C-1119
mality.
only)
(M14)
347
bizhub 501/421/361
Classification
Code
Causes
Resulting
FS
operation
Main body
bizhub 501/421/361
PU
C-1121
mality.
stops immedi-
(PS2)
(RL1).
(PS3)
Communication abnormality
process
commu-
nication
abnor-
(PRCB)
mality
Image
C-2001
C-2201
speed
abnormality.
abnor-
mality
mality.
C-2301
lock
mality.
abnor-
mality
(FM6) abnormality.
motor (FM6)
abnormality.
348
Classification
Code
Resulting
Main body
operation
Abnor-
mality
C-2401
abnormality.
stops immedi-
around
drum is above 58 C
(RL1).
the drum
C-2402
abnormality.
C-2403
bottle
abnormality.
abnor-
(PS28)
mality
C-2701
Charging abnormality.
If there is a
Charging corona
voltage
sheet of paper
power
being printed,
source
scribed intervals.
abnor-
completes the
mality
paper exit to
stop operations. The main
relay (RL1) turns
OFF.
C-2702
C-2703
Transfer/separation charger
stops immedi-
(RL1).
C-2801
excess of 3.0 V.
C-2802
349
bizhub 501/421/361
Classification
Code
Causes
Resulting
operation
Main body
bizhub 501/421/361
High
C-2803
voltage
Error
power
source
abnormality
code 3
C-2803
Error
code 4
C-2803
Error
code 5
C-2803
C-2804
C-3201
C-3301
C-3302
speed
abnormality
lock
abnormality
Fusing
Thermistor /1 (TH1)
high
C-3501
ature abnormality.
stops immedi-
temper-
ature
abnor-
mality
of time.
taken in.
C-3502
Thermistor /2 (TH2)
ture abnormality.
350
code 6
Fan
Error
Motor
Classification
Code
Resulting
Main body
operation
Fusing
Thermistor /1 (TH1)
low
C-3801
ture abnormality.
stops immedi-
temper-
ature
abnor-
mality
taken in.
C-3802
ture abnormality.
While in other than the warm-up,
the thermistor /1 (TH1) detects a
temperature lower than 130 C
for more than 10 seconds.
C-3803
C-3804
Thermistor /2 (TH2)
ture abnormality.
C-3806
C-3807
Thermistor /1 (TH1)
detection)
351
bizhub 501/421/361
Classification
Code
Causes
Resulting
operation
Main body
bizhub 501/421/361
Fusing
Thermistor /2 (TH2)
low
stops immedi-
temper-
tion)
ature
abnor-
mality
taken in.
Fusing
C-3808
C-3901
Thermistor /1 (TH1)
sensor
/1 (TH1)
abnor-
mality
Thermistor /2 (TH2)
/2 (TH2)
Thermistor /1 (TH1)
In the sub CPU, the TH1 detection temperature detects a temperature between -8 and 20 C
for more than a specified period
of time.
C-3904
Thermistor /2 (TH2)
In the sub CPU, the TH2 detection temperature detects a temperature between -8 and 20 C
for more than a specified period
of time.
352
Classification
Code
Resulting
Main body
operation
Image
C-4001
proces-
abnormality.
stops immedi-
sing
abnor-
mality
Motor
(RL1).
C-4101
speed
mality.
abnor-
mality
Image
C-4401
proces-
mality.
sing
abnormality
laser output.
C-4701
nication
C-5001
nication abnormality 1
abnor-
Communication abnormality
mality
nication abnormality 2
Communication abnormality,
incoming command abnormality,
platen operation sequence
abnormality to the sub CPU in the
overall control board (OACB).
C-5003
353
bizhub 501/421/361
Classification
Code
Causes
Resulting
operation
Main body
bizhub 501/421/361
Fan
lock
C-5301
abnormality.
stops immedi-
abnor-
mality
(RL1).
C-5302
abnormality.
conversion abnormality.
(FM1)
C-5401*
error
Engine section
power OFF.
C-5402*
control
Engine section
switch (SW2)
power OFF.
commu-
Operation panel
nication
abnormality
Image
C-6001
process
Scanner sec-
abnormality.
tion stops
communication
immediately.
Communication abnormality
Engine section
abnor-
C-6002*
power OFF.
mality
Communication abnormality
354
Classification
Code
Resulting
Main body
operation
Scanner
Scanner sec-
abnor-
C-6101
tion stops
mality
immediately.
(PS30)
C-6701
processing
C-6702
abnor-
AOC abnormality.
AGC abnormality.
DF
mality
Commu-
nication
nication abnormality.
stops immedi-
abnor-
Communication abnormality
mality
(RL1).
Fan
C-8001
C-8301
lock
abnorFAX
mality
FAX
C-B001
board
C-B002
mality
C-B003
FAX
C-B110
abnor-
FAX breakdown
FK-502
detected.
is detected.
driver
error
C-B111
C-B112
C-B113
C-B114
C-B115
355
bizhub 501/421/361
Classification
Code
Causes
Resulting
operation
FAX
bizhub 501/421/361
FAX
C-B117
driver
C-B118
error
C-B119
JC
C-B120
JC software error
C-B122
C-B123
C-B125
C-B126
C-B127
C-B128
C-B129
MIF
C-B130
software
C-B131
error
C-B133
C-B134
C-B135
C-B136
C-B137
C-B140
C-B141
I/F
C-B142
error
C-B143
C-B144
C-B145
Undefined parameter
C-B146
Command/response sequence
error
356
FAX breakdown
FK-502
Classification
Code
Resulting
FAX
operation
Line
C-B150
control
FAX breakdown
FK-502
tion error
C-B151
C-B152
C-B153
C-B154
1 des-
C-B160
tination
C-B161
control
C-B162
Interface error
C-B163
C-B164
C-B165
C-B166
C-B167
Page
C-B168
C-B169
C-B170
control
(create/enque/deque)
C-B171
C-B172
C-B173
Interface error
C-B174
C-B175
C-B176
C-B177
C-B178
C-B180
C-B181
C-B182
C-B183
C-B184
357
bizhub 501/421/361
Classification
Code
Causes
Resulting
operation
FAX
bizhub 501/421/361
Page
C-B185
control
FAX breakdown
FK-502
C-B187
C-B188
ISW
Instance/get/free)
Operation
Engine section
panel
C-C103
power OFF.
commu-
nication
abnor-
mality
Machine
C-C181
type
detection
abnor-
mality
Flash
C-C182
ROM
abnor-
detected.
mality
Software
C-C183
abnor-
mality
Main body
control.
Link error
C-C190
caused at
C-C191
the start
C-C192
C-C193
C-C194
C-C1A0
C-C1A1
C-C1A2
C-C1A3
C-C1A4
Non-
C-C284
volatile
memory
C-C285
abnormality
It stops immedi-
*1
ately.
C-C286
358
Classification
Code
Resulting
Main body
operation
Non-
C-C287
volatile
memory
C-C288
abnormality
It stops immedi-
*1
ately.
HD-509
C-C289
bizhub 501/421/361
C-D001
Engine section
C-D002
power OFF.
C-D005
Fan lock
C-D201
abnor-
mality.
stops immedi-
mality
tion
(RL1).
con-
opera-
C-D202
trol
abnormality
Commu-
Communication abnormality
nication
C-D203
abnor-
mality
Fan lock
board.
C-D281
(FM10) abnormality.
Communication abnormality
nication
abnor-
mality
board (PRCB).
abnormality
Commu-
C-D282*
C-D301
tion
control
C-D302
abnormality
Checksum abnormality of CF
Engine section
card.
power OFF.
CF card (CF)
C-D303
359
Classification
Code
Causes
Resulting
operation
Main body
bizhub 501/421/361
Opera-
C-Dxxx
tion
except
control
for the
NOTE
abnor-
above
mality
Engine section
power OFF.
[Trouble
C-D501
CF card (CF)
C-D601
ROM abnormality.
Other
C-E001
control
C-E002
nication
C-E003
Incorrect task
abnor-
C-E004
Incorrect event
mality
C-E005
C-E006
C-E007
commu-
C-E081
C-E082*
Image abnormality.
If there is a
sheet of paper
being printed,
the main body
completes the
paper exit to
stop operations. The main
relay (RL1) turns
OFF.
C-E083*
Engine section
power OFF.
360
Classification
Code
Resulting
Main body
operation
System
Engine section
control
C-E084*
power OFF.
commu-
nication
abnor-
cannot be identified.)
C-E085*
mality
C-E086*
C-E087*
C-E088*
C-E089*
C-E08A*
C-E08B*
C-E08C
C-E08D*
361
bizhub 501/421/361
Classification
Code
Causes
Resulting
operation
Main body
bizhub 501/421/361
System
Engine section
control
C-E08E*
made by C-5402.)
power OFF.
commu-
nication
abnormality
C-E090*
C-E091*
C-E092*
C-E093*
C-E094*
C-E095*
C-E096*
362
Classification
Code
Resulting
Main body
operation
System
Engine section
control
C-E097*
made by C-5402.)
power OFF.
commu-
nication
abnor-
is started.
C-E098*
mality
C-E099*
C-E09A*
C-E09B*
C-E09C*
C-E09E*
C-E09F*
C-E0A0*
363
bizhub 501/421/361
Classification
Code
Causes
Resulting
operation
Main body
bizhub 501/421/361
System
Engine section
control
C-E0A1*
made by C-5402.)
power OFF.
commu-
nication
abnormality
C-E0A3*
C-E0A4*
C-E0A5*
C-E0A6*
C-E0A7*
C-E0A8*
C-E0A9*
364
Classification
Code
Resulting
Main body
operation
System
Engine section
control
C-E0AA*
made by C-5402.)
power OFF.
commu-
nication
abnormality
bizhub 501/421/361
C-E0AC*
C-E0AD*
C-E0AE*
C-E0AF*
C-E0B0*
C-E0B1
IGC
C-FA50
DB error
control
C-FA51
error
*1
365
bizhub 501/421/361
For setting of DipSW that is specified for the following items, it is possible to use them with a failed section separated. After setting DipSW, however, no abnormality detection is made on the separated section.
NOTE
This function is employed to make temporary use of sections that are not affected. So, be sure
that this is limited only to a provisional use until a defective section is repaired.
(1) DipSW setting
Turning the main power switch (SW1) OFF and ON after setting the specified software DipSW bit allows you to
make a limited use of it until the bit setting is released next time.
Classification Malfunction
Causes
DipSW
code
Main
C-0201
body
abnormality
DipSW18-0
abnormality
DipSW18-1
C-0203
abnormality
DipSW18-4
abnormality
DipSW18-5
C-0205
abnormality
DipSW18-6
C-0206
mality
in hatching.)
DipSW18-4
mality
FK
C-B001
FK-502 abnormality
DipSW19-1
HD-509 abnormality
HDD is unavailable
DipSW19-3
to B188
HDD
C-D001
to D002
DF
SD
C-8001
C-1109
to 1115
366
DF mode is unavailable
ity
SD drive abnormality
SD is unavailable
(SD connection is not recognized)
DipSW19-7
DipSW20-5
bizhub 501/421/361
APPENDIX
14. PARTS LAYOUT DRAWING
14.1 Main body
14.1.1
Switch/sensor
[4]
[3]
[1]
[2]
50gaf5c017na
[1]
[3]
[2]
[4]
367
bizhub 501/421/361
[1]
[3]
[2]
a0r5f5c001ca
[1]
[2]
[3]
[1]
[4]
[2]
[3]
a0r5f5c002ca
368
[1]
[3]
[2]
[4]
bizhub 501/421/361
D. Developing section
[1]
50gaf5c020na
[1]
[5]
[6]
[1]
[2]
[4]
[3]
[1]
[4]
[2]
[5]
[3]
[6]
50gaf5c034na
369
bizhub 501/421/361
(2) Tray 2
[7]
[8]
[1]
[2]
[3]
[6]
[4]
[5]
50gaf5c035na
[1]
[5]
[2]
[6]
[3]
[7]
[4]
[8]
(3) Registration
[1]
[1]
370
50gaf5c036na
[6]
[5]
[7]
[1]
bizhub 501/421/361
F.
[2]
[4]
[3]
50gaf5c037na
[1]
[5]
[2]
[6]
[3]
[7]
[4]
G. ADU section
[1]
[2]
[3]
50gaf5c038na
[1]
[2]
[3]
371
bizhub 501/421/361
H. Fusing section
[1]
[4]
[3]
I.
[1]
[3]
Thermistor /1 (TH1)
[2]
Thermistor /2 (TH2)
[4]
Thermostat (TS)
[2]
50gaf5c021na
[1]
50gaf5c039na
[1]
372
bizhub 501/421/361
14.1.2
[11]
[4]
[3]
[2]
[1]
a0r5f5c003ca
[1]
[3]
[2]
[4]
[8]
[7]
[1]
[6]
[2]
[5]
[3]
[4]
50gaf5c022nb
[1]
[5]
[2]
[6]
[3]
[7]
[4]
[8]
373
bizhub 501/421/361
[4]
[1]
[2]
[3]
50gaf5c023na
[1]
[3]
[2]
[4]
[1]
[2]
50gaf5c024na
[1]
374
[2]
bizhub 501/421/361
D. Write section
[1]
50gaf5c025na
[1]
[1]
a0r5f5c004ca
[1]
375
bizhub 501/421/361
(1) Tray 1
[2]
[1]
50gaf5c040na
[1]
[2]
(2) Tray 2
[3]
[1]
[2]
376
[1]
[2]
[3]
50gaf5c041na
bizhub 501/421/361
(3) Registration
[1]
[2]
a0r5f5c005ca
[1]
[2]
[2]
[1]
[2]
[1]
50gaf5c043na
377
bizhub 501/421/361
H. ADU section
[1]
[2]
50gaf5c044nb
[1]
I.
[4]
378
[2]
[2]
[3]
[1]
[3]
[2]
[4]
[1]
50gaf5c045na
bizhub 501/421/361
14.1.3
[1]
[2]
[10]
[3]
[9]
[8]
[7]
[4]
[6]
[5]
a0r5f5c006ca
[1]
[6]
[2]
[7]
[3]
[8]
[4]
[9]
[5]
[10]
379
bizhub 501/421/361
[1]
50gaf5c028na
[1]
[1]
[2]
50gaf5c029na
[1]
380
[2]
bizhub 501/421/361
[12]
[11]
[10]
[1]
[9]
[8]
[7]
[2]
[6]
[5]
[3]
[4]
a0r5f5c007ca
[1]
[7]
[2]
[8]
[3]
[9]
Speaker (SP)
[4]
[10]
[5]
[11]
[6]
[12]
E. Write section
[2]
[1]
50gaf5c031na
[1]
[2]
381
bizhub 501/421/361
[2]
[1]
50gaf5c032na
[1]
[2]
G. ADU section
[1]
50gaf5c046na
[1]
382
bizhub 501/421/361
H. Fusing section
[2]
[1]
50gaf5c033na
[1]
[2]
383
bizhub 501/421/361
14.2 DF
A. Front side
[1]
a0r5f5c008ca
[1]
B. Rear side
[5]
[1]
[4]
[2]
[3]
384
16eaf5c002na
[1]
[4]
[2]
[5]
[3]
C. Upper surface
[7]
[6]
[8]
[5]
[4]
[3]
[9]
[2]
[1]
[10]
[11]
16eaf5c003na
[1]
[7]
[2]
[8]
[3]
[9]
[4]
[10]
[5]
[11]
[6]
[1]
[2]
16eaf5c004na
[1]
[2]
385
bizhub 501/421/361
bizhub 501/421/361
14.3 PC
14.3.1
PC-206
[21]
[20]
[19]
[16]
[17]
[22]
[23]
[18]
[24]
[25]
[26]
[15]
[14]
[1]
[13]
[12]
[2]
[11]
[3]
[10]
[9]
[4]
[8]
[7]
386
[5]
[6]
4061f5c001na
[1]
[14]
[2]
[15]
[3]
[16]
[4]
[17]
[5]
[18]
[6]
[19]
[7]
[20]
[8]
[21]
[9]
[22]
[10]
[23]
[11]
[24]
[12]
[25]
[13]
[26]
[19]
[20]
bizhub 501/421/361
14.3.2
[21]
[18]
[17]
[22]
[16]
[23]
[24]
[1]
[15]
[2]
[3]
[14]
[4]
[5]
[13]
[6]
[7]
[8]
[12]
[9]
[10]
[11]
4061f5c201na
[1]
[13]
[2]
[14]
[3]
[15]
[4]
[16]
[5]
[17]
[6]
[18]
[7]
[19]
[8]
[20]
[9]
[21]
[10]
[22]
[11]
[23]
[12]
[24]
387
bizhub 501/421/361
14.4 LU
[8]
[7]
[10]
[11]
[12]
[13]
[6]
[5]
[1]
[2]
[4]
[3]
[9]
16aaf5c001na
[1]
[7]
[2]
[8]
[3]
[9]
[10]
[11]
[5]
[12]
[6]
[13]
[4]
388
14.5.1
bizhub 501/421/361
14.5 FS
FS-522
[27]
[25]
[20]
[21]
[26]
[28]
[24]
[29]
[30]
[23]
[1]
[22]
[19]
[18]
[17]
[16]
[13]
[15]
[2]
[12]
[11]
[10]
[9]
[4]
[3]
[5]
[6]
[7]
[14]
[8]
4349f5c001na
[1]
[16]
[2]
[17]
[3]
[18]
[4]
[19]
[5]
[20]
[6]
[21]
[7]
[22]
[8]
[23]
[9]
[24]
[10]
[25]
[11]
[26]
[12]
[27]
[13]
[28]
[14]
[29]
[15]
[30]
389
bizhub 501/421/361
FS-523
A. Front side
[1]
[2]
[4]
[3]
390
4521f5c001na
[1]
[3]
[2]
[4]
[10]
[11]
[12]
[13]
bizhub 501/421/361
B. Rear side
[14]
[1]
[9]
[2]
[8]
[3]
[7]
[4]
[6]
[5]
4521f5c002na
[1]
[8]
[2]
[9]
[3]
[10]
[4]
[11]
[5]
[12]
[6]
[13]
[7]
[14]
motor (M12)
391
bizhub 501/421/361
C. Punch section
392
[1]
[2]
[3]
[3]
[1]
[2]
4521f5c003na
bizhub 501/421/361
D. Conveyance section
[13]
[14]
[12]
[15]
[16]
[11]
[1]
[10]
[2]
[3]
[9]
[4]
[8]
[5]
[6]
[7]
4521f5e001na
[1]
[9]
[2]
[10]
[3]
[11]
[4]
[12]
[5]
[13]
[6]
[14]
[7]
[15]
[8]
[16]
393
bizhub 501/421/361
E. Stapler section
[1]
[2]
4521f5c005na
[1]
394
[2]
bizhub 501/421/361
F.
[3]
[1]
[2]
4521f5c006na
[1]
[2]
[3]
395
bizhub 501/421/361
14.6 PU-501
[1]
[2]
[3]
[5]
[4]
4512f5c001na
396
[1]
[4]
[2]
[5]
[3]
[14]
bizhub 501/421/361
14.7 SD-507
[1]
[13]
[12]
[11]
[10]
[9]
[8]
[2]
[7]
[3]
[6]
[4]
[5]
4511f5c001na
[1]
[8]
[2]
[9]
[3]
[10]
[4]
[11]
[5]
[12]
[6]
[13]
[7]
[14]
397
bizhub 501/421/361
14.8 MT-502
[12]
[11]
[10]
[13]
[14]
[15]
[16]
[1]
[9]
[2]
[3]
[8]
[7]
[6]
[5]
398
[4]
4510f5c001na
[1]
[9]
[2]
[10]
[3]
[11]
[4]
[12]
[5]
[13]
[6]
[14]
[7]
[15]
[8]
[16]
[2]
bizhub 501/421/361
14.9 RU-507
[1]
16faf5c001na
[1]
[2]
399
bizhub 501/421/361
14.10 JS-502
[1]
[2]
4347f5c001na
[1]
400
[2]
Not used
bizhub 501/421/361
NC
NC
NC
2002 (W : 4 pin)
NC
NC
2201 (W : 4 pin)
CF (BN : 50 pin)
401
bizhub 501/421/361
29 (BN : 28 pin)
34 (BN : 32 pin)
28 (BN : 24 pin)
38 (BN : 20 pin)
27 (GY : 22 pin)
37 (W : 8 pin)
91 (BN : 2 pin)
35 (W : 5 pin)
36 (W : 10 pin)
NC
NC
NC
21 (W : 11 pin)
NC
18 (BN : 12 pin)
20 (W : 6 pin)
90 (W : 8 pin)
69 (BN : 3 pin)
17 (BN : 10 pin)
25 (W : 6 pin)
24 (W : 7 pin)
16 (W : 6 pin)
11 (W : 3 pin)
26 (W : 13 pin)
39 (W : 5 pin)
23 (W : 12 pin)
12 (BK : 68 pin)
15 (BN : 17 pin)
33 (W : 11 pin)
32 (BN : 28 pin)
31 (BN : 34 pin)
19 (BN : 24 pin)
402
22 (BN : 38 pin)
NC
30 (BN : 40 pin)
50gaf5c002na
bizhub 501/421/361
62 (BK : 3 pin)
63 (W : 10 pin)
65 (W : 2 pin)
64 (W : 9 pin)
61 (BN : 24 pin)
50gaf5c003na
60 (BN : 50 pin)
50gaf5c004na
403
bizhub 501/421/361
10 (W : 2 pin)
9 (W : 3 pin)
2 (W : 5 pin)
3 (W : 12 pin)
7 (W : 6 pin)
50gaf5c005na
404
bizhub 501/421/361
F.
71 (W : 11 pin)
70 (W : 6 pin)
72 (W : 3 pin)
50gaf5c006na
51 (BN : 5 pin)
50gaf5c007na
405
bizhub 501/421/361
931 (W : 4 pin)
I.
930 (W : 3 pin)
50gaf5c008na
97(2 pin)
97 (2 pin)
50gaf5c009na
J.
50 (BN : 24 pin)
50gaf5c010na
5 (W : 6 pin)
2 (BN : 40 pin)
6 (W: 6 pin)
4 (W : 4 pin)
1 (BK : 50 pin)
3 (BK : 25 pin)
a0r5f5c009ca
406
L.
bizhub 501/421/361
10 (W : 10 pin)
a0r5f5c010ca
7 (BK : 25 pin)
9 (W : 10 pin)
a0r5f5c011ca
8 (Y : 6 pin)
a0r5f5c012ca
407
bizhub 501/421/361
(BN : 40 pin)
a0r5f5c013ca
P.
2 (BN : 2 pin)
1 (W : 6 pin)
a0r5f5c014ca
2 (W : 40 pin)
1 (W : 40 pin)
408
a0r5f5c015ca
bizhub 501/421/361
87,88 (W : 5 pin)
50gaf5c015na
1 (W: 7 pin)
50gaf5c016na
T.
1 (W : 4 pin)
a0r5f5c016ca
3 (GY : 4 pin)
1 (BN : 4 pin)
a0r5f5c017ca
409
bizhub 501/421/361
15.2 DF
15.2.1
10 (W : 6 pin) 9 (W : 3 pin)
1 (W : 2 pin)
8 (W : 6 pin)
7 (W : 6 pin)
11 (W : 2 pin)
4 (W : 7 pin)
3 (W : 8 pin)
13 (W : N.C.)
2 (W : 14 pin)
6 (W : 13 pin)
5 (W : 12 pin)
16eaf5c005nb
3 (W : 3 pin)
2 (W : 12 pin)
1 (W : 7 pin)
16eaf5c006na
410
15.3.1
bizhub 501/421/361
15.3 PC
Connector in the board
A. PC-206
(1) PC control board (PCCB)
5 (W : 8 pin)
6 (W : 15 pin)
3 (W : 14 pin)
4 (W : 5 pin)
1 (W : 12 pin)
8 (W : 13 pin)
2 (W : 2 pin)
7 (W : 7 pin)
9 (W : 9 pin)
11 (W : 6 pin) 10 (W : 10 pin)
4061f5c002na
1 (W : 5 pin)
4061f5c003na
411
bizhub 501/421/361
B. PC-407
(1) PC control board (PCCB)
3 (W : 11 pin)
4 (W : 13 pin)
7 (W : 5 pin)
5 (W : 15 pin)
6 (W : 8 pin)
1 (W : 12 pin)
2 (W : 2 pin)
4061f5c202nb
1 (W : 22 pin)
2 (W : 22 pin)
4061f5c203na
1 (W : 3 pin)
4061f5c204na
412
15.4.1
bizhub 501/421/361
15.4 LU
Connector in the board
112 (W : 12 pin)
114 (W : 4 pin)
113 (GY : 22 pin)
111 (W : 2 pin)
413
bizhub 501/421/361
15.5 FS
15.5.1
A. FS-522
(1) FS control board (FSCB)
7 (W : 5 pin)
5 (W : 3 pin)
3 (W : 10 pin)
8 (W : 2 pin)
10 (W : 3 pin)
12 (W : 11 pin)
6 (W : 7 pin)
4 (W : 4 pin)
1 (W : 6 pin)
2 (W : 8 pin)
11 (W : 6 pin)
9 (W : 7 pin)
14 (W : 9 pin)
22 (W : 2 pin)
13 (W : 10 pin)
16 (W : 11 pin)
18 (W : 6 pin)
20 (W : 10 pin)
15 (W : 8 pin)
25 (W : 5 pin)
17 (W : 7 pin)
19 (W : 4 pin)
4349f5c002nb
2 (W : 15 pin)
1 (W : 7 pin)
4349f5c003na
414
bizhub 501/421/361
B. FS-523
(1) FS control board (FSCB)
7 (W : 8 pin)
9 (W : 12 pin)
11 (W : 8 pin) 13 (W : 9 pin)
8 (W : 6 pin)
10 (W : 4 pin) 12 (W : N.C.)
6 (W : 2 pin)
5 (W : 4 pin)
4 (W : 2 pin)
15 (W : 8 pin)
3 (W : 2 pin)
16 (W : 6 pin)
2 (W : 2 pin)
17 (W : N.C.)
1 (W : 6 pin)
18 (W : 12 pin)
19 (W : 15 pin)
22 (W : 3 pin)
24 (W : 7 pin)
25 (W : 15 pin)
20 (W : 9 pin)
23 (W : 7 pin) 21 (W : 4 pin)
4521f5c007na
415
bizhub 501/421/361
15.6 SD
15.6.1
5 (W : 4 pin)
6 (W : 3 pin)
8 (W : 7 pin)
7 (W : 8 pin)
4 (W : 9 pin)
2 (W : 3 pin)
3 (W : 2 pin)
12 (W : 5 pin)
1 (W : 6 pin)
10 (W : 10 pin)
11 (W : 4 pin)
9 (W : 9 pin)
4511f5c002na
416
15.7.1
bizhub 501/421/361
15.7 MT
Connector in the board
101 (W : 9 pin)
100 (W : 13 pin)
102 (W : 12 pin)
103 (W : 7 pin)
107 (W : 8 pin)
104 (W : 2 pin)
105 (W : 2 pin)
106 (W : 2 pin)
4510f5c002na
417
418
Separation (HV)
Transfer (HV)
Charging (HV)
Developing bias (HV)
P-VV (Valid)
Start key ON
bizhub 501/421/361
16. TIMING CHART
Field Service Ver.2.0 Mar. 2009
A. A4, 2 single sided originals, single sided copy (1 copy), paper feed tray 1
50gaf5c047na
Reverse
Forward
Transfer (HV)
Separation (HV)
Charging (HV)
Start key ON
B. A4, 3 double sided original, double sided copy (1 copy), paper feed tray 1
bizhub 501/421/361
50gaf5c048na
419
420
Original conveyance
motor (M2)
Original feed
motor (M1)
NEXTPAGE signal
VD signal
DSET signal
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
High speed
Low speed
Stop
Low speed
High speed
Middle speed
Stop
Low speed
High speed
Original set
bizhub 501/421/361
16. TIMING CHART
Field Service Ver.2.0 Mar. 2009
16.2 DF
16eaf5c009na
High speed
Low speed
Stop
Middle speed
High speed
Low speed
Stop
Low speed
High speed
Original
conveyance
motor (M2)
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
Original feed
motor (M1)
NEXTPAGE signal
VD signal
DSET signal
Original detection
sensor (PS8)
Original registration
sensor (PS9)
Original set
2nd sheet
feed start
bizhub 501/421/361
Reverse
complete
Reverse start
Reverse complete
Reverse start
16eaf5c010na
421
422
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
DSET signal
VD signal
NEXTPAGE signal
Original
conveyance
motor (M2)
Original feed
motor (M1)
ON
OFF
Original detection
sensor (PS8)
High speed
Low speed
Stop
Low speed
High speed
Middle speed
Stop
Low speed
High speed
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
Original registration
sensor (PS9)
Reverse complete
Reverse start
Reverse complete
Reverse start
bizhub 501/421/361
16. TIMING CHART
Field Service Ver.2.0 Mar. 2009
16eaf5c011na
Original conveyance
motor (M2)
NEXTPAGE signal
VD signal
DSET signal
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
High speed
Low speed
Stop
Low speed
High speed
Middle speed
Stop
Low speed
High speed
Original registration
sensor (PS9)
Stamp operation is executed only when "trailing edge" or "leading edge and trailing edge" specified.
bizhub 501/421/361
16eaf5c012na
423
424
Original conveyance
motor (M2)
NEXTPAGE signal
VD signal
DSET signal
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
High speed
Low speed
Stop
Low speed
High speed
Middle speed
Stop
Low speed
High speed
Original detection
sensor (PS8)
Original registration
sensor (PS9)
Stamp operation is executed only when "trailing edge" or "leading edge and trailing edge" specified.
When the communication completes normally, the trailing edge is stamped on.
Command received
bizhub 501/421/361
16. TIMING CHART
Field Service Ver.2.0 Mar. 2009
16eaf5c013na
Print signal
Start key ON
Loop
Loop
Loop
16.3 LU
bizhub 501/421/361
16aaf5c003na
425
426
Conveyance motor
(M2)
Forward
Stop
High speed
Low speed
Stop
Forward
Stop
ON
OFF
16.4.1
bizhub 501/421/361
16. TIMING CHART
Field Service Ver.2.0 Mar. 2009
16.4 FS
4349f5c004na
Forward
Stop
Forward
Stop
Reverse
Forward
Stop
Reverse
Forward
Stop
Forward
Stop
Alignment motor
/Rr (M4)
Stapler movement
motor (M7)
Stapler motor
ON
OFF
Forward (release)
Stop
Reverse (pressure)
Stacker paddle
solenoid (SD1)
Exit roller
release
motor (M6)
Forward
Reverse
ON
OFF
Forward
Stop
Reverse
Conveyance
motor (M2)
ON
OFF
High speed
Low speed
Stop
ON
OFF
bizhub 501/421/361
4349f5c005na
427
428
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
L
H
Entrance conveyance
motor (M1)
L
H
16.4.2
Item
bizhub 501/421/361
16. TIMING CHART
Field Service Ver.2.0 Mar. 2009
FS-523
4521f5c008na
Intermediate conveyance
sensor (PS3)
Entrance conveyance
motor (M1)
Item
Forward
Stop
Reverse
H
L
ON
OFF
L
H
ON
OFF
L
H
Shift position
bizhub 501/421/361
4521f5c009na
429
430
ON
OFF
L
H
Intermediate conveyance
sensor (PS3)
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
Intermediate conveyance
roller release motor (M12)
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
Forward
Stop
Reverse
ON
OFF
H
L
Forward
Stop
Reverse
L
H
Forward
Conveyance motor /Lw (M2) Stop
Reverse
ON
OFF
L
H
Release
Entrance conveyance
motor (M1)
Item
1
Staple
Conveyance to tray
Alignment operation
Switch back
Release
Alignment operation
Shift
Pressure
Staple
Conveyance to tray
Release
Shift
Pressure
bizhub 501/421/361
16. TIMING CHART
Field Service Ver.2.0 Mar. 2009
4521f5c010na
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
L
H
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
L
H
Entrance conveyance
motor (M1)
Item
Punch operation
bizhub 501/421/361
4521f5c011na
431
bizhub 501/421/361
Blank page
432
Z
1
M1
2
M11
3
M3
4
5
6
B
RT3
3
RT3
3
B
7
8
RT3
3
RT3
3
B
10
TCT
PS5
PS6
11
PS12
PS2
PS7
12
13
-3
-2
958-1
PS18
PS19
PS20
PS21
CL6
PS9
PS8
PS10
PS11
14
Feed clutch /BP
Near-emptysensor/1
15
16
17
PS15
PS14
PS16
PS17
18
PSB/2
19
M8
20
CL2
PS1
Loop clutch
Registration sensor
HUMS
CL1
Registration clutch
RT3
3
21
BK
RT3
3
BK
22
RT3
3
23
44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62
24
32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43
25
J64-2
J64-1
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31
26
5V_R 69-1
S.GND 69-2
TNRB.PS(DI/H) 69-3
J48:3 - 1
J48:2 - 2
J48:1 - 3
J06:3 - 1
J06:2 - 2
J06:1 - 3
Exposure lamp
5V_R 29-B12
S.GND 29-B13
TNRB.PS(DI/H) 29-B14
-3
-2
978-1
-3
-2
954-1
Reverse sensor
Reverse solenoid
PS27
11-1 DH_REM
11-3 24V
11-2 NC
-3
-2
977-1
SD3
J32: 2 - 10
J32: 1 - 11
J32: 5 - 7
J32: 4 - 8
J32: 3 - 9
Reverse motor
25
REVERSE_UNIT_SET 29-B10
S.GND 29-B11
5V_R 29-B7
S.GND 29-B8
REVERSE_PS 29-B9
933:2 - 1
933:1 - 2
M6
J32: 7 - 5
J32: 6 - 6
FM9
906-4
-3
-2
-1
1901-1 MDI0+
1901-2 MDI01901-3 MDI1+
1901-4 MDI11901-5 2.5V
1901-6 2.5V
1901-7 MDI2+
1901-8 MDI21901-9 MDI3+
1901-10 MDI31901-11 ACTIVITY
1901-12 LINK-UP
1901-13 LINK1000
1901-14 LINK100
24V2 29-B5
REVERSE_SD 29-B6
REVERSE_M_XB 29-B1
REVERSE_M_B 29-B2
REVERSE_M_XA 29-B3
REVERSE_M_A 29-B4
FM3
19-B1 FS_TXD
19-B2 S.GND
19-B3 N.C
19-B4 FS_RTS
19-B5 S.GND
19-B6 FS_RXD
19-B7 N.C
19-B8 S.GND
19-B9 FS_CTS
19-B10 S.GND
19-B11 S.GND
15-B12 N.C
PRCB
919: 3 - 1
919: 2 - 2
919: 1 - 3
24
J32:11 - 1
J32:10 - 2
J32: 9 - 3
J32: 8 - 4
Key counter
913: 3 - 1
913: 2 - 2
913: 1 - 3
PS32
J30: 3 - 4
J30: 2 - 5
J30: 1 - 6
J30: 6 - 1
J30: 5 - 2
J30: 4 - 3
JS-502
/F9.DRV 29-A12
P.GND 29-A13
/F9.LCK(DI/H) 29-A14
SDB
/F3.DRV 29-A9
P.GND 29-A10
/F3.LCK(DI/H) 29-A11
44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62
19-A1 LCC_FLM
19-A2 S.GND
19-A3 S.GND
19-A4 5V2
19-A5 5V2
19-A6 LCC_RTS
19-A7 LCC_RXD
19-A8 LCC_TXD
19-A9 LCC_CLK
19-A10 N.C.
19-A11 P.GND
19-A12 P.GND
CN1001
J61 : 1 - 12
J61 : 2 - 11
J61 : 3 - 10
J61 : 4 - 9
J61 : 5 - 8
J61 : 6 - 7
J61 : 7 - 6
J61 : 8 - 5
J61 : 9 - 4
J61 :10 - 3
J61 :11 - 2
J61 :12 - 1
DIMM
J31: 3 - 6
J31: 2 - 7
J31: 1 - 8
CN2601, 2602
(CN55:FX2)
2701-A 1 +12V
-A 2 GND
-A 3 +5V(main)
-A 4 GND
-A 5 GND
-A 6 WAKEUP
-A 7 GND
-A 8 GND
-A 9 AD1
-A10 +5V(STBY)
-A11 AD3
-A12 GND
-A13 AD5
-A14 +5V(STBY)
-A15 AD7
-A16 AD8
-A17 GND
-A18 AD10
-A19 AD12
-A20 GND
-A21 AD14
-A22 C/BE#1
-A23 PERR#
-A24 GND
-A25 SERR#
-A26 GND
-A27 GND
-A28 IRDY#
-A29 C/BE#2
-A30 AD17
-A31 GND
-A32 AD19
-A33 AD21
-A34 GND
-A35 AD23
-A36 C/BE#3
-A37 GND
-A38 AD25
-A39 AD27
-A40 GND
-A41 AD29
-A42 AD31
-A43 3.3V
-A44 REQ#
-A45 GND
-A46 CLK
-A47 GND
-A48 GND
-A49 MONITOR
-A50 INTA#
2701-B 1 +5V(main)
-B 2 IORST1
-B 3 +5V(main)
-B 4 SBDM2
-B 5 SBDP2
-B 6 GND
-B 7 SBDM1
-B 8 SBDP1
-B 9 +5V(main)
-B10 +5V(stby)
-B11 AD0
-B12 AD2
-B13 AD4
-B14 AD6
-B15 +5V(stby)
-B16 C/BE#0
-B17 AD9
-B18 GND
-B19 AD11
-B20 AD13
-B21 AD15
-B22 GND
-B23 DEVSEL#
-B24 3.3V
-B25 STOP#
-B26 TRDY#
-B27 FRAME#
-B28 GND
-B29 AD16
-B30 AD18
-B31 PAR
-B32 AD20
-B33 AD22
-B34 GND
-B35 IDSEL
-B36 AD24
-B37 AD26
-B38 AD28
-B39 3.3V
-B40 AD30
-B41 GND
-B42 PME#
-B43 GND
-B44 CNT#
-B45 3.3V
-B46 RST#
-B47 +12V
-B48 3.3V
-B49 CLKEN
-B50 LINESEL
J31: 6 - 3
J31: 5 - 4
J31: 4 - 5
1000- 1
1000- 2
1000- 3
1000- 4
1000- 5
1000- 6
1000- 7
1000- 8
23
5V_R 29-A6
S.GND 29-A7
JOB_TRAY_FULL_PS 29-A8
L1
J31: 8 - 1
J31: 7 - 2
VEN.5V (IN)
COPY_5V (OUT)
VEN_TXD (OUT)
VEN_RXD (IN)
S.GND
COPY_GNT (OUT)
IO_PORT (IN)
N.C.
22
5V_R 29-A3
S.GND 29-A4
JOB_TRAY_EMPTY_PS 29-A5
NRB
JOB_TRAY_SET 29-A1
S.GND 29-A2
2401-11
2401-10
2401- 9
2401- 8
2401- 7
2401- 6
2401- 5
2401- 4
2401- 3
2401- 2
2401- 1
1 2
22-A1 S.GND
22-A2 LT_TRAY_UP_M_ON
22-A3 LU_CLOSE_IN
22-A4 LU_FEED_M_H/L
22-A5 LU_FEED__M_CLK
22-A6 LU_FEED_M_ON
22-A7 LU_SD_DRIVE
22-A8 LU_CL_DRIVE
22-A9 LU_JAM_IN
22-A10 LU_FULL_PS_IN
22-A11 LU_EMPTY_PS_IN
22-A12 LU_SET1_IN
22-A13 LU_SET2_IN
22-A14 LU_SET_IN
22-A15 LU_TYPE_IN
22-A16 5V
22-A17 5V
22-A18 S.GND
22-A19 S.GND
38-10
38-11
38-12
38-13
38-14
38-15
38-16
38-17
38-18
38-19
38-20
J63: 1 - 19
J63: 2 - 18
J63: 3 - 17
J63: 4 - 16
J63: 5 - 15
J63: 6 - 14
J63: 7 - 13
J63: 8 - 12
J63: 9 - 11
J63:10 - 10
J63:11 - 9
J63:12 - 8
J63:13 - 7
J63:14 - 6
J63:15 - 5
J63:16 - 4
J63:17 - 3
J63:18 - 2
J63:19 - 1
EG_RXD
S.GND
S.GND
5V1
S.GND
/EG_RST
APS_TIM_IN
NMI_SIG
FIX_OK_IN
DDF_VV
ADF_EMPTY_PS
CSRC I/F
-1
22-B18 TSL_DRV
22-B19 P.GND
USB
2004-1 VDD
2004-2 -Data
2004-3 +Data
2004-4 GND
22-B15 5V_R
22-B16 S.GND
2003-1 VDD
2003-2 -Data
2003-3 +Data
2003-4 GND
USB
21
LAN
2304- 1 DCD
- 2 RXD
- 3 TXD
- 4 DTR
- 5 GND
- 6 DSR
- 7 RTS
- 8 CTS
- 9 RI
J54: - 3
J54: - 2
J54: - 1
2401-20
2401-19
2401-18
2401-17
2401-16
2401-15
2401-14
2401-13
2401-12
SC-505
J02: 1 - 2
J02: 2 - 1
38-1
38-2
38-3
38-4
38-5
38-6
38-7
38-8
38-9
CN2702
938:2 - 1
1-2
B_VV
TONYY
P_VV
S_VV
EE_VV
S.GND
/EG_RTS
EG_TXD
/EG_CTS
EK-703
22-B12 5V_R
22-B13 S.GND
22-B9 S.GND
22-B10 RESI.PS(DI/H)
22-B11 5V
22-B7 24V2
22-B6 LOOP_CL_DRV
20
J54: - 6
J54: - 5
J54: - 4
J01: 3 - 3
J01: 4 - 2
J01: 5 - 1
Polygon motor
-3
-2
951-1
22-B5 24V2
22-B8 RESIST_CL_DRV
CR003
J01: 1 - 5
J01: 2 - 4
J39: 1 - 7
J39: 2 - 6
22-B1 N.C.
22-B2 S.GND
22-B3 HUMS_SIG
22-B4 5V
INDEXB
922: 1 - 2
922: 2 - 1
921: 1 - 2
921: 2 - 1
J09 1 - 4
J09 2 - 3
J09 3 - 2
J09 4 - 1
Crimp
-3
-2
-1
+5V
S.GND
/HSENSE
S.GND
/INDPR
L2
986-4
3601- 5
3601- 4
3601- 3
3601- 2
3601- 1
19
Humidity sensor
J52: 5 - 1
J52: 4 - 2
J52: 3 - 3
J52: 2 - 4
J52: 1 - 5
CN1101
26-A12 24V2
26-A13 LIFT_UP_M_DRV(LOWER)
51-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
J03: 7 - 5
908- 1
61- A12
61- A11
61- A10
61- A9
61- A8
61- A7
61- A6
61- A5
61- A4
61- A3
61- A2
61- A1
61- B12
61- B11
61- B10
61- B9
61- B8
61- B7
61- B6
61- B5
61- B4
61- B3
61- B2
61- B1
64-7 APS_5V
64-8 APS_DATA1
64-9 S.GND
64-3 KC_24V
64-4 KC.DRV
64-5 /KEY.SIG
64-6 S.GND
64-1 ADF_CLOSE_SIG
64-2 S.GND
3501-B1 LOAD
-B2 DACLK
-B3 DI
-B4 S.GND
-B5 /ALM2
-B6 /BIAS2
-B7 /S/H2
-B8 /ALMRST
-B9 S.GND
-B10 -VIDEO1
-B11 +VIDEO1
-B12 S.GND
FT28
KC_24V 28-A1
APS_SIG_IN 28-A2
APS_5V 28-A3
S_DA_DATA 28-A4
OPM_EN 28-A5
S.GND 28-A6
OPM_CLK 28-A7
OPM_MODE_C 28-A8
DF_CLOSE_SIG 28-A9
XENON_EM 28-A10
S.GND 28-A11
HPPS_IN 28-A12
APS_TIM_IN 28-B1
5V1 28-B2
XENON_ON 28-B3
5V2 28-B4
5V2 28-B5
OPM_DIR 28-B6
OPM_MODE_B 28-B7
OPM_MODE_A 28-B8
S_DA_LATCH 28-B9
S_DA_CLK 28-B10
/KC_DRV 28-B11
KCSIG_IN 28-B12
J22: 2 - 1
(J22:CT)
J22: 1 - 2
J50: B1 - B12
J50: B2 - B11
J50: B3 - B10
J50: B4 - B9
J50: B5 - B8
J50: B6 - B7
J50: B7 - B6
J50: B8 - B5
J50: B9 - B4
J50:B10 - B3
J50:B11 - B2
J50:B12 - B1
UK-202
26-A7 FD_SIZE1(LOWER)
26-A8 FD_SIZE2(LOWER)
26-A9 FD_SIZE3(LOWER)
26-A10 FD_SIZE4(LOWER)
26-A11 S.GND
26-A4 5V_R
26-A5 S.GND
26-A6 WIDTH_PS2(LOWER)
982-3
-2
-1
-1
50-B12
-B11
-B10
- B9
- B8
- B7
- B6
- B5
- B4
- B3
- B2
- B1
18
-5
-4
-3
-2
98-1
-3
-2
967-1
APS sensor
SW3
-4
-3
-2
985A-1
L1 inverter
930-2
65- 1 24V2
65- 2 P.GND
26-A1 5V_R
26-A2 S.GND
26-A3 WIDTH_PS1(LOWER)
936B-1
936B-2
DF open/close switch
63-7 24V
63-8 LAMP_ON/OFF
63-9 LAMP_EM
63-10 P.GND
63-4 5V1
63-5 S.GND
63-6 TIMING1
LDB
-3
-2
966-1
25-A4 5V_R
25-A5 S.GND
25-A6 CASETTE_SET(LOWER)
L1 RLB
L1 relay board
L1 INVB
-3
-2
964-1
25-A1 5V_R
25-A2 S.GND
25-A3 NEAR_EMPTY_PS(LOWER)
931-4
-3
-2
-1
17
M7
PSB/1
-3
-2
965-1
PS31
930-1 L.V.
-3 H.V.
PS30
Near-emptysensor/2
FM8
M2
96-1
96-3
M5
97-3
97-1
EL
24-A6 24V2
24-A7 LIFT_UP_M_DRV(UPPER)
-35 +OUT_CLK
-36 S.GND
-37 S.GND
-38 ADRST
-39 APR
-40 S.GND
-41 +5V
-42 +5V
-43 +5V
-44 +5V
-45 S.GND
-46 +12V
-47 +12V
-48 +12V
-49 +12V
-50 S.GND
-27 +AD_D0
-28 S.GND
-29 S.GND
-30 -AD_D1
-31 +AD_D1
-32 S.GND
-33 S.GND
16
907- 2
907- 1
Separation
63-1 S.GND
63-2 OPT_HOME
63-3 5V2
3
4
981-3
-2
-1
1
2
980-3
-2
-1
OPERATION BOARD /4
(PWB4)
3501-A1 /ENB1
-A2 /ALM1
-A3 /BIAS1
-A4 /S/H1
-A5 S.GND
-A6 LD+5V
-A7 LD+5V
-A8 +5VRN
-A9 S.GND
-A10 -VIDEO2
-A11 +VIDEO2
-A12 S.GND
IC-207
FD_SIZE1(UPPER)
FD_SIZE2(UPPER)
FD_SIZE3(UPPER)
FD_SIZE4(UPPER)
S.GND
J50: A1 - A12
J50: A2 - A11
J50: A3 - A10
J50: A4 - A9
J50: A5 - A8
J50: A6 - A7
J50: A7 - A6
J50: A8 - A5
J50: A9 - A4
J50:A10 - A3
J50:A11 - A2
J50:A12 - A1
CN2001 CN2002
24-A1
24-A2
24-A3
24-A4
24-A5
(CN8)
50-A12
-A11
-A10
- A9
- A8
- A7
- A6
- A5
- A4
- A3
- A2
- A1
HD-509
-5
-4
-3
-2
97-1
Coin vendor/2
20: 1 - 1
20: 2 - 2
Scanner motor
Transfer
62-1 U
-2 V
-3 W
75$+(
BOARD
(USB)
23-A10 5V_R
23-A11 S.GND
23-A12 WIDTH_PS2(UPPER)
for DCPS
-18 GND
-19 GND
-20 SCLK
-21 *SEN
-22 SDI
-23 SDO
-24 S.GND
-25 S.GND
-14 GND
-15 GND
-16 +IN_CLK
15
-3
-2
961-1
904-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
200: 1 - 1
200: 4 - 4
23-A7 5V_R
23-A8 S.GND
23-A9 WIDTH_PS1(UPPER)
(J51:CT)
J51:1 - 5
J51:2 - 4
J51:3 - 3
J51:4 - 2
J51:5 - 1
24V
P.GND
PLY.CLK 39-5
/PLY.LCK 39-4
/PLY.ON 39-3
P.GND 39-2
24V1(POLYGON) 39-1
2005-4 GND
2005-3 DTe/+
2005-2 DTe/2005-1 5V
60- 1 S.GND
- 2 TG
- 3 CLAMP
- 4 ACLAMP
- 5 PRD_KEEP
- 6 GND
- 7 GMD
- 8 +TCK
- 9 -TCK
-10 S.GND
-11 S.GND
-12 +RCK
5V1 1-1
5V1 1-2
S.GND 1-3
S.GND 1-4
23-A4 5V_R
23-A5 S.GND
23-A6 CASETTE_SET(UPPER)
Status
indicator
LED board
23-A1 5V_R
23-A2 S.GND
23-A3 NEAR_EMPTY_PS(UPPER)
30-B19 24V2
30-B20 MULTI_FEED_CL_DRV(MULTI)
30-B16 5V_R
30-B17 S.GND
30-B18 MULTI_SIZE3
46- 1
46- 2
46- 3
46- 4
46- 5
46- 6
46- 7
46- 8
46- 9
46-10
46-11
46-12
46-13
46-14
46-15
46-16
46-17
46-18
46-19
46-20
46-21
46-22
46-23
46-24
46-25
46-26
46-27
46-28
46-29
46-30
46-31
46-32
46-33
46-34
46-35
46-36
46-37
46-38
46-39
46-40
46-41
46-42
46-43
46-44
46-45
46-46
46-47
46-48
46-49
46-50
14
-3
-2
960-1
J10:10 - 2
J10:11 - 1
J10: 7 - 5
J10: 8 - 4
J10: 9 - 3
201B: 1- 12
201B: 2- 11
201B: 3- 10
201B: 4- 9
201B: 5- 8
201B: 6- 7
201B: 7- 6
201B: 8- 5
201B: 9- 4
201B:10- 3
201B:11- 2
201B:12- 1
DF-613
926: 1 - 2
926: 2 - 1
ADS_BUSY 18-12
ADF_VV 18-11
ADF_DSET 18-10
ADF_SIZE1 18-9
ADF_SIZE2 18-8
ADF_SIZE3 18-7
ADF_NEXTPAGE 18-6
N.C. 18-5
ADF_EMPTY_PS 18-4
5V1 18-3
ADF_READY 18-2
SGND 18-1
30-B13 5V_R
30-B14 S.GND
30-B15 MULTI_SIZE2
FM11
-3
-2
971-1
J10: 4 - 8
J10: 5 - 7
J10: 6 - 6
30-B7 5V_R
30-B8 S.GND
30-B9 MULTI_EMPTY_PS
30-B10 5V_R
30-B11 S.GND
30-B12 MULTI_SIZE1
FM10
-3
-2
970-1
J10: 1 - 11
J10: 2 - 10
J10: 3 - 9
J27: 1 - 3
J27: 2 - 2
J27: 3 - 1
2301-1 F11.DRV
2301-2 GND
2301-3 F11.LCK
24V
-3
-2
969-1
201A: 1- 10
201A: 2- 9
201A: 3- 8
201A: 4- 7
201A: 5- 6
201A: 6- 5
201A: 7- 4
201A: 8- 3
201A: 9- 2
201A:10- 1
FT24
13
-3
-2
959-1
CL4
TCRS
N.C. 17-10
ADF_RXD 17-9
N.C. 17-8
ADF_TXD 17-7
N.C. 17-6
N.C. 17-5
ADFOPEN 17-4
N.C. 17-3
N.C. 17-2
N.C. 17-1
37-1
37-2
37-3
37-4
37-5
37-6
37-7
37-8
Backlight
-3
-2
968-1
30-B5 24V2
30-B6 TRAY1_FEED_CL_DRV(UPPER)
TXD
S.GND
CTS
RXD
NC
RTS
S.GND
5V
OACB
924: 1 - 2
924: 2 - 1
PS13
30-B1 TDS_CONT
30-B2 12V
30-B3 TDS_SIG
30-B4 S.GND
Speaker
J14: 1 - 4
J14: 2 - 3
J14: 3 - 2
J14: 4 - 1
4601- 4
4601- 3
4601- 2
4601- 1
S.GND
S.GND
5V1
5V1
FT23
12
Feed clutch /1
J17-2
J17-3
J17-9
J17-5
SD2
SP
989-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
2501-1 SPK#
2501-2 SPK
TCR sensor
1302-50
2302-1 F10.DRV
2302-2 GND
2302-3 F10.LCK
LCDB LCD
30-A18 5V_R
30-A19 S.GND
30-A20 SIDE DOOR
RT4
4
J08:10 - 3
J08:11 - 2
J08:12 - 1
514: 1 - 2
514: 2 - 1
-3
-2
957-1
FT27
Feed door
open/close sensor
CR003
4603- 5
4603- 4
4603- 3
4603- 2
4603- 1
RL2
S.GND
12V1
/NMI
EN12V1
EN5V2
J13-4
/M1 36-1
/PF 36-2
/PS0 36-3
/PS1 36-4
/PS2 36-5
/PS3 36-6
/SIDE 36-7
/CPF0 36-8
/CPF1 36-9
P.GND 36-10
FT26
FT21
30-A15 5V_R
30-A16 S.GND
30-A17 V_FEED_PS
-1 FL HOT
-4 FL GND
(CN1) - 6
-5
-4
-3
-2
-1
TS
Thermostat
J08: 7 - 6
J08: 8 - 5
J08: 9 - 4
FT25
-3
-2
952-1
J13-3
11
35-2
35-3
CR002
30-A12 5V_R
30-A13 S.GND
30-A14 TRAY2_FULL_PS(LOWER)
RL1 CNT
J08: 4 - 9
J08: 5 - 8
J08: 6 - 7
FT20
-3
-2
963-1
CN9-3 L3 DRIVE
35-1
35-2
35-3
35-4
35-5
CN9-2 L2 DRIVE
24V2
/KEY.SIG
S.GND
KC.DRV
P.GND
AC DRIVE
30-A9 5V_R
30-A10 S.GND
30-A11 TRAY2_EMPTY_PS(LOWER)
12V2(LD) 4602- 8
S.GND 4602- 7
S.GND 4602- 6
12V2 4602- 5
S.GND 4602- 4
S.GND 4602- 3
5V2
4602- 2
5V2
4602- 1
CR001
J08: 1 - 12
J08: 2 - 11
J08: 3 - 10
Erase lamp
J13-2
-3
-2
962-1
937:2 - 1
937:1 - 2
J23-4
30-A6 5V_R
30-A7 S.GND
30-A8 TRAY1_FULL_PS(UPPER)
J21-01
J07: 6 - 3
J07: 7 - 2
J07: 8 - 1
J04: 4 - 3
J04: 5 - 2
J04: 6 - 1
932:2 - 1
932:1 - 2
J16-12
J16-18
IDCS
J16-15
J16-16
(PWB1)
OPERATION
BOARD /1
24V2 33-10
PCL_DRV 33-11
988-7
-6
-5
-4
-3
-2
-1
IDC sensor
CLAW_SD_DRV 33-8
24V2 33-9
J11: 7 - 1
J11: 6 - 2
J11: 5 - 3
J11: 4 - 4
J11: 3 - 5
J11: 2 - 6
J11: 1 - 7
SW2
-3
-2
956-1
30-A1 24V2
30-A2 TC_DRV
J16-4
J16-5
J16-6
J16-7
J16-8
J16-2
J16-3
J21-03
30-A3 5V_R
30-A4 S.GND
30-A5 TRAY1_EMPTY_PS(UPPER)
33-1
33-2
33-3
33-4
33-5
33-6
33-7
J21-02
J07: 3 - 6
J07: 4 - 5
J07: 5 - 4
5V
DRUM_TH
12V
TNRIF
TNOUT1
TNOUT2
S.GND
-6 (CN5)
-5
-4
-3
-2
-1
CN9-1 AC(H)
J04: 1 - 6
J04: 2 - 5
J04: 3 - 4
FM5
J07: 1 - 8
J07: 2 - 7
31-B15 F5.DRV
31-B16 P.GND
31-B17 /F5.LCK(DI/H)
-6
-5
-4
-3
-2
-1
RL1 CNT
-3
-2
955-1
939-2
939-1
CL8
J33: 1 - 3
J33: 2 - 2
J33: 3 - 1
OPERATION
KEY BOARD /3
(PWB3)
915: 1 - 3
915: 2 - 2
915: 3 - 1
31-B12 24V2
31-B13 DUP_CL2_DRV
31-B14 N.C.
10
CL7
J03:12 - 3
J03:13 - 2
J03:14 - 1
FM2
928: 1 - 2
928: 2 - 1
Total counter
PS26
911: 3 - 1
911: 2 - 2
911: 1 - 3
911: 2 - 2
911: 1 - 3
PS25
J28: 3 - 4
J28: 2 - 5
J28: 1 - 6
SWD24V
PS24
/F2.DRV 34-B14
/F8.LCK(DI/H) 34-B15
P.GND 34-B16
SD5
31-A7 5V_R
31-A8 S.GND
31-B9 DUP_COVER
SD4
31-B10 24V2
31-B11 DUP_CL1_DRV
Toner solenoid
63
64
J03:10 - 5
J03:11 - 4
935:2 - 1
935:1 - 2
(CN10)
927: 1 - 2
927: 2 - 1
J28: 6 - 1
J28: 5 - 2
J28: 4 - 3
62: 1 - 1
62: 2 - 2
62: 3 - 3
62: 4 - 4
/F2.DRV 34-B11
/F2.LCK(DI/H) 34-B12
P.GND 34-B13
24V2 34-B9
TNR_SD_DRV 34-B10
(CN3)
J23-3
SWD24V
CL5
31-B4 5V_R
31-A5 S.GND
31-B6 DUP_PS2
OPERATION
KEY BOARD /2
(PWB2)
J03: 7 - 8
J03: 8 - 7
J03: 9 - 6
(CN7)
-6 (CN6)
-5
-4
-3
-2
-1
J24-2B
J03: 4 -11
J03: 5 -10
J03: 6 - 9
M10
-3
-2
976-1
M4
Web solenoid
LU-203
934:2 - 1
934:1 - 2
24V
P.GND
-3
-2
975-1
J29:2 - 1
J29:1 - 2
(CN9)
24V2 34-B7
WEB_SD_DRV 34-B8
-10
-9
-8
-7
-6
-5
-4
-3
-2
-1
-40
31-B1 5V_R
31-B2 S.GND
31-B3 DUP_PS1
-10
-9
-8
-7
-6
-5
-4
-3
-2
-1
3-1
-2
-3
-4
J03: 1 -14
J03: 2 -13
J03: 3 -12
J23-2 J24-2A
(J23:NMF)
-3
-2
974-1
31-A16 24V2
31-A17 TRAY2_FEED_CL_DRV(LOWER)
-1B
ADU open
/close sensor
CL3
J35: 3 - 2
J35: 4 - 1
OPERATION UNIT
925: 1 - 2
925: 2 - 1
ADU conveyance
clutch /Up
PS23
J24-1A
ADU conveyance
sensor /2
VR1
905:6 - 1
905:5 - 2
905:4 - 3
905:3 - 4
905:2 - 5
905:1 - 6
PZS
34-B1
34-B2
34-B3
34-B4
34-B5
34-B6
PKB
BTLM_A
BTLM_AB
BTLM_B
BTLM_AB
24V2
24V2
J23-1
SD1
7-2
31-A14 24V2
31-A15 V_FEED_CL_DRV
7-1
(J35:CT 2PIN)
J35: 1 - 4
J35: 2 - 3
PS3
Toner remaining sensor
Feed clutch /2
PS22
24V
923: 1 - 2
923: 2 - 1
-3
-2
987-1
FM6
903:6 - 1
903:5 - 2
903:4 - 3
903:3 - 4
903:2 - 5
903:1 - 6
TH2
4-1
4-2
4-3
4-4
4-5
4-6
4-7
4-8
34-A11
34-A12
34-A13
34-A14
34-A15
34-A16
MS
5V2
5V2
S.GND
S.GND
12V2
S.GND
S.GND
12V2
TNR_A
TNR_AB
TNR_B
TNR_BB
24V2
24V2
Interlock switch
2-5
2-4
2-3
2-2
2-1
31-A9 5V_R
31-A10 S.GND
31-A11 MULTI_POSITION_PS
31-A12 MULTI_SET
31-A13 S.GND
J05:3 - 1
J05:2 - 2
J05:1 - 3
24V
S.GND 34-A8
/T_LEVEL(DI) 34-A9
TLEV_5V 34-A10
5-1 24V
5-2 24V
5-3 24V
5-4 P.GND
5-5 P.GND
5-6 P.GND
5-7 S.GND
5-8 S.GND
5-9 5V2
5-10 5V2
31-A6 S.GND
31-A7 MULTI_WIDTH_PS(MULTI)
31-A8 5V
for FNS
J15: 6 - 8
J15: 7 - 7
J15: 8 - 6
DCPS
EN5V2
EN12V1
NMI
12V1
S.GND
J15: 9 - 5
J15:10 - 4
J15:11 - 3
J15:12 - 2
J15:13 - 1
Sub relay
36: 1 - 3
36: 2 - 2
36: 3 - 1
Circuit breaker /1
-3
-2
973-1
24V
5V
12V
-3
-2
985-1
Thermistor /2
CN8-1 SW IN(H)
Lift sensor
M9
TH1
Fusing exit sensor
for ENGINE
FS_TXD
S.GND
NC
FS_RTS
S.GND
FS_RXD
NC
S.GND
FS_CTS
S.GND
S.GND
for DCPS
24V2
24V2
24V2
P.GND
P.GND
P.GND
5V2
5V2
S.GND
S.GND
-3
-2
953-1
OB INVB
J18: 3 - 1
J18: 2 - 2
J18: 1 - 3
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
J13:B4 - B1
J13:B3 - B2
J13:B2 - B3
for
SDB
J12: 3 - 5
J12: 2 - 6
J12: 1 - 7
5V_R 34-A5
S.GND 34-A6
(DI/H?) FIX_PS 34-A7
F1
31-A4 24V2
31-A5 MULTI_PICKUP_SD_DRV(MULTI)
F2
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
J15: 4 - 10
J15: 5 - 9
Main relay
931: 1 - 2
931: 2 - 1
24V
Thermistor /1
F3
980:3 - 3
980:4 - 4
BT2
980:1 - 1
980:2 - 2
FM7
AC(H)
J13:A2 - A3
J13:A1 - A4
RL24V
J13:A4 - A1
J13:A3 - A2
FM4
AC(N)
BT4
J12: 5 - 3
J12: 4 - 4
J12: 7 - 1
J12: 6 - 2
RL1
RL1 POWER
31-A1 5V_R
31-A2 S.GND
31-A3 MULTI_SIZE4(MULTI)
AC(H)
Pick-up solenoid
/BP
FM1
J15: 1 - 13
J15: 2 - 12
J15: 3 - 11
RL1 POWER
-3
-2
972-1
HV
11
12
13
14
15
16
19
20
17
18
FS-523
+RU-507
300:A10- A10
300:A9 - A9
300:A8 - A8
300:A7 - A7
300:A6 - A6
300:A5 - A5
300:A4 - A4
300:A3 - A3
300:A2 - A2
300:A1 - A1
300:A11- A11
N.C.
FEED_GAIN
P.GND
P.GND
24V2
24V2
or
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32-B6
32-B5
32-B4
32-B3
32-B2
32-B1
FS-522
300:B11- B11
300:B10- B10
300:B9 - B9
300:B8 - B8
300:B7 - B7
300:B6 - B6
300:B5 - B5
300:B4 - B4
300:B3 - B3
300:B2 - B2
300:B1 - B1
LD-6
PC-206
or
PC-407
H/L-7
BT3
P.G-9
L
for
DF
P.G-8
BT1
24V-11
for
LU
6-1 24V
6-5 P.GND
NF
24V-10
K
3 4
916: 3 - 1
916: 2 - 2
916: 1 - 3
F4
/F6.DRV 15-15
(DI/H) /F6.LCK 15-16
P.GND 15-17
63 64
32-B11 5V
32-B10 S.GND
32-B9 FEED_ON(DO/L)
32-B8 FEEDM_CLK
3-1 5V2
3-2 5V2
3-3 S.GND
3-4 S.GND
3-5 12V2
3-6 EN24V
3-7 L2CONT
3-8 L3CONT
3-9 L3CONT2
3-10 RLCONT
3-11 RL_PGND
3-12 RL_PWR
5V-1
CN10-2 AC(N)
S.G-2
J
6-3 24V
6-7 P.GND
6-2 24V
6-6 P.GND
CBR 2
CLK-4
J60: 1 - 1
J60: 2 - 2
J62-4
J62-3
E
Noise filter
CN10-1 AC(H)
CONT-3
914: 3 - 1
914: 2 - 2
914: 1 - 3
7-6 P.GND
7-5 P.GND
7-4 P.GND
/F4.DRV 15-12
(DI/H) /F4.LCK 15-13
P.GND 15-14
CN8-2 SW OUT(H)
6-8 P.GND
6-4 24V
FT10
32-B14 GND
32-B13 /F7.LCK(DI/H)
32-B12 F7.DRV
FT33
CN8-4 SW OUT(N)
FT37
FT32
FT10
917: 3 - 2
917: 2 - 3
917: 1 - 4
FT39
FT30
FT31
Circuit breaker /2
FT36
FT38
FT40
FT6
32-A3 GND
32-A2 /F1.LCK(DI/H)
32-A1 F1.DRV
J16-11
J16-20
CBR 1
CW/CCW-5
X
911: 3 - 1
911: 2 - 2
911: 1 - 3
72- 1
72- 5
24V-11
71-11
71-10
71- 9
71- 8
71- 7
71- 6
71- 5
71- 4
71- 3
71- 2
71- 1
70- 2
70- 1
FT5
24V-10
U
(DI/L)/S_FB 15-1
(AO/4-10V) SDC_SIG 15-2
(AO/4-10V) SAC_SIG 15-3
(DO/L)/S_CONT 15-4
(DI/L)/T_FB 15-5
(AO/4-10V) T_SIG 15-6
(DO/L) /T_CONT 15-7
(DI/L)/C_FB 15-8
(AO/4-10V) GRID_SIG 15-9
(AO/4-10V) CHG_SIG 15-10
(DO/L)/C_CONT 15-11
J17-12
J25-5
Feed motor
H/L-7
J17-7
5 6
P.G-9
J25-1
P.G-8
P.GND 16- 5
24V2 16- 6
To developing bias
/DEVM_LCK
DEVM_GAIN
P.GND
P.GND
24V2
24V2
Charging
32-A9
32-A8
32-A7
32-A6
32-A5
26-A4
LD-6
CLK-4
SW1
CONT-3
FT35
FT9
CW/CCW-5
32-A14 5V
32-A13 S.GND
32-A12 /DEV_ON(DO/L)
32-A11 DEV_CLK
Grid biass
Charging
5V-1
R
70- 6
70- 5
70- 4
70- 3
FT4
S.G-2
24V1 16- 1
P.GND 16- 2
(DO/L)/BIAS1 16- 3
(AO/2-8V)B_SIG 16- 4
24V-11
Inlet
FT1
LD-6
H/L-7
P.G-9
FT9
P.G-8
FT2
24V-10
27-B1 5V
27-B2 F_MTYPE
27-B3 FIXM_ON(DO/L)
27-B4 FIXM_CLK
27-B5 S.GND
27-B6 /FIXM_LCK(DI/H)
27-B7 FIXM_GAIN
27-B8 P.GND
27-B9 P.GND
27-B10 24V2
27-B11 24V2
20- 1
20- 2
20- 3
20- 4
20- 5
20- 6
24V2 21- 11
5V 21- 10
5V 21- 9
S.GND 21- 8
S.GND 21- 7
12V2 21- 6
/EN24V2 21- 5
/HEATER1_CNT 21- 4
/HEATER2_CNT 21- 3
HEATER2_CNT2 21- 2
/RELAY_CNT 21- 1
24V2
24V2
P.GND
P.GND
P.GND
24V1
CW/CCW-5
CLK-4
CONT-3
S.G-2
5V-1
24V-11
24V-10
P.G-9
P.G-8
H/L-7
LD-6
CW/CCW-5
27-A11 5V
27-A10 S.GND
27-A9 /DRM_ON(DO/L)
27-A8 DRM_CLK
27-A7 F_MTYPE
27-A6 /DRAM_LCK(DI/H)
27-A5 DRM_GAIN
27-A4 P.GND
27-A3 P.GND
27-A2 24V
27-A1 24V
FT3
5V-1
Developing motor
Fusing motor
Drum motor
Y
S.G-2
Plug
W
2
for DCPS
CLK-4
for DCPS
CONT-3
RL24V
FT22
Symbol
L3
Connector
Faston
Relay connector
AC(N)
CN8-3 SW IN(N)
J13-1
RT3
4
CCDB
COPY VENDER
(SERIAL)
D
CN**
E
CF
F
1302-1
MK-708+FK-502
ML-503+FK-502
J
REVERSE UNIT
PS4
PS28
For Finisher
for DH
TSL
BK
RT3
3
BK
27
bizhub 501/421/361
bizhub 501/421/361
Part name
Location
Symbol
Part name
Location
Symbol
Part name
Location
CBR1
Circuit breaker /1
3-B
PS5
11-Y
IC-207
14-I
CBR2
Circuit breaker /2
3-C
PS6
11-Y
JS-502
23-Q
CCDB
CCD board
14-C
PS7
12-Y
LU-203
7-N
CL1
Registration clutch
20-Y
PS8
15-Y
MK-708
24-H
CL2
Loop clutch
21-Y
PS9
Near-empty sensor /1
15-Y
ML-503
24-H
CL3
8-Y
PS10
16-Y
PC-206
4-I
CL4
Feed clutch /1
13-Y
PS11
16-Y
PC-407
4-I
CL5
Feed clutch /2
8-Y
PS12
11-Y
RU-507
3-L
CL6
15-Y
PS13
12-Y
SC-505
17-I
CL7
9-Y
PS14
18-Y
UK-202
16-H
CL8
9-Y
PS15
Near-empty sensor /2
18-Y
EK-703
18-H
DCPS
DC power supply
4-A
PS16
18-Y
Inlet
2-B
DIMM
Standard memory
20-I
PS17
19-Y
4-P
EL
Erase lamp
11-Q
PS18
13-Y
Grid
3-Q
FM1
4-X
PS19
14-Y
Developing
3-O
FM2
9-Q
PS20
14-Y
Coin vendor /2
11-Q
22-D
FM3
24-Q
PS21
14-Y
FM4
5-Q
PS22
6-Y
Charging
3-P
FM5
10-Y
PS23
Lift sensor
7-Y
Transfer
4-P
FM6
5-Q
PS24
8-Y
Backlight
6-J
FM7
5-X
PS25
9-Y
Plug
2-B
FM8
9-Q
PS26
9-Y
Separation
4-P
FM9
25-Q
PS27
Reverse sensor
26-Q
FM10
12-L
PS28
27-R
FM11
13-J
PS30
17-Q
HUMS
Humidity sensor
20-Y
PS31
17-Q
HV
3-Q
PS32
APS sensor
18-Q
IDCS
IDC sensor
10-Q
PSB/1
16-Y
INDEXB
Index board
18-L
PSB/2
19-Y
KCT
Key counter
18-R
PWB1
Operation board /1
8-G
L1
Exposure lamp
17-S
PWB2
8-M
L1 INVB
L1 inverter
17-Q
PWB3
8-L
L1 RLB
L1 relay board
17-R
PWB4
Operation board/4
9-M
L2
11-B
PZS
7-R
L3
11-B
RL1
Main relay
6-A
LCD
LCD
6-H
RL2
Sub relay
6-B
LCDB
LCD board
6-H
SD1
7-Y
LDB
16-L
SD2
11-Q
M1
Drum motor
1-Y
SD3
Reverse solenoid
25-Q
8-R
M2
Scanner motor
16-Q
SD4
Web solenoid
M3
Developing motor
3-Y
SD5
Toner solenoid
9-R
M4
7-R
SDB
16-N
14-L
M5
Polygon motor
15-P
SILB
M6
Reverse motor
25-Q
SP
Speaker
11-L
M7
17-Y
SW1
3-D
M8
19-Y
SW2
Power switch
10-L
M9
Feed motor
5-Y
SW3
DF open/close switch
18-Q
M10
8-R
TCRS
TCR sensor
13-Y
M11
Fusing motor
2-Y
TCT
Total counter
10-Y
MS
Interlock switch
8-F
TH1
Thermistor /1
6-Q
NF
Noise filter
4-B
TH2
Thermistor /2
6-Q
NRB
NVRAM board
20-H
TS
Thermostat
11-A
OACB
11-F
TSL
22-Y
OB INVB
OB inverter
6-K
USBIFB
USB I /F board
15-L
PKB
6-G
VR1
7-Y
PRCB
1-T
DF-613
13-N
PS1
Registration sensor
21-Y
FK-502
24-H
PS2
12-Y
FS-522
3-L
PS3
7-Q
FS-523
3-L
PS4
26-R
HD-509
14-H
10
11
12
13
A
RL24V
FT3
FT5
NF
Circuit breaker /2
FT6
FT4
J21-02
FT26
J13-3
CN9-2 L2 DRIVE
RL1 POWER
L2
RL1 CNT
FT28
J13-4
CN9-3 L3 DRIVE
Sub relay
BT3
FT22
FT25
CR002
CN10-2 AC(N)
FT21
TS
Thermostat
CR001
RL1
Noise filter
Inlet
FT2
J13-2
AC DRIVE
AC(H)
FT1
Plug
Main relay
BT1
CN10-1 AC(H)
CBR 1
FT20
J21-01
CN9-1 AC(H)
FT24
RL1 CNT
FT23
RL1 POWER
Circuit breaker /1
L3
FT27
AC(N)
CBR 2
J13-1
RL2
CN8-1 SW IN(H)
RT4
4
CR003
RT3
4
CN8-3 SW IN(N)
AC(N)
BT4
AC(H)
BT2
24V
5V
12V
DCPS(1/2)
for FNS
24V
F3
F1
for
DF
5-1 24V
5-2 24V
5-3 24V
5-4 P.GND
5-5 P.GND
5-6 P.GND
5-7 S.GND
5-8 S.GND
5-9 5V2
5-10 5V2
1-1
1-2
1-3
1-4
EN5V2
EN12V1
NMI
12V1
S.GND
2-5
2-4
2-3
2-2
2-1
5V2
5V2
S.GND
S.GND
12V2
S.GND
S.GND
12V2
4-1
4-2
4-3
4-4
4-5
4-6
4-7
4-8
MS
24V
7-1
24V
7-2
J23-1
24V
P.GND
LU-203
62: 1 - 1
62: 2 - 2
62: 3 - 3
62: 4 - 4
63
64
for DCPS
J24-1A
J23-2 J24-2A
(J23:NMF)
-1B
J23-3
J24-2B
J23-4
SWD24V
SWD24V
for
SDB
3-1
-2
-3
-4
PKB
-40
44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62
Interlock switch
1 2
J60: 1 - 1
J60: 2 - 2
for
LU
3 4
6-1 24V
6-5 P.GND
6-3 24V
63 64
6-7 P.GND
6-2 24V
6-6 P.GND
6-4 24V
6-8 P.GND
F2
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
5V1
5V1
S.GND
S.GND
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
PC-206
or
PC-407
OPERATION
BOARD /1
1302-1
(PWB1)
OACB(1/3)
LCDB LCD
2301-1 F11.DRV
2301-2 GND
2301-3 F11.LCK
CN8-2 SW OUT(H)
4601- 4
4601- 3
4601- 2
4601- 1
CN8-4 SW OUT(N)
FT10
S.GND
S.GND
5V1
5V1
FT10
4603- 5
4603- 4
4603- 3
4603- 2
4603- 1
SW1
S.GND
12V1
/NMI
EN12V1
EN5V2
FT9
12V2(LD) 4602- 8
S.GND 4602- 7
S.GND 4602- 6
12V2 4602- 5
S.GND 4602- 4
S.GND 4602- 3
5V2
4602- 2
5V2
4602- 1
FT9
-1
FS-522
or
FS-523
+RU-507
M
1
300:A10- A10
300:A9 - A9
300:A8 - A8
300:A7 - A7
300:A6 - A6
300:A5 - A5
300:A4 - A4
300:A3 - A3
300:A2 - A2
300:A1 - A1
300:A11- A11
11
12
13
14
15
16
19
20
17
18
OB INVB
-1 FL HOT
-4 FL GND
(CN1) - 6
-5
-4
-3
-2
-1
-6 (CN5)
-5
-4
-3
-2
-1
2302-1 F10.DRV
2302-2 GND
2302-3 F10.LCK
for ENGINE
FS_TXD
S.GND
NC
FS_RTS
S.GND
FS_RXD
NC
S.GND
FS_CTS
S.GND
S.GND
for DCPS
24V2
24V2
24V2
P.GND
P.GND
P.GND
5V2
5V2
S.GND
S.GND
1302-50
CN3
2501-1 SPK#
2501-2 SPK
FM11
CN7
OPERATION UNIT
6
OPERATION
KEY BOARD /3
(PWB3)
SW2
SP
514: 1 - 2
514: 2 - 1
OPERATION
KEY BOARD /2
(PWB2)
(CN9)
(CN10)
FM10
Speaker
(CN8)
-6
-5
-4
-3
-2
-1
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
-6 (CN6)
-5
-4
-3
-2
-1
Backlight
300:B11- B11
300:B10- B10
300:B9 - B9
300:B8 - B8
300:B7 - B7
300:B6 - B6
300:B5 - B5
300:B4 - B4
300:B3 - B3
300:B2 - B2
300:B1 - B1
OPERATION BOARD /4
(PWB4)
M
10
11
12
13
bizhub 501/421/361
bizhub 501/421/361
Part name
Location
CBR1
Circuit breaker /1
3-B
CBR2
Circuit breaker /2
3-C
DCPS
DC power supply
4-A
FM10
12-K
FM11
13-J
L2
11-B
L3
11-B
LCD
LCD
6-H
LCDB
LCD board
6-H
MS
Interlock switch
8-F
NF
Noise filter
4-B
OACB
11-F
OB INVB
OB inverter
6-K
PKB
6-G
PWB1
Operation board /1
8-G
PWB2
8-M
PWB3
8-L
PWB4
Operation board /4
9-M
RL1
Main relay
6-B
RL2
Sub relay
6-B
SP
Speaker
11-L
SW1
3-D
SW2
Power switch
9-L
TS
Thermostat
11-B
FS-522
3-K
FS-523
3-K
LU-203
1-I
PC-206
3-H
PC-407
3-H
RU-507
3-K
Inlet
2-B
Backlight
6-J
Plug
2-B
K
USB I/F
BOARD
(USB)
LDB
15
16
17
18
SC-505
19
UK-202
CN1101
INDEXB
20
1000- 1
1000- 2
1000- 3
1000- 4
1000- 5
1000- 6
1000- 7
1000- 8
E
VEN.5V (IN)
COPY_5V (OUT)
VEN_TXD (OUT)
VEN_RXD (IN)
S.GND
COPY_GNT (OUT)
IO_PORT (IN)
N.C.
20
2304- 1 DCD
- 2 RXD
- 3 TXD
- 4 DTR
- 5 GND
- 6 DSR
- 7 RTS
- 8 CTS
- 9 RI
21
CSRC I/F
-35 +OUT_CLK
-36 S.GND
-37 S.GND
-38 ADRST
-39 APR
-40 S.GND
-41 +5V
-42 +5V
-43 +5V
-44 +5V
-45 S.GND
-46 +12V
-47 +12V
-48 +12V
-49 +12V
-50 S.GND
-27 +AD_D0
-28 S.GND
-29 S.GND
-30 -AD_D1
-31 +AD_D1
-32 S.GND
-33 S.GND
-18 GND
-19 GND
-20 SCLK
-21 *SEN
-22 SDI
-23 SDO
-24 S.GND
-25 S.GND
19
2003-1
2003-2
2003-3
2003-4
VDD
-Data
+Data
GND
USB
Status
indicator
LED board
18
2004-1
2004-2
2004-3
2004-4
VDD
-Data
+Data
GND
USB
J
+5V
S.GND
/HSENSE
S.GND
/INDPR
IC-207
3601- 5
3601- 4
3601- 3
3601- 2
3601- 1
CN2001 CN2002
-14 GND
-15 GND
-16 +IN_CLK
60- 1 S.GND
- 2 TG
- 3 CLAMP
- 4 ACLAMP
- 5 PRD_KEEP
- 6 GND
- 7 GMD
- 8 +TCK
- 9 -TCK
-10 S.GND
-11 S.GND
-12 +RCK
J52: 5 - 1
J52: 4 - 2
J52: 3 - 3
J52: 2 - 4
J52: 1 - 5
HD-509
17
51-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
46- 1
46- 2
46- 3
46- 4
46- 5
46- 6
46- 7
46- 8
46- 9
46-10
46-11
46-12
46-13
46-14
46-15
46-16
46-17
46-18
46-19
46-20
46-21
46-22
46-23
46-24
46-25
46-26
46-27
46-28
46-29
46-30
46-31
46-32
46-33
46-34
46-35
46-36
46-37
46-38
46-39
46-40
46-41
46-42
46-43
46-44
46-45
46-46
46-47
46-48
46-49
46-50
3501-B1 LOAD
-B2 DACLK
-B3 DI
-B4 S.GND
-B5 /ALM2
-B6 /BIAS2
-B7 /S/H2
-B8 /ALMRST
-B9 S.GND
-B10 -VIDEO1
-B11 +VIDEO1
-B12 S.GND
16
J50: B1 - B12
J50: B2 - B11
J50: B3 - B10
J50: B4 - B9
J50: B5 - B8
J50: B6 - B7
J50: B7 - B6
J50: B8 - B5
J50: B9 - B4
J50:B10 - B3
J50:B11 - B2
J50:B12 - B1
3501-A1 /ENB1
-A2 /ALM1
-A3 /BIAS1
-A4 /S/H1
-A5 S.GND
-A6 LD+5V
-A7 LD+5V
-A8 +5VRN
-A9 S.GND
-A10 -VIDEO2
-A11 +VIDEO2
-A12 S.GND
J50: A1 - A12
J50: A2 - A11
J50: A3 - A10
J50: A4 - A9
J50: A5 - A8
J50: A6 - A7
J50: A7 - A6
J50: A8 - A5
J50: A9 - A4
J50:A10 - A3
J50:A11 - A2
J50:A12 - A1
15
50-B12
-B11
-B10
- B9
- B8
- B7
- B6
- B5
- B4
- B3
- B2
- B1
50-A12
-A11
-A10
- A9
- A8
- A7
- A6
- A5
- A4
- A3
- A2
- A1
GND
DTelDTel+
5V
2005-4
2005-3
2005-2
2005-1
14
21
22
EK-703
CN2702
OACB(2/3)
22
23
CCDB
NRB
CN2601, 2602
DIMM
CN1001
(CN55:FX2)
2701-A 1 +12V
-A 2 GND
-A 3 +5V(main)
-A 4 GND
-A 5 GND
-A 6 WAKEUP
-A 7 GND
-A 8 GND
-A 9 AD1
-A10 +5V(STBY)
-A11 AD3
-A12 GND
-A13 AD5
-A14 +5V(STBY)
-A15 AD7
-A16 AD8
-A17 GND
-A18 AD10
-A19 AD12
-A20 GND
-A21 AD14
-A22 C/BE#1
-A23 PERR#
-A24 GND
-A25 SERR#
-A26 GND
-A27 GND
-A28 IRDY#
-A29 C/BE#2
-A30 AD17
-A31 GND
-A32 AD19
-A33 AD21
-A34 GND
-A35 AD23
-A36 C/BE#3
-A37 GND
-A38 AD25
-A39 AD27
-A40 GND
-A41 AD29
-A42 AD31
-A43 3.3V
-A44 REQ#
-A45 GND
-A46 CLK
-A47 GND
-A48 GND
-A49 MONITOR
-A50 INTA#
2701-B 1 +5V(main)
-B 2 IORST1
-B 3 +5V(main)
-B 4 SBDM2
-B 5 SBDP2
-B 6 GND
-B 7 SBDM1
-B 8 SBDP1
-B 9 +5V(main)
-B10 +5V(stby)
-B11 AD0
-B12 AD2
-B13 AD4
-B14 AD6
-B15 +5V(stby)
-B16 C/BE#0
-B17 AD9
-B18 GND
-B19 AD11
-B20 AD13
-B21 AD15
-B22 GND
-B23 DEVSEL#
-B24 3.3V
-B25 STOP#
-B26 TRDY#
-B27 FRAME#
-B28 GND
-B29 AD16
-B30 AD18
-B31 PAR
-B32 AD20
-B33 AD22
-B34 GND
-B35 IDSEL
-B36 AD24
-B37 AD26
-B38 AD28
-B39 3.3V
-B40 AD30
-B41 GND
-B42 PME#
-B43 GND
-B44 CNT#
-B45 3.3V
-B46 RST#
-B47 +12V
-B48 3.3V
-B49 CLKEN
-B50 LINESEL
23
CN2701 Board to Board Connector(100pin)
14
ERRER LED
5V
READY LED
5V
I
2201-4
2201-3
2201-2
2201-1
24
24
25
25
26
A
A
Symbol
Connector
Faston
Crimp
Relay connector
COPY VENDER
(SERIAL)
CN**
CF
D
MK-708 +FK-502
ML-503+FK-502
M
26
bizhub 501/421/361
bizhub 501/421/361
Part name
CCD board
Location
17-B
INDEXB
Index board
18-K
LDB
16-K
NRB
NVRAM board
21-F
DIMM
Standard memory
21-H
SILB
14-J
USBIFB
15-J
FK-502
24-E
HD-509
14-F
IC-207
14-G
MK-708
24-E
ML-503
24-E
SC-505
17-G
UK-202
17-F
EK-703
19-F
22-C
1
2
3
M3
4
5
6
RT3
3
RT3
3
B
7
RT3
3
8
B
RT3
3
B
TCT
10
11
TCRS
12
-3
-2
969-1
-3
-2
968-1
J17-2
J17-3
J17-9
J17-5
J10: 1 - 11
J10: 2 - 10
J10: 3 - 9
J27: 1 - 3
J27: 2 - 2
J27: 3 - 1
J08:10 - 3
J08:11 - 2
J08:12 - 1
J08: 7 - 6
J08: 8 - 5
J08: 9 - 4
4
3
2
1
TDS_CONT
12V
TDS_SIG
S.GND
PS18
30-B10 5V_R
30-B11 S.GND
30-B12 MULTI_SIZE1
30-B7 5V_R
30-B8 S.GND
30-B9 MULTI_EMPTY_PS
30-B5 24V2
30-B6 TRAY1_FEED_CL_DRV(UPPER)
30-B1
30-B2
30-B3
30-B4
30-A18 5V_R
30-A19 S.GND
30-A20 SIDE DOOR
30-A15 5V_R
30-A16 S.GND
30-A17 V_FEED_PS
30-A12 5V_R
30-A13 S.GND
30-A14 TRAY2_FULL_PS(LOWER)
33-1
33-2
33-3
33-4
33-5
33-6
33-7
35-1
35-2
35-3
35-4
35-5
TXD
S.GND
CTS
RXD
NC
RTS
S.GND
5V
37-1
37-2
37-3
37-4
37-5
37-6
37-7
37-8
/M1 36-1
/PF 36-2
/PS0 36-3
/PS1 36-4
/PS2 36-5
/PS3 36-6
/SIDE 36-7
/CPF0 36-8
/CPF1 36-9
P.GND 36-10
24V2
/KEY.SIG
S.GND
KC.DRV
P.GND
24V2 33-10
PCL_DRV 33-11
CLAW_SD_DRV 33-8
24V2 33-9
5V
DRUM_TH
12V
TNRIF
TNOUT1
TNOUT2
S.GND
35-2
35-3
932:2 - 1
932:1 - 2
937:2 - 1
937:1 - 2
J16-12
J16-18
J11: 7 - 1
J11: 6 - 2
J11: 5 - 3
J11: 4 - 4
J11: 3 - 5
J11: 2 - 6
J11: 1 - 7
J16-15
J16-16
J16-4
J16-5
J16-6
J16-7
J16-8
J16-2
J16-3
911: 3 - 1
911: 2 - 2
911: 1 - 3
988-7
-6
-5
-4
-3
-2
-1
Toner solenoid
Erase lamp
FT32
FT33
12
CL4
Paper empty sensor /BP
PS7
924: 1 - 2
924: 2 - 1
PS2
Feed clutch /1
-3
-2
957-1
PS13
TCR sensor
-3
-2
952-1
J08: 4 - 9
J08: 5 - 8
J08: 6 - 7
30-A9 5V_R
30-A10 S.GND
30-A11 TRAY2_EMPTY_PS(LOWER)
30-A6 5V_R
30-A7 S.GND
30-A8 TRAY1_FULL_PS(UPPER)
30-A3 5V_R
30-A4 S.GND
30-A5 TRAY1_EMPTY_PS(UPPER)
30-A1 24V2
30-A2 TC_DRV
31-B15 F5.DRV
31-B16 P.GND
31-B17 /F5.LCK(DI/H)
J28: 3 - 4
J28: 2 - 5
J28: 1 - 6
911: 2 - 2
911: 1 - 3
Web solenoid
FT30
FT31
11
989-1
-2
-3
-4
-5
-3
-2
963-1
PS12
Feed door
open/close sensor
PS6
Vertical conveyance sensor
PS5
J08: 1 - 12
J08: 2 - 11
J08: 3 - 10
J07: 6 - 3
J07: 7 - 2
J07: 8 - 1
J07: 3 - 6
J07: 4 - 5
J07: 5 - 4
J07: 1 - 8
J07: 2 - 7
J33: 1 - 3
J33: 2 - 2
J33: 3 - 1
31-B12 24V2
31-B13 DUP_CL2_DRV
31-B14 N.C.
/F2.DRV 34-B14
/F8.LCK(DI/H) 34-B15
P.GND 34-B16
J28: 6 - 1
J28: 5 - 2
J28: 4 - 3
935:2 - 1
935:1 - 2
934:2 - 1
934:1 - 2
SD2
-3
-2
962-1
J04: 4 - 3
J04: 5 - 2
J04: 6 - 1
-3
-2
956-1
FM5
J04: 1 - 6
J04: 2 - 5
J04: 3 - 4
915: 1 - 3
915: 2 - 2
915: 3 - 1
J03:12 - 3
J03:13 - 2
J03:14 - 1
PRCB(1/2)
-3
-2
955-1
939-2
939-1
CL8
10
CL7
IDCS
PS26
928: 1 - 2
928: 2 - 1
/F2.DRV 34-B11
/F2.LCK(DI/H) 34-B12
P.GND 34-B13
J29:2 - 1
J29:1 - 2
-3
-2
987-1
-3
-2
953-1
FM8
IDC sensor
PS25
31-B10 24V2
31-B11 DUP_CL1_DRV
31-A7 5V_R
31-A8 S.GND
31-B9 DUP_COVER
24V2 34-B9
TNR_SD_DRV 34-B10
24V2 34-B7
WEB_SD_DRV 34-B8
905:6 - 1
905:5 - 2
905:4 - 3
905:3 - 4
905:2 - 5
905:1 - 6
903:6 - 1
903:5 - 2
903:4 - 3
903:3 - 4
903:2 - 5
903:1 - 6
J18: 3 - 1
J18: 2 - 2
J18: 1 - 3
Thermistor /2
FT40
PS24
J03:10 - 5
J03:11 - 4
J03: 7 - 8
J03: 8 - 7
J03: 9 - 6
31-B4 5V_R
31-A5 S.GND
31-B6 DUP_PS2
31-B1 5V_R
31-B2 S.GND
31-B3 DUP_PS1
J05:3 - 1
J05:2 - 2
J05:1 - 3
J13:B4 - B1
J13:B3 - B2
J13:B2 - B3
980:3 - 3
980:4 - 4
J13:A2 - A3
J13:A1 - A4
Thermistor /1
FM2
Total counter
-3
-2
976-1
J03: 4 -11
J03: 5 -10
J03: 6 - 9
J03: 1 -14
J03: 2 -13
J03: 3 -12
34-B1
34-B2
34-B3
34-B4
34-B5
34-B6
BTLM_A
BTLM_AB
BTLM_B
BTLM_AB
24V2
24V2
J12: 3 - 5
J12: 2 - 6
J12: 1 - 7
J12: 5 - 3
J12: 4 - 4
980:1 - 1
980:2 - 2
J13:A4 - A1
J13:A3 - A2
SD5
927: 1 - 2
927: 2 - 1
-3
-2
975-1
CL5
-3
-2
974-1
31-A16 24V2
31-A17 TRAY2_FEED_CL_DRV(LOWER)
31-A14 24V2
31-A15 V_FEED_CL_DRV
34-A11
34-A12
34-A13
34-A14
34-A15
34-A16
TNR_A
TNR_AB
TNR_B
TNR_BB
24V2
24V2
S.GND 34-A8
/T_LEVEL(DI) 34-A9
TLEV_5V 34-A10
5V_R 34-A5
S.GND 34-A6
(DI/H?) FIX_PS 34-A7
J12: 7 - 1
J12: 6 - 2
916: 3 - 1
916: 2 - 2
916: 1 - 3
FT37
FT39
J16-11
J16-20
F4
CL3
J35: 3 - 2
J35: 4 - 1
(J35:CT 2PIN)
J35: 1 - 4
J35: 2 - 3
31-A9 5V_R
31-A10 S.GND
31-A11 MULTI_POSITION_PS
31-A12 MULTI_SET
31-A13 S.GND
31-A6 S.GND
31-A7 MULTI_WIDTH_PS(MULTI)
31-A8 5V
31-A4 24V2
31-A5 MULTI_PICKUP_SD_DRV(MULTI)
31-A1 5V_R
31-A2 S.GND
31-A3 MULTI_SIZE4(MULTI)
U
SD4
PS23
925: 1 - 2
925: 2 - 1
923: 1 - 2
923: 2 - 1
J15: 9 - 5
J15:10 - 4
J15:11 - 3
J15:12 - 2
J15:13 - 1
J15: 6 - 8
J15: 7 - 7
J15: 8 - 6
W
M10
ADU conveyance
clutch /Up
VR1
M4
ADU open
/close sensor
SD1
-3
-2
973-1
36: 1 - 3
36: 2 - 2
36: 3 - 1
J15: 4 - 10
J15: 5 - 9
J15: 1 - 13
J15: 2 - 12
J15: 3 - 11
/F6.DRV 15-15
(DI/H) /F6.LCK 15-16
P.GND 15-17
914: 3 - 1
914: 2 - 2
914: 1 - 3
FT36
FT38
72- 1
72- 5
3-1 5V2
3-2 5V2
3-3 S.GND
3-4 S.GND
3-5 12V2
3-6 EN24V
3-7 L2CONT
3-8 L3CONT
3-9 L3CONT2
3-10 RLCONT
3-11 RL_PGND
3-12 RL_PWR
RL24V
24V
ADU conveyance
sensor /2
PS22
-3
-2
985-1
931: 1 - 2
931: 2 - 1
-3
-2
972-1
N.C.
FEED_GAIN
P.GND
P.GND
24V2
24V2
/F4.DRV 15-12
(DI/H) /F4.LCK 15-13
P.GND 15-14
71-11
71-10
71- 9
71- 8
71- 7
71- 6
71- 5
71- 4
71- 3
71- 2
71- 1
FM6
PZS
P.G-9
24V-11
24V-10
32-B6
32-B5
32-B4
32-B3
32-B2
32-B1
32-B11 5V
32-B10 S.GND
32-B9 FEED_ON(DO/L)
32-B8 FEEDM_CLK
32-B14 GND
32-B13 /F7.LCK(DI/H)
32-B12 F7.DRV
32-A3 GND
32-A2 /F1.LCK(DI/H)
32-A1 F1.DRV
(DI/L)/S_FB 15-1
(AO/4-10V) SDC_SIG 15-2
(AO/4-10V) SAC_SIG 15-3
(DO/L)/S_CONT 15-4
(DI/L)/T_FB 15-5
(AO/4-10V) T_SIG 15-6
(DO/L) /T_CONT 15-7
(DI/L)/C_FB 15-8
(AO/4-10V) GRID_SIG 15-9
(AO/4-10V) CHG_SIG 15-10
(DO/L)/C_CONT 15-11
PS3
Feed clutch /2
M9
P.G-8
H/L-7
LD-6
CW/CCW-5
CLK-4
CONT-3
S.G-2
5V-1
FM7
FM1
917: 3 - 2
917: 2 - 3
917: 1 - 4
911: 3 - 1
911: 2 - 2
911: 1 - 3
X
FM4
TH2
Lift sensor
24V-11
/DEVM_LCK
DEVM_GAIN
P.GND
P.GND
24V2
24V2
70- 2
70- 1
HV
TH1
P.G-9
P.G-8
24V-10
32-A9
32-A8
32-A7
32-A6
32-A5
26-A4
J17-12
J25-5
Pick-up solenoid
/BP
LD-6
J17-7
Grid biass
FT35
Charging
H/L-7
J25-1
70- 6
70- 5
70- 4
70- 3
Charging
J62-4
J62-3
To developing bias
CW/CCW-5
P.GND 16- 5
24V2 16- 6
16- 1
16- 2
16- 3
16- 4
CLK-4
32-A14 5V
32-A13 S.GND
32-A12 /DEV_ON(DO/L)
32-A11 DEV_CLK
24V1
P.GND
(DO/L)/BIAS1
(AO/2-8V)B_SIG
5 6
CONT-3
S.G-2
27-B1 5V
27-B2 F_MTYPE
27-B3 FIXM_ON(DO/L)
27-B4 FIXM_CLK
27-B5 S.GND
27-B6 /FIXM_LCK(DI/H)
27-B7 FIXM_GAIN
27-B8 P.GND
27-B9 P.GND
27-B10 24V2
27-B11 24V2
5V-1
24V-11
24V-10
P.G-9
P.G-8
H/L-7
LD-6
CW/CCW-5
CLK-4
CONT-3
S.G-2
5V-1
24V-11
P.G-9
P.G-8
24V-10
24V2 21- 11
5V 21- 10
5V 21- 9
S.GND 21- 8
S.GND 21- 7
12V2 21- 6
/EN24V2 21- 5
/HEATER1_CNT 21- 4
/HEATER2_CNT 21- 3
HEATER2_CNT2 21- 2
/RELAY_CNT 21- 1
Feed motor
LD-6
H/L-7
7-6 P.GND
7-5 P.GND
7-4 P.GND
CLK-4
CONT-3
20- 1
20- 2
20- 3
20- 4
20- 5
20- 6
M11
Developing motor
Z
M1
Fusing motor
Y
CW/CCW-5
V
24V2
24V2
P.GND
P.GND
P.GND
24V1
27-A11 5V
27-A10 S.GND
27-A9 /DRM_ON(DO/L)
27-A8 DRM_CLK
27-A7 F_MTYPE
27-A6 /DRAM_LCK(DI/H)
27-A5 DRM_GAIN
27-A4 P.GND
27-A3 P.GND
27-A2 24V
27-A1 24V
Drum motor
5V-1
S.G-2
13
DCPS(2/2)
N
Separation
Transfer
Coin vendor/2
EL
13
PS19
bizhub 501/421/361
bizhub 501/421/361
Part name
Location
CL3
7-Y
CL4
Feed clutch /1
12-Y
CL5
Feed clutch /2
7-Y
CL7
9-Y
CL8
9-Y
EL
Erase lamp
10-Q
FM1
4-X
FM2
8-Q
FM4
5-Q
FM5
9-X
FM6
5-Q
FM7
4-X
FM8
9-Q
HV
3-Q
IDCS
IDC sensor
9-Q
M1
Drum motor
1-X
M3
Developing motor
3-X
M4
7-R
M9
Feed motor
5-X
M10
7-R
M11
Fusing motor
2-X
PRCB
1-T
PS2
11-Y
PS3
6-Q
PS5
10-Y
PS6
10-Y
PS7
12-Y
PS12
11-Y
PS13
11-Y
PS18
13-Y
PS19
13-Y
PS22
6-Y
PS23
Lift sensor
7-Y
PS24
8-Y
PS25
8-Y
PS26
8-Y
PZS
6-Q
SD1
6-Y
SD2
10-Q
SD4
Web solenoid
8-R
SD5
Toner solenoid
8-R
TCRS
TCR sensor
12-Y
TCT
Total counter
10-Y
TH1
Thermistor /1
6-Q
TH2
Thermistor /2
6-Q
VR1
6-Y
DF-613
14-O
3-P
Grid
3-Q
Developing
3-O
Coin vendor /2
11-Q
Charging
3-Q
Transfer
4-P
Separation
4-P
Z
14
15
PS8
16
17
18
PSB/2
19
M8
HUMS
20
CL2
RT3
3
21
BK
RT3
3
3
BK
RT3
3
22
4 47
46
4 48
4 49
4
5 52
51
5 53
5 54
5
5 57
56
5
5
59
TSL
BK
RT3
3
3
BK
23
6 62
61
6
3 33
32
3
24
3 36
35
3 37
3 38
3
19-B10 S.GND
19-B11 S.GND
15-B12 N.C
2 22
21
2 23
2
2 26
25
2
3 31
30
3
4 41
40
4 42
4 43
4
25
5V_R 69-1
S.GND 69-2
TNRB.PS(DI/H) 69-3
5V_R 29-B12
S.GND 29-B13
TNRB.PS(DI/H) 29-B14
Exposure lamp
2
28
J48:1 - 3
J48:3 - 1
-3
-2
978-1
-3
-2
954-1
25
PS4
PS28
11-1 DH_REM
11-3 24V
11-2 NC
S.GND
FS_RXD
N.C
S.GND
Reverse sensor
PS27
19-B5
19-B6
19-B7
19-B8
-2
977-1
Reverse solenoid
Reverse motor
SD3
REVERSE_UNIT_SET 29-B10
S.GND 29-B11
J32: 4 - 8
J32: 3 - 9
933:2 - 1
-2
-1
906-4
OACB(3/3)
5V_R 29-B7
S.GND 29-B8
J32: 7 - 5
J32: 6 - 6
J32: 9 - 3
J32: 8 - 4
J32:11 - 1
24
19-B1 FS_TXD
19-B2 S.GND
19-B3 N.C
J61 :12 - 1
24V2 29-B5
REVERSE_SD 29-B6
29-B1
29-B2
29-B3
29-B4
1901-9 MDI3+
1901-10 MDI31901-11 ACTIVITY
1901-12 LINK-UP
1901-13 LINK1000
1901-14 LINK100
19-A9 LCC_CLK
19-A10 N.C.
19-A11 P.GND
19-A12 P.GND
REVERSE_M_XB
REVERSE_M_B
REVERSE_M_XA
REVERSE_M_A
FM9
5V2
5V2
LCC_RTS
LCC_RXD
FM3
19-A4
19-A5
19-A6
19-A7
/F9.DRV 29-A12
P.GND 29-A13
/F9.LCK(DI/H) 29-A14
23
19-A1 LCC_FLM
19-A2 S.GND
/PLY.LCK 39-4
PLY.CLK 39-5
M6
PS32
/F3.DRV 29-A9
P.GND 29-A10
/F3.LCK(DI/H) 29-A11
24V1(POLYGON) 39-1
P.GND 39-2
J31: 3 - 6
J31: 2 - 7
J31: 1 - 8
J31: 6 - 3
J31: 5 - 4
J31: 4 - 5
J31: 8 - 1
J31: 7 - 2
2401- 1
2401- 6
2401- 5
2401- 4
2401- 3
JS-502
(J51:CT)
22-A18 S.GND
22-A19 S.GND
5V_R 29-A6
S.GND 29-A7
JOB_TRAY_FULL_PS 29-A8
5V_R 29-A3
S.GND 29-A4
JOB_TRAY_EMPTY_PS 29-A5
JOB_TRAY_SET 29-A1
S.GND 29-A2
L1
22-A13 LU_SET2_IN
22-A14 LU_SET_IN
22-A15 LU_TYPE_IN
22-A16 5V
22-A8 LU_CL_DRIVE
22-A9 LU_JAM_IN
22-A10 LU_FULL_PS_IN
22-A11 LU_EMPTY_PS_IN
22-A5 LU_FEED__M_CLK
22-A6 LU_FEED_M_ON
38-15
38-16
38-17
38-18
38-19
38-20
/EG_RST
APS_TIM_IN
NMI_SIG
FIX_OK_IN
DDF_VV
ADF_EMPTY_PS
2401-11
2401-10
2401- 9
2401- 8
LAN
22
Polygon motor
4
44
22-A3 LU_CLOSE_IN
22-A1 S.GND
22-B18 TSL_DRV
22-B19 P.GND
22-B15 5V_R
22-B16 S.GND
38-10
38-11
38-12
38-13
EG_RXD
S.GND
S.GND
5V1
2401-13
2401-12
2401-18
2401-17
2401-16
2401-15
2401-20
21
J63:18 - 2
J63:19 - 1
J63: 1 - 1
19
J63: 2 - 1
18
J02: 1 - 2
J02: 2 - 1
J54: - 1
J54: - 3
22-B12 5V_R
22-B13 S.GND
38-1
38-2
38-3
38-4
38-5
38-6
EG_TXD 38-8
/EG_CTS 38-9
B_VV
TONYY
P_VV
S_VV
EE_VV
S.GND
2
1
20
J54: - 6
J54: - 5
J54: - 4
22-B9 S.GND
22-B10 RESI.PS(DI/H)
22-B11 5V
22-B7 24V2
22-B6 LOOP_CL_DRV
MDI12.5V
2.5V
MDI2+
Registration sensor
CL1
J01: 3 - 3
J01: 4 - 2
J01: 5 - 1
J01: 1 - 5
J01: 2 - 4
65- 2 P.GND
65- 1 24V2
1901-4
1901-5
1901-6
1901-7
-3
-2
951-1
922: 1 - 2
922: 2 - 1
22-B5 24V2
22-B8 RESIST_CL_DRV
61- B5
61- B4
61- B3
61- B2
61- B1
61- B10
61- B9
61- B8
61- B7
SDB
Loop clutch
J39: 1 - 7
J39: 2 - 6
N.C.
S.GND
HUMS_SIG
5V
XENON_ON 28-B3
5V2 28-B4
5V2 28-B5
OPM_DIR 28-B6
OPM_MODE_B 28-B7
OPM_MODE_A 28-B8
S_DA_LATCH 28-B9
S_DA_CLK 28-B10
/KC_DRV 28-B11
KCSIG_IN 28-B12
61- A3
61- A2
61- A1
61- B12
61- A6
61- A5
61- A8
61- A11
61- A10
64-7 APS_5V
64-8 APS_DATA1
KC_24V
KC.DRV
/KEY.SIG
S.GND
for DCPS
921: 1 - 2
921: 2 - 1
J09 4 - 1
22-B1
22-B2
22-B3
22-B4
26-A12 24V2
26-A13 LIFT_UP_M_DRV(LOWER)
28-A5
28-A6
28-A7
28-A8
XENON_EM 28-A10
S.GND 28-A11
HPPS_IN 28-A12
APS_TIM_IN 28-B1
OPM_EN
S.GND
OPM_CLK
OPM_MODE_C
KC_24V 28-A1
APS_SIG_IN 28-A2
APS_5V 28-A3
982-3
-2
-1
64-3
64-4
64-5
64-6
64-1 ADF_CLOSE_SIG
64-2 S.GND
19
Registration clutch
-3
3
-2
2
-1
1
986-4
J03: 7 - 5
908- 1
26-A11 S.GND
26-A4 5V_R
26-A5 S.GND
26-A6 WIDTH_PS2(LOWER)
Humidity sensor
-5
-4
-3
98-1
-3
-2
967-1
APS sensor
985A-1
-4
-3
(J22:CT)
J22: 1 - 2
63-9 LAMP_EM
63-10 P.GND
63-7 24V
3
4
18
M7
26-A1 5V_R
26-A2 S.GND
26-A3 WIDTH_PS1(LOWER)
936B-1
936B-2
-1
930-2
-3 H.V.
63-5 S.GND
63-6 TIMING1
63-3 5V2
63-1 S.GND
20: 1 - 1
20: 2 - 2
17
25-A4 5V_R
25-A5 S.GND
25-A6 CASETTE_SET(LOWER)
DF open/close switch
SW3
-3
-2
966-1
-3
-2
964-1
25-A1 5V_R
25-A2 S.GND
25-A3 NEAR_EMPTY_PS(LOWER)
96-1
96-3
981-3
-2
-1
L1 relay board
L1 RLB
980-3
-2
-1
Near-emptysensor/2
PSB/1
-3
-2
965-1
S
97-3
97-1
PS31
24-A6 24V2
24-A7 LIFT_UP_M_DRV(UPPER)
FD_SIZE1(UPPER)
FD_SIZE2(UPPER)
FD_SIZE3(UPPER)
FD_SIZE4(UPPER)
S.GND
PS30
907- 2
907- 1
24-A1
24-A2
24-A3
24-A4
24-A5
62-1 U
-2 V
-3 W
200: 1 - 1
200: 4 - 4
16
-5
-4
-3
-2
97-1
Scanner motor
M2
23-A10 5V_R
23-A11 S.GND
23-A12 WIDTH_PS2(UPPER)
DF-613
-2
961-1
24V
P.GND
15
23-A8 S.GND
5V1 18-3
ADF_READY 18-2
SGND 18-1
ADF_NEXTPAGE 18-6
N.C. 18-5
ADF_SIZE2 18-8
ADF_VV 18-11
ADF_DSET 18-10
-2
960-1
23-A5 S.GND
23-A6 CASETTE_SET(UPPER)
23-A1 5V_R
23-A2 S.GND
23-A3 NEAR_EMPTY_PS(UPPER)
N.C. 17-3
N.C. 17-2
N.C. 17-1
N.C. 17-5
-2
958-1
PS9
Y
-2
959-1
30-B19 24V2
30-B20 MULTI_FEED_CL_DRV(MULTI)
14
Near-emptysensor/1
J10:10 - 2
J10:11 - 1
X
926: 2 - 1
N.C. 17-8
ADF_TXD 17-7
201A: 1- 10
201A: 2- 9
30-B16 5V_R
30-B17 S.GND
N.C. 17-10
-2
971-1
W
30-B13 5V_R
30-B14 S.GND
30-B15 MULTI_SIZE2
-3
-2
970-1
26
for DCPS
1901-1 MDI0+
1901-2 MDI0-
REVERSE UNIT
Key counter
PRCB(2/2)
U
for DH
M5
26
For Finisher
bizhub 501/421/361
bizhub 501/421/361
Part name
Registration clutch
Location
20-Y
CL2
Loop clutch
20-Y
CL6
14-Y
FM3
23-Q
FM9
24-Q
HUMS
Humidity sensor
20-Y
KCT
Key counter
18-R
L1
Exposure lamp
17-S
L1 INVB
L1 inverter
17-Q
L1 RLB
L1 relay board
17-R
M2
Scanner motor
16-Q
M5
Polygon motor
23-X
M6
Reverse motor
24-Q
M7
17-Y
M8
19-Y
PS1
Registration sensor
21-Y
PS4
25-R
PS8
15-Y
PS9
Near-empty sensor /1
15-Y
PS10
16-Y
PS11
16-Y
PS14
18-Y
PS15
Near-empty sensor /2
17-Y
PS16
18-Y
PS17
18-Y
PS20
14-Y
PS21
14-Y
PS27
Reverse sensor
25-Q
PS28
26-R
PS30
16-Q
PS31
17-Q
PS32
APS sensor
18-Q
PSB/1
16-Y
PSB/2
19-Y
SD3
Reverse solenoid
24-Q
SDB
16-N
SW3
DF open/close switch
17-Q
TSL
22-Y
JS-502
22-Q
PS1 ON
PS3 ON
PS4 ON
PS2 ON
VR ON
PS1 ON
PS3 ON
PS4 ON
PS2 ON
VR ON
Cooling fan
17.6 DF
M2
M1
bizhub 501/421/361
CN18
VR ON
PS2 ON
PS4 ON
FM3
SD1
SD2
CN14
CN16
SD1
Original size VR
PS4
Original size
sensor/2
PS3
PS3 ON
PS1 ON
PS6
Original size
sensor/4
PS1
Original size
sensor/3
PS5
Original size
sensor/1
PS6 ON
PS2 ON
PS7 ON
PS10 ON
PS8 ON
PS9 ON
CN15
SD2
MOSDB
PS7
PS10
PS8
PS9
DFCB
CN17
TB
CN19
PS2
20 20-L
DESCRIPTION
DESTINATION
CLOSED END CONNECTORS
LARGE
LOCATION
MEDIUM
SMALL
OUTPUT OF ACTIVE
HIGH OR LOW
INPUT OF ACTIVE
HIGH OR LOW
DC24V
DC5V
bizhub 501/421/361
Part name
DF control board
Location
3-D
FM3
Cooling fan
5-B
M1
6-B
M2
6-B
MOSDB
5-F
PS1
6-H
PS2
6-H
PS3
6-H
PS4
6-H
PS5
5-G
PS6
5-G
PS7
4-G
PS8
3-G
PS9
3-G
PS10
3-G
SD1
5-B
SD2
Stamp solenoid
5-B
TB
Tray board
6-F
VR1
Original size VR
6-H
1
2
M125
I
3
4
PS128
PS127
PS123
PS124
PS125
PS126
M123
Lift sensor /4
Paper empty sensor /4
C
PSDB3
PS114
PS115
PS116
PS117
PS111
M122
M120
PS113
M124
PS118
PS119
PS112
PSDB3
Paper size detect board /3
PS121
PS122
G
PSDB4
PSDB4
Paper size detect board /4
B
Vertical conveyance sensor /3
Near-emptysensor/4
17.7.1
17.7 PC
PC-206
6
7
M121
PCCB
DESTINATION
CLOSED END CONNECTORS
LARGE
LOCATION
OUTPUT OF ACTIVE
HIGH OR LOW
INPUT OF ACTIVE
HIGH OR LOW
DC24V
DC5V
bizhub 501/421/361
20 20-L
DESCRIPTION
MEDIUM
SMALL
bizhub 501/421/361
Part name
Location
4-C
M121
7-G
M122
4-C
M123
6-G
M124
5-C
M125
3-G
PCCB
PC control board
3-D
PS111
4-C
PS112
6-C
PS113
Near-empty sensor /3
5-C
PS114
3-C
PS115
3-C
PS116
3-C
PS117
4-C
PS118
5-C
PS119
5-C
PS121
4-G
PS122
Near-empty sensor /4
4-G
PS123
5-G
PS124
5-G
PS125
6-G
PS126
6-G
PS127
5-G
PS128
5-G
PSDB3
6-C
PSDB4
4-G
2
PS13
I
3
PS12
PS11
4
PS8
PS7
M5
M4
M3
PS4
PS3
PS2
PS1
M2
M1
SD1
PS6
D
PS5
Shift motor
PS9
PS10
RLB
RLB
G
MEB
MEB
Main tray empty board
SW1
17.7.2
PC-407
6
7
PS14
PCCB
A
B
B
E
E
F
F
20 20-L
DESCRIPTION
DESTINATION
CLOSED END CONNECTORS
LARGE
LOCATION
OUTPUT OF ACTIVE
HIGH OR LOW
INPUT OF ACTIVE
HIGH OR LOW
DC24V
DC5V
MEDIUM
SMALL
bizhub 501/421/361
bizhub 501/421/361
Part name
Paper feed motor
Location
8-C
M2
7-C
M3
6-G
M4
Shift motor
6-G
M5
5-G
MEB
4-G
PCCB
PC control board
3-A
PS1
7-C
PS2
7-C
PS3
7-C
PS4
6-C
PS5
6-C
PS6
8-C
PS7
5-G
PS8
5-G
PS9
5-G
PS10
4-G
PS11
4-G
PS12
3-G
PS13
3-G
PS14
6-G
RLB
Rely board
4-B
SD1
8-C
SW1
3-G
17.8 LU
A
Dehumidifier heater
OPTIONAL
HTR101
114-3 24V
J121-2
J121-1
114-2 P_GND
NC (2pin)
FT102 (4pin)
FT101 (1pin)
114-4 24V
114-1 T5M_24V
111- 1 24V
111- 2 PGND
J62- 1 24V
J62- 2 PGND
J62- 3 24V
J62- 4 RL_POWER
J63- 4 LUM_HL
J63- 3 T5_CLOSE
J63- 2 T5_UPM_ON
J63- 1 SGND
113- A1 24V
113- A2 T5SD_DRV
113- A3 S_GND
113- A4 LCT_JAM
113- A5 5V
113- A6 S_GND
113- A7 T5_FULL
113- A8 5V
113- A9 S_GND
113-A10 T5_ZERO
113-A11 5V
3
4
5
127- 3
-2
-1
1
2
3
4
5
6
J84: 2 J84: 1 -
Main body
PS155
LU exit sensor
125- 3
-2
-1
PS152
124- 3
-2
-1
PS153
126- 3
-2
-1
PS154
122- 3
-2
-1
PS151
PS156
LU set sensor
CL151
Feed clutch
J85: 2 J85: 1 -
113-B10 LUCL_DRV
113-B11 24V
Symbol
1
2
129- 3
-2
-1
113- B7 S_GND
113- B8 LU_SET
113- B9 5V
Feed motor
1
2
113- B4 S_GND
113- B5 T5_SET2
113- B6 5V
M150
J82: 5J82: 4-
113- B1 S_GND
113- B2 T5_SET1
113- B3 5V
C
120-11
-10
-9
-8
-7
-6
-5
-4
-3
-2
-1
112-4 24V
112-5 24V
112-6 P_GND
112-7 P_GND
112-8 LUM_HL
(LD)
112-9 LUM_FR
112-10 LUM_CLK
112-11 LUM_ON
112-12 SGND
112-13 5V
110- 1 SGND
110- 2 SGND
110- 3 5V2
110- 4 5V2
110- 5 LU_TYPE
110- 6 T5_SET_PS
110- 7 T5_SET2
110- 8 T5_SET1
110- 9 T5_ZERO_PS
110-10 T5_FULL_PS
110-11 LU_JAM_PS
110-12 LU_CL_ON
110-13 T5_SD_ON
110-14 LUM_ON
110-15 LUM_CLK
110-16 LUM_HL
110-17 T5_CLOSE
110-18 T5_UPM_ON
110-19 SGND
J63-19 SGND
J63-18 SGND
J63-17 5V2
J63-16 5V2
J63-15 LU_TYPE
J63-14 T5_SET_PS
J63-13 T5_SET2
J63-12 T5_SET1
J63-11 T5_ZERO_PS
J63-10 T5_FULL_PS
J63- 9 LU_JAM_PS
J63- 8 LU_CL_ON
J63- 7 T5_SD_ON
J63- 6 LUM_ON
J63- 5 LUM_CLK
121- 1
121- 2
112-1 T5M_24V
112-2 T5M_ON
112-3 P_GND
B
MS
151
1
2
LUDB
Faston
Connector
Crimp
Relay connector
I
1
I
4
bizhub 501/421/361
bizhub 501/421/361
Part name
Location
CL151
Feed clutch
7-H
HTR101
Dehumidifier heater
7-A
LUDB
LU drive board
4-A
M150
Feed motor
7-C
M151
7-C
MS151
7-B
PS151
7-G
PS152
7-F
PS153
7-F
PS154
7-G
PS155
LU exit sensor
7-E
PS156
LU set sensor
7-H
SD151
Pick-up solenoid
7-E
17.9.1
bizhub 501/421/361
17.9 FS
FS-522/PU-501
SD-507/MT-502
(Option)
PS5
PS12
B
PJ25
PJ3
M6
CL1
PJ1
PJ22
PJ2
SD1
PS4
Conveyance sensor
Entrance sensor
Registration clutch
PJ20
PJ19
M3
Entrance motor
SD2
M2
Conveyance motor
PJ4
Door switch
FSCB
SW1
PJ5
PJ6
PJ17
PJ10
PJ12
PJ7
SD-507/MT-502
(Option)
PJ11
PJ9
PJ14
PJ18
PJ13
PS11
PS10
M1
Exit motor
M7
PJ15
PJ16
Staple Needle Empty Detect Sensor
Staple Selfpriming Detect Sensor
Staple Home Detect Sensor
PJ8
PU-501(Option)
PS1
PS2
PS3
PS4
M1
PS8
Stacker sensor
PS7
Alignment sensor/Fr
PS6
Alignment sensor/Rr
M5
Alignment motor/Fr
M4
Alignment motor/Rr
M11
SW3
M12
Shutter motor
SMALL
SW2
Shutter switch
DESCRIPTION
20 20-L
DESTINATION
PS16
PS14
PS15
I
1
MEDIUM
TLB
PS3
LOCATION
DC24V
DC5V
bizhub 501/421/361
Location
Symbol
Part name
Location
CL1
Registration clutch
7-B
M1
Punch motor
3-G
FSCB
FS control board
3-B
PS1
3-E
M1
Exit motor
7-E
PS2
3-F
M2
Conveyance motor
7-C
PS3
3-F
M3
Entrance motor
7-C
PS4
Encoder sensor
3-F
M4
7-G
M5
7-F
M6
7-B
M7
7-E
M11
7-G
M12
Shutter motor
7-G
PS3
7-I
PS4
Entrance sensor
7-B
PS5
Conveyance sensor
7-A
PS6
7-F
PS7
7-F
PS8
Stacker sensor
7-E
PS10
7-D
PS11
7-C
PS12
7-A
PS14
7-H
PS15
7-I
PS16
7-H
SD1
7-A
SD2
7-C
SW1
Door switch
2-C
SW2
Shutter switch
7-H
SW3
7-G
SW4
7-A
TLB
5-H
Intermediate conveyance
roller release motor
4
Stapler moving motor
M12
7
W
W
W
W
M6
SW4
CL1
M3
Conveyance motor/Lw
M2
Conveyance motor/Up
M4
PS15
Entrance conveyance
motor
B
PS1
Punch motor
M11
Sift motor
M8
Punch clutch
PS2
Alignment motor
M5
M1
Hole punch
selector motor
Paddle motor/Lw
M9
bizhub 501/421/361
17.9.2
C
RU-507
M13
M7
M15
Paddle motor/Up
SW3
FSCB
SW2
Interlock switch
SW1
PWB-E_GL
CN200C
LED19
PS18
RU-507
PS17
CN201B
PS6
PS2
PS11
PS3
PS7
Bypass route
conveyance sensor
20
DESTINATION
PWD-F
PWD-F_GL
PS1
LOCATION
LARGE
CLOSED END CONNECTORS
MEDIUM
CLOSED END CONNECTORS
POSITIVE LOCK RECEPTACLE
I
Alignment tray sensor
PS10
PS12
PS4
PS8
PS9
PS19
PWD-F_GL
PS5
PS14
PS13
OUTPUT OF ACTIVE
HIGH OR LOW
INPUT OF ACTIVE
HIGH OR LOW
DC24V
DC5V
bizhub 501/421/361
Part name
Location
CL1
Punch clutch
7-A
FSCB
FS control board
2-B
LED19
7-E
M1
4-B
M2
4-A
M3
2-A
M4
4-B
M5
Alignment motor
5-B
M6
4-A
M7
2-D
M8
Shift motor
2-C
M9
5-A
M11
Punch motor
2-C
M12
2-A
M13
8-D
M14
7-A
M15
8-D
M16
4-H
M17
4-H
PS1
8-G
PS1
8-B
PS2
8-G
PS2
8-B
PS3
6-H
PS4
6-H
PS5
2-I
PS6
8-F
PS7
8-G
PS8
2-H
PS9
2-I
PS10
2-H
PS11
2-H
PS12
6-H
PS13
8-H
PS14
6-I
PS15
7-B
PS17
7-F
PS18
8-F
PS19
6-I
PS20
4-H
PS21
4-H
PS22
4-H
PS23
4-H
PS24
4-H
PS25
4-H
SD1
8-E
SD2
8-E
SD3
Paddle solenoid
8-D
SW1
Interlock switch
2-E
SW2
2-E
SW3
2-D
SW4
7-A
17.10 SD
PS21
PS18
PS20
PS23
PS26
PS25
5
Paper guide home sensor
Exit sensor
3
Saddle exit home sensor
9
A
FS-522
SDCB
PS22
M10
Folding motor
F
DESCRIPTION
20 20-L
DESTINATION
LOCATION
MEDIUM
SMALL
M8
Conveyance motor
M13
Paper guide motor
M9
Exit open/close motor
M14
Staple guide motor
SD interlock switch
SW4
bizhub 501/421/361
bizhub 501/421/361
Part name
Location
M8
Conveyance motor
6-G
M9
6-G
M10
Folding motor
8-D
M13
6-G
M14
6-G
PS18
4-B
PS20
Exit sensor
4-B
PS21
3-B
PS22
7-D
PS23
4-B
PS25
4-B
PS26
4-B
SDCB
SD control board
3-C
SW4
SD interlock switch
5-G
2
3
4
SD2
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
C
Paper full sensor /2
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
Gate solenoid /1
Gate solenoid /2
D
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
GY
Conveyance motor
Gate solenoid /3
17.11 MT
SD3
M1
PS9
PS6
PS3
PS1
PS10
PS5
PS2
PS7
PS4
PS8
PS11
SD1
FS-522
I
8
9
A
MTCB
E
F
F
20 20-L
DESCRIPTION
DESTINATION
CLOSED END CONNECTORS
LARGE
LOCATION
OUTPUT OF ACTIVE
HIGH OR LOW
INPUT OF ACTIVE
HIGH OR LOW
DC24V
DC5V
MEDIUM
SMALL
bizhub 501/421/361
bizhub 501/421/361
Part name
Location
M1
Conveyance motor
4-C
MTCB
MT control board
3-D
PS1
5-C
PS2
6-C
PS3
5-C
PS4
6-C
PS5
5-C
PS6
4-C
PS7
6-C
PS8
6-C
PS9
4-C
PS10
5-C
PS11
7-C
SD1
Gate solenoid /1
6-G
SD2
Gate solenoid /2
4-G
SD3
Gate solenoid /3
3-C
SERVICE MANUAL
Field Service
DF-613
2008.05
Ver. 1.0
Revision history
After publication of this service manual, the parts and mechanism may be subject to change for
improvement of their performance.
Therefore, the descriptions given in this service manual may not coincide with the actual machine.
When any change has been made to the descriptions in the service manual, a revised version will be
issued with a revision mark added as required.
Revision mark:
To indicate clearly a section revised, 1 is shown at the left margin of the revised section.
The number inside 1 represents the number of times the revision has been made.
To indicate clearly a page that contains the revision, 1 is shown near the page number of the
corresponding page.
The number inside 1 represents the number of times the revision has been made.
NOTE
Revision marks shown in a page are restricted only to the latest ones with the old ones deleted.
When a page revised in Ver. 2.0 has been changed in Ver. 3.0:
The revision marks for Ver. 3.0 only are shown with those for Ver. 2.0 deleted.
When a page revised in Ver. 2.0 has not been changed in Ver. 3.0:
The revision marks for Ver. 2.0 are left as they are.
2008/05
1.0
Date
Revision mark
CONTENTS
DF-613
CONTENTS
DF-613
OUTLINE
1.
MAINTENANCE
2.
PERIODIC CHECK..................................................................................................5
2.1
2.1.1
2.1.2
2.1.3
2.1.4
2.1.5
2.1.6
3.
OTHER ..................................................................................................................13
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.3.1
Cover /Fr, Cover /Rr and Original Feed Tray Cover /Lw ..............................14
3.3.2
3.3.3
3.3.4
3.3.5
3.3.6
DF................................................................................................................19
ADJUSTMENT/SETTING
4.
MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT..............................................................................21
4.1
4.2
DF-613
CONTENTS
Blank Page
ii
1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
OUTLINE
PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
DF-613
1.
A. Type
Name
Type
Turnover
Paper Exit
Installation
Document Alignment
Center
Document Loading
B. Functions
Modes
C. Paper type
Standard Mode
Plain Paper
Type of Document
1-Sided Mode
35 to 128 g/m2 (9.25 to 34 lbs)
2-Sided Mode
50 to 128 g/m2 (13.25 to 34 lbs)
1-Sided / 2-Sided Mode
50 to 128 g/m2 (13.25 to 34 lbs)
1-Sided Mode
35 to 128 g/m2 (9.25 to 34 lbs)
2-Sided Mode
50 to 128 g/m2 (13.25 to 34 lbs)
Inch area
A3, A4S, A4, B4, B5S, B5
Detectable Document
11 x 17, 81/2 x 14, 81/2 x 11S, 81/2 x 11, 81/2 x 51/2S, 81/2 x 51/2
Size*1
Metric area
A3, A4S, A4, A5S, A5, B4, B5S, B5, B6S
11 x 17, 81/2 x 11S, 81/2 x 11
Capacity
*1: For the Combined Original Detection Mode, Refer to the Mixed Original Detection Enabled
Size Combination Table.
1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
DF-613
Possible Trouble
Book original
OHP transparencies
Feed failure
Label Sheet
Feed failure
Offset master
Feed failure
Damaged sheet
Sheets patched
Possible Trouble
Dog-eared, exit failure
Translucent paper
Conveyance failure
Sheets folded
1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
DF-613
Other
originals
A3
A4
B4S
B5
A4S
A5
B5S
A5
A3
A4
B4S
B5
A4S
A5
B5S
A5S
U: Same size {: Same group ~: Different group X: Mix prohibited : No need to set
For Inch
Reference original (original with a maximum width)
11 x 17
Other
originals
81/2 x 11
81/2 x 14
81/2 x 11S
51/2 x 81/2
51/2 x 81/2 S
11 x 17
81/2 x 11
81/2 x 14
81/2 x 11S
51/2 x 81/2
51/2 x 81/2S
U: Same size {: Same group ~: Different group X: Mix prohibited : No need to set
G. Maintenance
Maintenance
H. Machine data
Power Requirements
Max. Power
Consumption
48 W or less
Dimensions
Weight
Approx. 10 kg
I.
Operating environment
Temperature
10 to 30C
Humidity
NOTE
These specifications are subject to change without notice.
DF-613
1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
Blank Page
2. PERIODIC CHECK
MAINTENANCE
PERIODIC CHECK
2.1
DF-613
2.
Maintenance procedure
NOTE
The alcohol described in the cleaning procedure of Maintenance represents the isopropyl alcohol.
2.1.1
[1]
16eaf2c001na
[2]
16eaf2c002na
[5]
[4]
16eaf2c003na
2. PERIODIC CHECK
DF-613
[13]
[12]
[7]
[13] [9]
[12]
[11]
[6]
[7]
[8]
[10]
16eaf2c004na
[14]
[17]
[15]
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
[16]
[18]
16eaf2c005na
[1]
16eaf2c006na
[2]
[3]
[2]
16eaf2c007na
2. PERIODIC CHECK
[4]
16eaf2c008na
[6]
16eaf2c009na
[7]
16eaf2c010na
2.1.3
[1]
16eaf2c011na
DF-613
2. PERIODIC CHECK
DF-613
2. Using a soft cloth dampened with alcohol, wipe the Pick-up Roller [2], Feed
Roller [3] and Separation Roller [4].
[3]
[4]
[2]
2.1.4
16eaf2c012na
[2]
16eaf2c013na
[2]
[1]
16eaf2c017na
[3]
[4]
16eaf2c014na
2. PERIODIC CHECK
[3]
DF-613
[4]
16eaf2c018na
[5]
16eaf2c015nb
7. Using a soft cloth dampened with alcohol, wipe the roller [6].
[6]
[6]
16eaf2c016nb
2. PERIODIC CHECK
DF-613
[5]
[5]
[5]
16eaf2c019na
16eaf2c020na
[7]
16eaf2c021nb
10
[8]
DF-613
[8]
2. PERIODIC CHECK
[9]
16eaf2c022na
13. Using a soft cloth dampened with alcohol, wipe the roller [10].
14. Reinstall the above parts following the
removal steps in reverse.
[10]
[10]
16eaf2c023na
2.1.5
[1]
16eaf2c024na
11
2. PERIODIC CHECK
DF-613
2.1.6
[1]
16eaf2c025na
12
3.1
OTHER
Disassembly/Adjustment prohibited items
13
DF-613
3.
3. OTHER
3. OTHER
DF-613
3.2
No.
Section
1
2
Cover
Part name
Ref.Page
Cover /Fr
P.14
Cover /Rr
P.14
P.14
P.15
5
6
7
8
3.3
Others
DF
P.15
P.17
Replace Stamp 2
P.18
DF main body
P.19
3.3.1
Cover /Fr, Cover /Rr and Original Feed Tray Cover /Lw
[3]
[9]
[4]
[5]
[7]
[2]
[6]
[8]
[1]
16eaf2c026na
1. Remove two screws [1], and remove the Cover /Fr [2].
2. Remove the 2 Screws [3] and raise the Original Feed Tray. Open DF to release the Lock
Claws (at 2 places) and then remove the Cover /Rr [4].
3. Remove the screw [5] and the washer [6], and remove the stopper [7].
4. Lift up the Original Feed Tray.
5. Remove four screws [8], and remove the Original Feed Tray Cover /Lw [9].
6. Reinstall the above parts following the removal steps in reverse.
14
[1]
[2]
16eaf2c027na
NOTE
When DFCB is replaced, be sure to conduct the back-up data initialization, the original width detection adjustment and the rewrite of the firmware.
3.3.3
[2]
[3]
[2]
16eaf2c028na
A. Removal Procedure
1. Turn OFF the Main Power Switch
(SW1).
2. Remove the Original Feed Tray Cover
/Lw.
(See P.14)
3. Disconnect the connector [1].
4. Remove two screws [2] and the mounting plate [3].
5. Remove the gear [4].
[4]
16eaf2c029na
[5]
[6]
[7]
16eaf2c030na
15
DF-613
3.3.2
3. OTHER
3. OTHER
DF-613
[1]
16eaf2c031nb
[2]
[3]
[4]
B. Reinstallation Procedure
1. Close the Side Edge Stop [1] of the Original Feed Tray.
NOTE
Be sure to perform document width
detection adjustment after replacing the
Original Size VR (VR1).
(See P.234 "10.8 ADF" in Field Service
bizhub 501/421/361 main body.)
16eaf2c032na
16eaf2c033na
[6]
16eaf2c034na
[8]
[10]
[7]
[11]
[8]
[9]
16eaf2c035na
7. Install the Original Feed Tray Cover /Lw and turn ON the Main Power Switch (SW1).
NOTE
When VR1 is replaced, be sure to conduct the back-up data initialization and the original
width detection adjustment.
16
3.3.4
3. OTHER
16eaf2c036na
16eaf2c037na
[5]
[6]
[7]
16eaf2c038na
17
3. OTHER
3.3.5
DF-613
16eaf2c039na
[4]
[3]
[5]
16eaf2c040na
18
DF
1. Disconnect the connector [1].
[1]
DF-613
3.3.6
3. OTHER
a0ref2c001ca
[2]
a0ref2c002ca
[3]
[4]
a0ref2c003ca
19
DF-613
3. OTHER
Blank Page
20
4. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
4.
MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
4.1
DF-613
ADJUSTMENT/SETTING
16eaf3c001nb
2. Fold each of the sample copies as illustrated and check for any deviation.
Specifications: 0 3.0 mm
3. If the deviation does not fall within the
specified range, perform the following
adjustment procedure.
16eaf3c002na
[2]
[3]
16eaf3c003na
16eaf3c004na
21
4. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
DF-613
16eaf3c005na
[4]
16eaf3c006nb
16eaf3c007na
22
4.2
4. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
Height Adjustment
DF-613
[1]
[1]
[2]
a0ref3c001ca
[3]
a0ref3c002ca
23
4. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
DF-613
[5]
[6]
[4]
a0ref3c003ca
24
4. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
[8]
[7]
a0ref3c004ca
25
DF-613
DF-613
4. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
Blank Page
26
SERVICE MANUAL
Field Service
PC-206
(
501/421/361 (
2008.05
Ver. 1.0
Revision history
After publication of this service manual, the parts and mechanism may be subject to change for
improvement of their performance.
Therefore, the descriptions given in this service manual may not coincide with the actual machine.
When any change has been made to the descriptions in the service manual, a revised version will be
issued with a revision mark added as required.
Revision mark:
To indicate clearly a section revised, 1 is shown at the left margin of the revised section.
The number inside 1 represents the number of times the revision has been made.
To indicate clearly a page that contains the revision, 1 is shown near the page number of the
corresponding page.
The number inside 1 represents the number of times the revision has been made.
NOTE
Revision marks shown in a page are restricted only to the latest ones with the old ones deleted.
When a page revised in Ver. 2.0 has been changed in Ver. 3.0:
The revision marks for Ver. 3.0 only are shown with those for Ver. 2.0 deleted.
When a page revised in Ver. 2.0 has not been changed in Ver. 3.0:
The revision marks for Ver. 2.0 are left as they are.
2008/05
1.0
Date
Revision mark
CONTENTS
PC-206
CONTENTS
PC-206
OUTLINE
1.
MAINTENANCE
2.
PERIODIC CHECK..................................................................................................3
2.1
2.1.1
2.1.2
2.1.3
3.
OTHER ....................................................................................................................9
3.1
3.2
3.2.1
3.2.2
Cleaning list.................................................................................................10
3.3
3.3.1
3.3.2
3.4
Cleaning procedure.............................................................................................12
3.4.1
Separation Roller.........................................................................................12
3.4.2
Feed Roller..................................................................................................13
3.4.3
3.4.4
ADJUSTMENT/SETTING
4.
4.1
MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT..............................................................................15
Mis-centering adjustment of the Trays 3 and 4 ...................................................15
CONTENTS
PC-206
Blank Page
ii
1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
OUTLINE
PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
PC-206
1.
A. Type
Name
Type
Installation
Desk type
Document Alignment
Center
B. Paper type
Paper Type
Paper Size
Metric: A3, B4, A4, A4S, B5, A5S, 11 17, 81/2 11, 81/2 11S, Foolscap, 8K *1, 16K *1
Inch: 11 17, 81/2 14, 81/2 11, 81/2 11S, 51/2 81/2S, A3, A4, A4S, Foolscap
Tray 3
Tray 4
Capacity
D. Machine specifications
Power Requirements
Power Consumption
15 W or less
Dimensions
Weight
Approx. 26.0 kg
E. Operating environment
Temperature
Humidity
NOTE
The information herein may be subject to change for improvement without notice.
PC-206
1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
Blank Page
2. PERIODIC CHECK
MAINTENANCE
PERIODIC CHECK
2.1
PC-206
2.
Maintenance procedure
2.1.1
501/421
361
NOTE
Replace the Separation Roller Assy, Feed Roller and Pick-up Roller at the same time.
B. Procedure
[2]
[1]
4061f2c001na
[4]
[3]
4061f2c002na
[7]
[5]
[6]
[5]
4061f2c003na
2. PERIODIC CHECK
[9]
PC-206
[10]
[8]
4061f2c004na
2.1.2
501/421
361
NOTE
Replace the Separation Roller Assy, Feed Roller and Pick-up Roller at the same time.
B. Procedure
[2]
[1]
4061f2c006na
2. PERIODIC CHECK
[4]
[3]
[3]
4061f2c007na
[5]
[6]
4061f2c008na
[7]
4061f2c009na
[10]
4061f2c010na
2. PERIODIC CHECK
PC-206
[11]
9. Shift the Shaft Assy [11] in the orientation as shown on the left, and remove
the C-ring [12] and the gear [13].
[13]
[12]
4061f2c011na
[15]
[14]
4061f2c012na
[17]
[20]
[18]
[19]
4061f2c013nb
[21]
[22]
4061f2c014nb
2.1.3
2. PERIODIC CHECK
*1
*2
PC-206
NOTE
Replace the Separation Roller Assy, Feed Roller and Pick-up Roller at the same time.
B. Procedure
1. Remove the Rear Right Cover. (Remove
the Right Lower Cover for Tray 4.)
(See P.11)
2. Remove the Tray.
3. Remove the Separation Roller Mounting
Plate Assy.
(See P.3)
4. Disconnect the connector [1] and
remove the harness from two wire saddles.
[1]
4061f2c015na
[3]
[2]
[2]
4061f2c016na
[4]
[5]
4061f2c017na
2. PERIODIC CHECK
[7]
[6]
4061f2c018na
[8]
[9]
[9]
[10]
4061f2c019na
[11]
[12]
4061f2c020na
3.1
OTHER
Disassembly/Adjustment prohibited items
PC-206
3.
3. OTHER
3. OTHER
PC-206
3.2
3.2.1
No
Section
Ref. page
See P.11
See P.11
See P.11
See P.11
Rear Cover
See P.11
2
3
3.2.2
No
Covers
Cleaning list
Section
1
2
3
4
10
Part name
Right Door
Part name
Ref. page
Separation Roller
See P.12
Feed Roller
See P.13
Pick-up Roller
See P.13
See P.14
3.3.1
[3]
[2]
[4]
[5]
[7]
3.3.2
[6]
4061f2c021na
Rear Cover
1. Remove four screws [1] and remove the
Rear Cover [2].
2. Reinstall the above parts following the
removal steps in reverse.
[1]
[2]
[1]
4061f2c022na
11
PC-206
3.3
3. OTHER
3. OTHER
PC-206
3.4
Cleaning procedure
NOTE
The alcohol described in the cleaning procedure represents the isopropyl alcohol.
3.4.1
Separation Roller
501/421
361
B. Procedure
[2]
[1]
4061f2c023na
[4]
[3]
4061f2c024na
4. Using a soft cloth dampened with alcohol, wipe the Separation Roller [5].
5. Repeat steps 1 to 4 similarly for the Tray
4.
6. Reinstall the above parts following the
removal steps in reverse.
[5]
4061f2c025na
12
3.4.2
3. OTHER
Feed Roller
*1
*2
PC-206
B. Procedure
[1]
4061f2c026na
3.4.3
Pick-up Roller
501/421
361
B. Procedure
1. Remove the Tray 3.
2. Remove the Separation Roller Mounting
Plate Assy.
(See P.12)
3. Using a soft cloth dampened with alcohol, wipe the Pick-up Roller [1].
4. Repeat steps 1 to 3 similarly for the Tray
4.
5. Reinstall the above parts following the
removal steps in reverse.
[1]
4061f2c027na
13
3. OTHER
PC-206
3.4.4
501/421
361
B. Procedure
1. Open the Right Door.
2. Using a soft cloth dampened with alcohol, wipe the Vertical Conveyance Roller
[1].
[1]
4061f2c028na
14
4. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
ADJUSTMENT/SETTING
4.1
MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
PC-206
4.
Conduct this adjustment when a mis-centering occurs that cannot be adjusted in the service
mode.
A. Procedure
1. Pull out the Tray [1].
2. If there remains any paper, remove it
thoroughly.
3. Loosen the 2 screws [2].
4. Move the Paper Guide [3] and adjust the
center position with the marking-off [4]
as a guide.
5. Tighten the 2 screws [2].
[3] [4]
[2]
[1]
4061f3c001na
[2]
[3]
[1]
4061f3c002na
15
PC-206
4. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
Blank Page
16
SERVICE MANUAL
Field Service
PC-407
(
501/421/361 (
2008.05
Ver. 1.0
Revision history
After publication of this service manual, the parts and mechanism may be subject to change for
improvement of their performance.
Therefore, the descriptions given in this service manual may not coincide with the actual machine.
When any change has been made to the descriptions in the service manual, a revised version will be
issued with a revision mark added as required.
Revision mark:
To indicate clearly a section revised, 1 is shown at the left margin of the revised section.
The number inside 1 represents the number of times the revision has been made.
To indicate clearly a page that contains the revision, 1 is shown near the page number of the
corresponding page.
The number inside 1 represents the number of times the revision has been made.
NOTE
Revision marks shown in a page are restricted only to the latest ones with the old ones deleted.
When a page revised in Ver. 2.0 has been changed in Ver. 3.0:
The revision marks for Ver. 3.0 only are shown with those for Ver. 2.0 deleted.
When a page revised in Ver. 2.0 has not been changed in Ver. 3.0:
The revision marks for Ver. 2.0 are left as they are.
2008/05
1.0
Date
Revision mark
CONTENTS
PC-407
CONTENTS
PC-407
OUTLINE
1.
PRODUCT SPECIFICATION...................................................................................1
MAINTENANCE
2.
PERIODIC CHECK..................................................................................................3
2.1
2.1.1
2.1.2
2.1.3
3.
OTHER ....................................................................................................................9
3.1
3.2
3.2.1
3.2.2
Cleaning list.................................................................................................10
3.3
3.3.1
3.3.2
3.3.3
Tray..............................................................................................................12
3.3.4
Wire .............................................................................................................13
3.4
Cleaning procedure.............................................................................................16
3.4.1
Separation Roller.........................................................................................16
3.4.2
Feed Roller..................................................................................................16
3.4.3
3.4.4
ADJUSTMENT/SETTING
4.
MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT..............................................................................19
4.1
Mis-centering adjustment....................................................................................19
4.2
PC-407
CONTENTS
Blank Page
ii
1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATION
OUTLINE
PRODUCT SPECIFICATION
PC-407
1.
A. Type
Name
Type
Installation
Desk type
Document Alignment
Center
B. Paper type
Paper Type
Paper Size
Metric: A4
Inch: 81/2 11
Capacity
C. Maintenance
Maintenance
D. Machine specifications
Power Requirements
Power Consumption
45 W or less
Dimensions
Weight
Approx. 26.0 kg
E. Operating environment
Temperature
Humidity
NOTE
The information herein may be subject to change for improvement without notice.
PC-407
1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATION
Blank Page
2. PERIODIC CHECK
MAINTENANCE
PERIODIC CHECK
2.1
PC-407
2.
Maintenance procedure
2.1.1
[2]
[1]
4061f2c201na
[5]
[4]
[3]
[3]
4061f2c202na
[8]
[7]
[6]
4061f2c203na
2. PERIODIC CHECK
PC-407
2.1.2
501/421
361
NOTE
Replace the Separation Roller Assy, Feed Roller and Pick-up Roller at the same time.
B. Procedure
1. Remove the Rear Cover and the Rear
Right Cover.
(See P.11)
2. Remove the Tray.
3. Remove the Separation Roller Mounting
Plate Assy.
(See P.3)
4. Disconnect the connector [1] from the
PC Control Board (PCCB).
[1]
4061f2c205na
[3]
[2]
[2]
4061f2c206na
2. PERIODIC CHECK
[4]
[5]
4061f2c207na
[6]
4061f2c208na
[8]
[9]
4061f2c209na
PC-407
2. PERIODIC CHECK
PC-407
[10]
9. Shift the Shaft Assy [10] in the orientation as shown on the left, and remove
the C-ring [11] and the gear [12].
10. Remove the Shaft Assy [10].
[12]
[11]
4061f2c210na
[16]
[14]
[13]
[15]
4061f2c211nb
[17]
[18]
4061f2c212nb
501/421
361
NOTE
Replace the Separation Roller Assy, Feed Roller and Pick-up Roller at the same time.
B. Procedure
1. Remove the Rear Cover and the Rear
Right Cover.
(See P.11)
2. Remove the Tray.
3. Remove the Separation Roller Mounting
Plate Assy.
(See P.3)
4. Disconnect the connector [1] from the
PC Control Board (PCCB).
[1]
4061f2c213na
[3]
[2]
[2]
4061f2c214na
[4]
[5]
4061f2c215na
PC-407
2.1.3
2. PERIODIC CHECK
2. PERIODIC CHECK
PC-407
[6]
4061f2c216na
[8]
[8]
[9]
[9]
[10]
4061f2c217na
[11]
[12]
4061f2c218na
3.1
OTHER
Disassembly/Adjustment prohibited items
PC-407
3.
3. OTHER
3. OTHER
PC-407
3.2
3.2.1
No
Section
Ref. page
P.11
P.11
P.11
P.11
Rear Cover
P.11
Tray
P.12
Wire
P.13
2
3
3.2.2
No
Cover
Tray section
Cleaning list
Section
1
2
3
4
10
Part name
Right Door
Part name
Ref. page
Separation Roller
P.16
Feed Roller
P.17
Pick-up Roller
P.17
P.18
3.3.1
[3]
[5]
[7]
3.3.2
[6]
[2]
[4]
4061f2c219na
Rear Cover
1. Remove four screws [1] and remove the
Rear Cover [2].
2. Reinstall the above parts following the
removal steps in reverse.
[2]
[1]
4061f2c220na
11
PC-407
3.3
3. OTHER
3. OTHER
Tray
PC-407
3.3.3
[3]
[2]
[3]
[1]
4061f2c221na
[4]
[5]
[6]
4061f2c222na
CAUTION
To prevent injuries, press the guide rail
[7] inside the machine.
6. Reinstall the above parts following the
removal steps in reverse.
[7]
4061f2c223na
12
Wire
[1]
[1]
[3]
[2]
4061f2c224na
[4]
[5]
[4]
4061f2c225na
[7]
[6]
4061f2c226na
[9]
[8]
4061f2c227na
13
PC-407
3.3.4
3. OTHER
3. OTHER
PC-407
NOTE
When assembling, be sure to engage
rib of gear 1 [10] with concave section
of gear 2 [11].
[10]
[11]
4061f2c228na
[13]
[12]
[12]
4061f2c229na
[15]
[16]
[15]
[15]
[16]
[14]
[15]
[14]
4061f2c230na
[18]
[18]
[19]
[18]
[18]
[17]
4061f2c231na
14
3. OTHER
PC-407
[21]
[20]
[20]
4061f2c232na
[23]
[22]
[22]
4061f2c233na
[24]
[27]
[25]
[26]
[24]
4061f2c234na
[28]
[29]
[29]
[28]
[30]
4061f2c235na
15
3. OTHER
PC-407
3.4
Cleaning procedure
NOTE
The alcohol described in the cleaning procedure represents the isopropyl alcohol.
3.4.1
Separation Roller
501/421
361
B. Procedure
[2]
[1]
4061f2c236na
3. Using a soft cloth dampened with alcohol, wipe the Separation Roller [3].
4. Reinstall the above parts following the
removal steps in reverse.
[3]
4061f2c237na
16
3.4.2
3. OTHER
Feed Roller
*1
*2
PC-407
B. Procedure
1. Remove the Tray.
2. Remove the Separation Roller Mounting
Plate Assy.
(See P.16)
3. Using a soft cloth dampened with alcohol, wipe the Feed Roller [1].
4. Reinstall the above parts following the
removal steps in reverse.
[1]
4061f2c238na
3.4.3
Pick-up Roller
501/421
361
B. Procedure
1. Remove the Tray.
2. Remove the Separation Roller Mounting
Plate Assy.
(See P.16)
3. Using a soft cloth dampened with alcohol, wipe the Pick-up Roller [1].
4. Reinstall the above parts following the
removal steps in reverse.
[1]
4061f2c239na
17
3. OTHER
PC-407
3.4.4
501/421
361
B. Procedure
1. Open the Right Door.
2. Using a soft cloth dampened with alcohol, wipe the Vertical Conveyance Roller
[1].
[1]
4061f2c240na
18
4. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
ADJUSTMENT/SETTING
MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
4.1
PC-407
4.
Mis-centering adjustment
Conduct this adjustment when a mis-centering occurs that cannot be adjusted in the service
mode.
1. Press the Tray Release Key [1] and slide
out the Tray [2].
[2]
[1]
4061f3c201na
[4]
[3]
4061f3c202na
4061f3c203na
4061f3c204na
19
4. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
PC-407
[2]
[3]
[1]
4061f3c209na
20
[2]
[1]
4061f3c205na
[4]
[3]
4061f3c206na
[5]
[6]
4061f3c207na
21
PC-407
4.2
4. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
PC-407
4. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
Blank Page
22
SERVICE MANUAL
Field Service
LU-203
2008.05
Ver. 1.0
Revision history
After publication of this service manual, the parts and mechanism may be subject to change for
improvement of their performance.
Therefore, the descriptions given in this service manual may not coincide with the actual machine.
When any change has been made to the descriptions in the service manual, a revised version will be
issued with a revision mark added as required.
Revision mark:
To indicate clearly a section revised, 1 is shown at the left margin of the revised section.
The number inside 1 represents the number of times the revision has been made.
To indicate clearly a page that contains the revision, 1 is shown near the page number of the
corresponding page.
The number inside 1 represents the number of times the revision has been made.
NOTE
Revision marks shown in a page are restricted only to the latest ones with the old ones deleted.
When a page revised in Ver. 2.0 has been changed in Ver. 3.0:
The revision marks for Ver. 3.0 only are shown with those for Ver. 2.0 deleted.
When a page revised in Ver. 2.0 has not been changed in Ver. 3.0:
The revision marks for Ver. 2.0 are left as they are.
2008/05
1.0
Date
Revision mark
CONTENTS
LU-203
CONTENTS
LU-203
OUTLINE
1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
MAINTENANCE
2. PERIODIC CHECK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
2.1
2.1.2
3. OTHERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
3.1
3.2
Removal and reinstallation of the right cover, the front cover and the rear cover. . . . . . . . . . . . 13
3.2.2
ADJUSTMENT/SETTING
4. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
4.1
LU-203
CONTENTS
Blank page
ii
1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATION
LU-203
OUTLINE
1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATION
A. Type
Type
B. Functions
Maximum tray capacity
C. Type of paper
Paper type *1
Paper size
A4, 81/2 x 11
*1
Recommended paper
Plain paper
Inch:
Metric: Konica Profi (80 g/m2), Konica Minolta Original (80 g/m2)
Recycled paper
Inch:
E. Machine data
Power source
Power consumption
Dimensions
Weight
Approx. 16 kg
F.
Operating environment
Temperature
Humidity
Note
The information herein may be subject to change for improvement without notice.
LU-203
1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATION
Blank page
2. PERIODIC CHECK
LU-203
MAINTENANCE
2. PERIODIC CHECK
2.1
Caution
When connected to the main body, make sure that the power cord of the main body is unplugged
from the power outlet.
2.1.1
Pick-up rubber
Feed rubber
*1
501/421
*2
361
2. PERIODIC CHECK
B. Procedure
LU-203
[1]
bearings [3].
[2]
[3]
[4]
[3]
[2]
16aaf2c001na
2. PERIODIC CHECK
Note
sure to insert the shaft [1] into the ring of the
actuator [2].
[4]
[2]
[6]
[1]
[5]
16aaf2c002na
LU-203
[3]
2. PERIODIC CHECK
[5]
[6]
4. Remove the C-clip [1] and then remove the actuator [2].
LU-203
5. Remove the C-clip [3] and then remove the bearing [4].
[2]
[8]
[7]
[9]
[5]
[4]
[3]
[1]
16aaf2c003nb
[3]
roller [1].
Note
Be sure to install the feed rubber [2] so that
the paint mark [3] comes in the opposite
direction of the gear [4].
When setting the feed rubber, apply alcohol
on the inside of the feed rubber. By doing so,
the feed rubber can be set more easily.
[4]
[2]
[1]
16aaf2c004na
2. PERIODIC CHECK
[5]
9. Remove the screw [1] and then remove the handle [3] from the roller mounting plate [2].
10. Remove the screw [4] and then remove the bearing holder [5] from the roller mounting plate [2].
[2]
[3]
[3]
[1]
16aaf2c005na
11. Remove the bearing [1] and then remove the pick-
[1]
[2]
16aaf2c006na
[2]
[1]
16aaf2c007na
LU-203
[4]
2. PERIODIC CHECK
2.1.2
LU-203
Separation rubber : Every 500,000 prints (Actual replacement cycle: Every 200,000 prints) *1
: Every 450,000 prints (Actual replacement cycle: Every 200,000 prints) *2
*1
501/421
*2
361
B. Procedure
1.
2.
3.
4.
[1]
[2]
[4]
[3]
16aaf2c008na
2. PERIODIC CHECK
[1]
LU-203
cover [2].
[2]
16aaf2c009na
[3] [2]
Note
When installing the separation roller assy, be
sure to set the upper section of the claw [2] at
the center of the marking-off [3] of the plate.
In this way, the separation roller assy can be
horizontally positioned.
16aaf2c010na
2. PERIODIC CHECK
[1]
LU-203
[2]
16aaf2c011na
8. Pull out the shaft [2] while pressing the lever [1]
[3]
[2]
[1]
10
16aaf2c012na
[2]
[1]
9. Remove the separation rubber [2] from the separation roller [1].
Note
Be sure to install the separation rubber [2] so
that the paint mark [3] comes in the opposite
direction of the projection [4].
When setting the separation rubber, apply
alcohol on the inside of the separation rubber.
By doing so, the separation rubber can be set
more easily.
[3]
16aaf2c013na
11
LU-203
[4]
2. PERIODIC CHECK
3. OTHERS
3. OTHERS
LU-203
3.1
Note
This list shows the explanation of the disassembly and reassembly of the parts which are considered necessary to replace (other than periodically replaced parts). However, these parts except for
the covers are not required to be disassembled while in normal service operations.
For the method of replacing the periodically replaced parts, see "2.1 Maintenance procedure of
the paper feed section".
(See P.3)
No.
1
12
Section
Cover
Tray section
Part name
Page referred to
Right cover
P.13
Front cover
P.13
Rear cover
P.13
Wire A
P.16
Wire B
P.16
Wire C
P.16
Wire D
P.16
Caution
When connected to the main body, make sure that the power cord of the main body is unplugged
from the power outlet.
3.2.1
Removal and reinstallation of the right cover, the front cover and the rear cover
A. Procedure
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
16aaf2c014na
13
LU-203
3.2
3. OTHERS
3. OTHERS
[1]
LU-203
[3]
[2]
[3]
16aaf2c015nb
[1]
[2]
14
16aaf2c016na
3. OTHERS
[3]
[4]
[3]
[2]
[1]
16aaf2c017na
15
LU-203
3. OTHERS
3.2.2
LU-203
[6]
[5]
rear cover.
[3]
(See P.13)
[1]
[4]
[2]
16aaf2c018na
16
3. OTHERS
[2]
[1]
16aaf2c019nb
[1]
[2]
[1]
16aaf2c020na
17
3. OTHERS
[1]
[2]
LU-203
[4]
[3]
16aaf2c021na
[2]
[1]
18
16aaf2c022na
3. OTHERS
[1]
LU-203
[2]
[1]
16aaf2c023na
per [2].
[8]
[7]
Note
Be careful that the lift plate [5] comes down
by its own weight.
10. Peel off the seal [7] from the detection reel [6].
11. Rotate the detection reel [6] clockwise as seen
from the rear side, and remove the detection wire
[8] from the reel.
C
D
B
A
[3]
[5]
[4]
[2]
[1]
16aaf2c024na
19
3. OTHERS
[2]
[2].
[2]
[1]
[1]
pulleys [5].
C
D
B
A
[5]
[4]
[5]
[4]
16aaf2c025na
14. Remove the E-ring [1] and the drive pulley [2],
then remove the auxiliary wire [3], the wire A [4]
and the wire B [5].
15. Remove the E-ring [6] and the drive pulley [7],
C
B
A
[3]
[2]
[1]
[4] A
[5]
B
[10] D [9]
C
[8]
[7]
[6]
16aaf2c026na
20
3. OTHERS
B. Stringing wires
[14] [15]
C
D
[15]
D
2. Run the wire A [6] and the wire B [7] through the 2
upper pulleys [8] and the 2 lower pulleys [9], and
then through the adjustment part [10].
[11].
[10]
D
[3]
[17].
A
[2]
[5]
[1]
[12]
[9]
[12]
[9]
[13]
[13]
16aaf2c027na
and the wire C [9] into the holes in the rear section
of the drive shaft [4], install the drive pulley [10]
[1]
[6]
[5]
[2] A
[3]
B
[9] D [8]
C
[7]
[10]
[11]
[4] [4]
16aaf2c028na
21
LU-203
1. Pass the wire A [1], the wire B [2], the wire C [3]
[7] [6]
B
A
A
[6]
3. OTHERS
9. Hold the drive pulley [1] and the drive pulley [2]
LU-203
[9]
[7]
[10]
10. Rotate the coupling shaft [3] on the rear side to lift
[3]
[2]
Note
Be sure to wind the wires from the inside of
C
[1]
[4]
[5] [8]
11. Wind the auxiliary wire [5] about half turn counterclockwise around the drive pulley [6].
12. Wind the auxiliary wire [5] about 1.5 turn clockwise around the pulley [7] and install it to the
spring [8].
13. Install the wire stopper [9] to the pulley [7] in the
[6]
[5]
[11]
[12]
16aaf2c029na
14. With the lift plate [4] lifted fully up to the upper
limit, wind the detection wire [11] about half turn
clockwise around the drive pulley [12].
15. Set the wire attaching notch [2] at the right above
position with no tension applied on the detection
[2]
reel [1], and wind the detection wire [3] a full turn
counterclockwise around the detection reel [1]
starting at the top side.
Note
Be sure to wind the wire from the inside of the
LU to the outside.
[1]
[4]
[3]
16aaf2c030na
22
4. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
LU-203
ADJUSTMENT/SETTING
4. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
4.1
When the lift plate is tilted, paper may not be fed correctly. Adjust the lift plate so that it becomes parallel to the
paper feed roller shaft. When replacing the wire, be sure to conduct this adjustment.
A. Procedure
[1]
16aaf3c001na
23
4. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
[2]
[5]
LU-203
plate [2].
[1]
[3]
[4] [7]
[6]
16aaf3c002na
24
SERVICE MANUAL
Field Service
FS-522/PU-501/
OT-602
2008.05
Ver. 1.0
Revision history
After publication of this service manual, the parts and mechanism may be subject to change for
improvement of their performance.
Therefore, the descriptions given in this service manual may not coincide with the actual machine.
When any change has been made to the descriptions in the service manual, a revised version will be
issued with a revision mark added as required.
Revision mark:
To indicate clearly a section revised, 1 is shown at the left margin of the revised section.
The number inside 1 represents the number of times the revision has been made.
To indicate clearly a page that contains the revision, 1 is shown near the page number of the
corresponding page.
The number inside 1 represents the number of times the revision has been made.
NOTE
Revision marks shown in a page are restricted only to the latest ones with the old ones deleted.
When a page revised in Ver. 2.0 has been changed in Ver. 3.0:
The revision marks for Ver. 3.0 only are shown with those for Ver. 2.0 deleted.
When a page revised in Ver. 2.0 has not been changed in Ver. 3.0:
The revision marks for Ver. 2.0 are left as they are.
2008/05
1.0
Date
Revision mark
CONTENTS
FS-522/PU-501/OT-602
CONTENTS
FS-522/PU-501/OT-602
OUTLINE
1.
1.1
FS-522 ..................................................................................................................1
1.2
PU-501..................................................................................................................3
1.3
OT-602 ..................................................................................................................4
MAINTENANCE
2.
PERIODIC CHECK..................................................................................................5
2.1
2.1.1
3.
OTHER ....................................................................................................................7
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.3.1
3.3.2
3.3.3
3.3.4
3.3.5
3.3.6
Tray /2..........................................................................................................12
3.3.7
OT-602.........................................................................................................12
3.3.8
Tray /1..........................................................................................................12
3.3.9
3.3.10
3.3.11
Stapler .........................................................................................................14
3.3.12
PU ...............................................................................................................15
3.3.13
3.3.14
ADJUSTMENT/SETTING
4.
4.1
MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT..............................................................................19
Staple Position Adjustment .................................................................................19
4.2
4.3
FS-522/PU-501/OT-602
CONTENTS
Blank Page
ii
1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
1.
FS-522/PU-501/OT-602
OUTLINE
PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
1.1
FS-522
A. Type
Name
Installation
Document Alignment
Center
Consumables
B. Functions
Modes
Non sort, sort, group, sort staple, and punch (when PU-501 is mounted)
C. Paper type
(1) Non sort
Type
Plain paper
Recycled paper
Thick paper
OHP transparencies
Envelope
Label paper
Letterhead
Size
Weight
Metric:
A3, B4, A4, A4S, B5,
B5S *2, A5S, B6S
50 to 90 g/m2
11 x 17, 81/2 x 11,
81/2 x 11S, Foolscap,
8K *1, 16K *1, 16KS *1
91 to 210 g/m2
Inch:
11 x 17, 81/2 x 14,
81/ x 11, 81/ x 11S,
2
Tray /2
200 sheets
A4S, 81/2 x 11S 1000
or less
sheets
B4, 81/2 x 14
or greater
500
sheets
20 sheets
5 /2 x 8 /2S
A3, A4, A4S, Foolscap
1
Max. Capacity
Tray /1
Size
Weight
Plain paper
Metric:
A3, B4, A4, A4S, B5,
B5S *2
11 x 17, 81/2 x 11,
81/2 x 11S, Foolscap,
8K *1, 16K *1, 16KS *1 56 to 90 g/m2
Recycled paper
Inch:
11 x 17, 81/2 x 14,
81/2 x 11, 81/2 x 11S
A3, A4, A4S, Foolscap
Max. Capacity
Tray /1
200 sheets
500
sheets
FS-522/PU-501/OT-602
1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
Size
Weight
Plain paper
Metric:
A3, B4, A4, A4S, B5,
B5S *2
11 x 17, 81/2 x 11,
81/2 x 11S, Foolscap,
8K *1, 16K *1, 16KS *1 56 to 90 g/m2
Recycled paper
Inch:
11 x 17, 81/2 x 14,
81/2 x 11, 81/2 x 11S
A3, A4, A4S, Foolscap
Max. Capacity
Tray /1
200 sheets
Staple Detection
Stapling Position
A4S, B5S
81/2 x 14, 81/2 x 11S
A3, B4, A4, A4S, B5, B5S
11 x 17, 81/2 x 14, 81/2 x 11, 81/2 x 11S
F. Machine specifications
Power Requirements
Power Consumption
66 W or less
Dimensions
Weight
Approx. 21.4 kg
G. Operating environment
Temperature
Humidity
500
sheets
1.2
1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
FS-522/PU-501/OT-602
PU-501
A. Type
Type
Installation
Paper Size
Inch:
2 holes: 11 x 17, 81/2 x 14, 81/2 x 11, 81/2 x 11S
A3, A4, A4S, Foolscap
3 holes: 11 x 17, 81/2 x 11
A3, A4
Paper Type
Plain Paper (60 to 163 g/m2), Recycled Paper (60 to 163 g/m2)
Punch Hole
Number of Stored
Punch Wastes
Document Alignment
Center
C. Machine specifications
Power Requirements
Dimensions
Weight
Approx. 1.9 kg
D. Operating environment
Temperature
Humidity
FS-522/PU-501/OT-602
1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
1.3
OT-602
A. Type
Type
Additional Tray to FS
Installation
Screwed to the FS
Mode
Number of Bins
1 bin
Document Alignment
Center
B. Paper Type
Mode
Non sort
Size
Inch:
Special
11 x 17, 81/2 x 14,
81/2 x 11, 81/2 x 11S,
51/2 x 81/2S
A3, A4, A4S, Foolscap
Sort / group
Sort staple
Type
Capacity
200 sheets
20 sheets
Label paper
Letterhead
Metric:
A3, B4, A4, A4S, B5,
B5S *2
11 x 17, 81/2 x 11,
81/2 x 11S, Foolscap, 8K Plain Paper, Recycled paper
*1, 16K *1, 16KS *1
(56 to 90 g/m2)
Inch:
11 x 17, 81/2 x 14,
81/2 x 11, 81/2 x 11S
A3, A4, A4S, Foolscap
200 sheets
D. Machine specifications
Dimensions
Weight
Approx. 0.7 kg
E. Operating environment
Temperature
Humidity
NOTE
The information herein may be subject to change for improvement without notice.
2. PERIODIC CHECK
2.
2.1
FS-522/PU-501/OT-602
MAINTENANCE
PERIODIC CHECK
Maintenance procedure
NOTE
The alcohol described in the cleaning procedure of Maintenance represents the isopropyl alcohol.
2.1.1
501/421
361
B. Procedure
1. Remove the Lift Tray.
(See P.13)
2. Remove the Conveyance Unit.
(See P.13)
3. Remove the Conveyance Top Cover.
(See P.9)
4. Using a soft cloth dampened with alcohol, wipe the roller [1].
[1]
[1]
[1]
4349f2c001na
[3]
[2]
4349f2c002na
FS-522/PU-501/OT-602
2. PERIODIC CHECK
4349f2c003na
[6]
[5]
4349f2c004na
[10]
[9]
4349f2c006na
13. Using a soft cloth dampened with alcohol, wipe the roller [11].
[11]
[11]
4349f2c007na
3.
3.1
3. OTHER
OTHER
Disassembly/Adjustment prohibited items
FS-522/PU-501/OT-602
FS-522/PU-501/OT-602
3. OTHER
3.2
No.
Section
Ref.Page
P.9
P.9
P.9
Front Door
P.10
P.9
P.10
P.11
Tray /2
P.12
OT (Option)
P.12
10
Tray /1
P.12
11
Connector Cover
P.11
12
P.11
13
Lift Tray
P.13
14
Conveyance Unit
P.13
Stapler Unit
P.14
16
PU (Option)
P.15
17
P.16
P.17
15
18
Part name
Conveyance Front Cover /Up
Cover
Unit
Others
3.3
3. OTHER
3.3.1
[1]
[1a]
[2]
[3]
a0hnf2c001ca
[5]
[6]
[4]
3.3.2
4349f2c010na
[1]
[1]
[2]
4349f2c011na
FS-522/PU-501/OT-602
FS-522/PU-501/OT-602
3. OTHER
3.3.3
Front Door
[5]
[4]
[1]
[3]
[2]
[3]
4349f2c036na
3.3.4
[2]
[1]
4349f2c014na
10
3.3.5
3. OTHER
[2]
[1]
[3]
a0hnf2c002ca
[4]
[5]
[6]
[5]
4349f2c038na
11
FS-522/PU-501/OT-602
FS-522/PU-501/OT-602
3. OTHER
3.3.6
Tray /2
1. Remove two screws [1], and remove the
Tray /2 [2].
2. Reinstall the above parts following the
removal steps in reverse.
[2]
[1]
3.3.7
4349f2c016na
OT-602
1. Remove two screws [1], and remove the
OT [2].
2. Reinstall the above parts following the
removal steps in reverse.
[2]
[1]
3.3.8
4625f2c001na
Tray /1
1. Remove two screws [1], and remove the
Tray /1 [2].
2. Reinstall the above parts following the
removal steps in reverse.
[2]
[1]
12
4349f2c017na
3.3.9
3. OTHER
Lift Tray
NOTE
When removing the Lift Tray, be sure to bring the Tray down to the bottom in advance.
If the OT is installed, remove it in advance.
[1]
[1]
[2]
4349f2c019na
[4]
[3]
[3]
4349f2c020na
3.3.10
[2]
Conveyance Unit
[1]
4349f2c021na
13
FS-522/PU-501/OT-602
FS-522/PU-501/OT-602
3. OTHER
3.3.11
Stapler
[3]
[1]
[2]
4349f2c022na
4349f2c023na
[6]
[5]
4349f2c024na
[8]
[7]
4349f2c025na
14
3.3.12
3. OTHER
PU
NOTE
When the SD is provided, be sure to remove the Folding Unit in advance.
[1]
[2]
4512f2c001na
[3]
4512f2c002na
[6]
[7]
[6]
4512f2c003nb
[8]
[8]
[10]
[11]
[8]
[9]
[8]
4512f2c004nb
15
FS-522/PU-501/OT-602
FS-522/PU-501/OT-602
3. OTHER
3.3.13
[1]
4349f2c026na
[2]
4349f2c027na
[3]
[1]
[2]
[5]
[4]
[7]
[6]
16
4349f2c028nb
3.3.14
3. OTHER
[1]
[2]
4349f2c029na
[3]
[4]
A. Removal Procedure
1. Remove the Lift Tray.
(See P.13)
2. Remove the Conveyance Unit.
(See P.13)
3. Remove the Conveyance Upper Cover.
(See P.9)
4. Remove the C-ring [1].
5. Remove the bearing [2].
6. Loosen two hexagonal socket head
screws [3], and remove the Paper Holding Paddle Drive Clutch Assy [4].
7. Reinstall the above parts following the
removal steps in reverse.
4349f2c030na
B. Note to reinstallation Procedure of the Paper Holding Paddle Drive Clutch Assy
1. Insert the Paper Holding Paddle Drive Clutch Assy [1].
NOTE
When inserting the Paper Holding Paddle Drive Clutch Assy [1] into the shaft, move
the Paper Holding Paddle [4] at the specified position [3], and be sure to install the
edge [5] of Actuator in the position as shown in the drawing.
[4]
[5]
[1]
[4]
[3]
[2]
[6]
4349f2c032nb
17
FS-522/PU-501/OT-602
FS-522/PU-501/OT-602
3. OTHER
4349f2c033nb
[4a]
[3]
[4]
4349f2c034nb
[5]
[6]
[7]
4349f2c035na
18
4. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
ADJUSTMENT/SETTING
4.
4.1
MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
Staple Position Adjustment
B
[1]
A
C
D
Measurement
position
Specification
Adjustment
range
A, C
4.4 mm
B, D
12.1 mm
+1 to 2mm
[2]
Adjustment
range
Measurement
position
Specification
4.5 mm
6 mm
+1 to 2mm
[3]
D
E
4349f3c001na
Measurement
position
Specification
Adjustment
range
C, F
6 mm
+1 to 2mm
Y = (paper widthX11) / 2
X = A3, A4: 137 mm
B4, B5: 114 mm
A4S: 190 mm
B5S: 162 mm
11 x 17, 81/2 x 11: 119.4 mm
81/2 x 11S: 196 mm
Substitute above into the equation.
3. If the staple position is misaligned,
adjust with the following procedure.
19
FS-522/PU-501/OT-602
FS-522/PU-501/OT-602
4. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
[3]
[1]
[2]
4349f3c002na
[4]
4349f3c003na
4.2
[3]
[2]
a0hnf3c001ca
[6]
[5]
[5]
[4]
20
4349f3c004nb
4. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
[7]
a0hnf3c002ca
4.3
4512f3c001na
[1]
[2]
4512f3c002na
21
FS-522/PU-501/OT-602
FS-522/PU-501/OT-602
4. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
Blank Page
22
SERVICE MANUAL
Field Service
FS-523/RU-507
2008.05
Ver. 1.0
Revision history
After publication of this service manual, the parts and mechanism may be subject to change for
improvement of their performance.
Therefore, the descriptions given in this service manual may not coincide with the actual machine.
When any change has been made to the descriptions in the service manual, a revised version will be
issued with a revision mark added as required.
Revision mark:
To indicate clearly a section revised, 1 is shown at the left margin of the revised section.
The number inside 1 represents the number of times the revision has been made.
To indicate clearly a page that contains the revision, 1 is shown near the page number of the
corresponding page.
The number inside 1 represents the number of times the revision has been made.
NOTE
Revision marks shown in a page are restricted only to the latest ones with the old ones deleted.
When a page revised in Ver. 2.0 has been changed in Ver. 3.0:
The revision marks for Ver. 3.0 only are shown with those for Ver. 2.0 deleted.
When a page revised in Ver. 2.0 has not been changed in Ver. 3.0:
The revision marks for Ver. 2.0 are left as they are.
2008/05
1.0
Date
Revision mark
CONTENTS
FS-523/RU-507
CONTENTS
FS-523/RU-507
OUTLINE
1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1.1
FS-523 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1.2
RU-507 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
MAINTENANCE
2. OTHERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
2.1
2.2
2.2.2
2.2.3
2.2.4
2.2.5
2.2.6
ADJUSTMENT/SETTING
3. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.1.2
3.3.2
3.4.2
3.4.3
3.5
3.6
FS-523/RU-507
CONTENTS
Blank page
ii
1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATION
FS-523/RU-507
OUTLINE
1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATION
1.1
FS-523
A. Type
Type
Installation
Floor-mounted type
Document alignment
Center
Consumables
Staples
B. Functions
Mode
Normal
Punch
C. Type of paper
Maximum load capacity: (80 g/m2) when loaded with paper of the same size.
(1) Straight
Type of paper
Size of paper
Weight
Max. capacity
Exit tray
60 to 90 g/m2
250 sheets
Sub tray
91 to 210 g/m2
20 sheets
Max. number of
sheets stapled
Plain paper
Inch:
Metric:
50 to 59 g/m2
Label paper
Letterhead
*1
*2
1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATION
FS-523/RU-507
Type of paper
Size of paper
Weight
Max. capacity
*2
Exit tray
Max. number of
sheets stapled
Main tray
Size of paper
Inch:
Plain paper
Recycled paper A3, A4, A4S
11 x 17, 81/2 x 14, 81/2 x 11,
81/2 x 11S, Foolscap
Metric:
A3, B4, A4, A4S, B5,
B5S *2
11 x 17, 81/2 x 11,
81/2 x 11S, Foolscap,
8K *1, 16K *1, 16KS *1
Weight
Max. capacity
Exit tray
Max. number of
sheets stapled
60 to 90 g/m2
3000 sheets
(A4S or smaller)
1500 sheets
(B4 or larger)
Main tray
50 sheets
Weight
Max. capacity
Exit tray
Max. number of
sheets stapled
60 to 90 g/m2
Main tray
Sub tray
Weight
Max. capacity
Exit tray
Max. number of
sheets stapled
60 to 90 g/m2
Main tray
Sub tray
Weight
Max. capacity
Exit tray
Max. number of
sheets stapled
60 to 90 g/m2
Main tray
Sub tray
*1
*2
(4) Punch
a. Metric/Swedish
Type of paper
Size of paper
Plain paper
Type of paper
Size of paper
Plain paper
Inch 3 holes
Type of paper
Plain paper
Recycled paper
Size of paper
81/2 x 11, 11 x 17
1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATION
Staple detection
Staple position *1
Metric: B4, B5
Inch:
Side: 2 points
FS-523/RU-507
D. Stapling
Manual staple
*1
None
In case of the 1-staple mode, conduct a parallel and a skew adjustment according to the length in the
main scan direction.
Parallel: main scan direction 182 to 216 mm
Diagonal: main scan direction 216 to 297 mm
E. Punch
No. of holes
Inch:
2 holes, 3 holes
Metric: 4 holes
Punch scraps full detection
F.
None
Maintenance
Maintenance
G. Machine data
Power source
Power consumption
63 W or less
Dimensions
Weight
39.2 kg
H. Operating environment
Temperature
Humidity
Note
The information herein may be subject to change for improvement without notice.
1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATION
FS-523/RU-507
1.2
RU-507
A. Type
Type
B. Functions
Conveyance
C. Type of paper
Paper size
Paper type
Amount of curling
b = 10 mm or less
(5 sheets)
16fat1c001na
D. Maintenance
Maintenance
E. Machine data
Power source
Dimensions
Weight
Approx. 4.9 kg
F.
Operating environment
Temperature
Humidity
Note
The information herein may be subject to change for improvement without notice.
2. OTHERS
FS-523/RU-507
MAINTENANCE
2. OTHERS
2.1
No.
1
Section
Cover
Part name
Page referred to
Upper cover
P.6
P.8
P.9
Rear cover
P.10
Punch section
Punch unit
P.11
Staple section
Stapler unit
P.13
2. OTHERS
FS-523/RU-507
2.2
2.2.1
A. Procedure
[1]
4521f2c004na
2. OTHERS
Open the upper door [2].
Remove the screw [3].
Loosen 2 screws [4].
Loosen the screw [5] and remove the upper cover
[6].
[3]
[4]
[2]
[6]
[5]
4521f2c005na
FS-523/RU-507
2.
3.
4.
5.
2. OTHERS
2.2.2
FS-523/RU-507
A. Procedure
[1]
[2]
[3]
4521f2c006na
A. Procedure
[1]
/Lw [2].
[2]
4521f2c007na
FS-523/RU-507
2.2.3
2. OTHERS
2. OTHERS
2.2.4
FS-523/RU-507
A. Procedure
[1]
[4].
[2]
[4]
10
[3]
4521f2c008na
[6]
[1]
[5]
[3]
[2][7][8]
[4]
4521f2c009na
11
FS-523/RU-507
2.2.5
2. OTHERS
2. OTHERS
FS-523/RU-507
[9]
Note
[13] [14]
[10]
12
[12] [11]
4521f2c010na
2. OTHERS
[1]
FS-523/RU-507
A. Procedure
4521f2c001na
[5]
[6a]
[6]
[3]
[1]
[2]
[4]
4521f2c002nb
13
2. OTHERS
FS-523/RU-507
[10]
[6]
6. Remove the screw [9] and then remove the stapler unit /Rr [10].
9. Remove the screw [14] and then remove the stapler unit /Fr [15].
[7][8]
[9]
[15]
[14]
14
[12][13]
[11]
4521f2c003na
2. OTHERS
[17]
4521f2c029na
15
FS-523/RU-507
FS-523/RU-507
2. OTHERS
Blank page
16
3. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
FS-523/RU-507
ADJUSTMENT/SETTING
3. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
3.1
3.1.1
Dipswitch used for the mode setting of the output check mode. (All settings
are off in the initial condition.)
[4]
[1]
[2]
[3]
a0phf3c001ca
17
3. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
3.1.2
FS-523/RU-507
3. Turn ON SW2.
4. The output check mode is set.
[1]
18
4521f3c002na
3. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
3. Turn ON SW2.
[1]
4521f3c003na
Test switch
LED1 to 4
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
z
z
z
z
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
ON
ON
ON
OFF
z
z
z
z
z
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
z
z
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
ON
ON
OFF
ON
z
z
ON
OFF
ON
ON
{
{
release mode
{
z
z
z : Blink { : Off
19
FS-523/RU-507
3. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
FS-523/RU-507
20
3. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
FS-523/RU-507
21
3. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
FS-523/RU-507
22
3. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
Sensor
Main tray upper limit sensor (PS19)
Status
Light pass through
LED
1
Light blocked
Light blocked
Light blocked
z : On { : Off
23
FS-523/RU-507
3. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
FS-523/RU-507
3.2
A. Procedure
2. Fold the copy exited into two and check the position of the punch holes to see if the discrepancy
"A" [1] is 2 mm or less.
[1]
4521f3c004na
24
[6]
3. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
[5]
[2]
[4]
[3]
4521f3c005na
25
FS-523/RU-507
3. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
FS-523/RU-507
3.3
3.3.1
A. Procedure
[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
4521f3c006na
26
3. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
FS-523/RU-507
A. Procedure
[2]
(See P.6)
[4]
[3]
4521f3c007na
27
3. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
FS-523/RU-507
3.4
3.4.1
A. Procedure
[2]
(See P.6)
[3]
[1]
4521f3c008na
28
3. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
FS-523/RU-507
A. Procedure
[4]
[3]
(See P.6)
[1]
4521f3c009na
29
3. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
3.4.3
FS-523/RU-507
A. Procedure
[2]
[3]
[1]
[5]
[4]
[1]
4521f3c010na
30
This adjustment is made when replacing the FS control board (FSCB), or the main tray upper limit LED (LED19)
or the main tray upper limit sensor (PS19).
A. Procedure
[1]
4521f3c011na
[2]
[3]
4521f3c012na
31
FS-523/RU-507
3.5
3. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
3. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
[5]
[1]
32
4521f3c013na
This adjustment is made when replacing the FS control board (FSCB) or replacing the tray lift motor (M7).
A. Procedure
[1]
mode."
(See P.17)
4521f3c014na
33
FS-523/RU-507
3.6
3. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
3. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
FS-523/RU-507
[2]
[3]
4521f3c015na
[4]
a0phf3c002ca
34
3. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
main tray.
[5]
4521f3c017na
35
FS-523/RU-507
[1]
3. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
[1]
[5]
36
4521f3c018na
SERVICE MANUAL
Field Service
SD-507
(
501/421/361 (
2008.05
Ver. 1.0
Revision history
After publication of this service manual, the parts and mechanism may be subject to change for
improvement of their performance.
Therefore, the descriptions given in this service manual may not coincide with the actual machine.
When any change has been made to the descriptions in the service manual, a revised version will be
issued with a revision mark added as required.
Revision mark:
To indicate clearly a section revised, 1 is shown at the left margin of the revised section.
The number inside 1 represents the number of times the revision has been made.
To indicate clearly a page that contains the revision, 1 is shown near the page number of the
corresponding page.
The number inside 1 represents the number of times the revision has been made.
NOTE
Revision marks shown in a page are restricted only to the latest ones with the old ones deleted.
When a page revised in Ver. 2.0 has been changed in Ver. 3.0:
The revision marks for Ver. 3.0 only are shown with those for Ver. 2.0 deleted.
When a page revised in Ver. 2.0 has not been changed in Ver. 3.0:
The revision marks for Ver. 2.0 are left as they are.
2008/05
1.0
Date
Revision mark
CONTENTS
SD-507
CONTENTS
SD-507
OUTLINE
1.
MAINTENANCE
2.
PERIODIC CHECK..................................................................................................3
2.1
2.1.1
3.
OTHER ....................................................................................................................4
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.3.1
3.3.2
3.3.3
3.3.4
Saddle Unit....................................................................................................7
3.3.5
3.3.6
Stapler Unit....................................................................................................9
3.3.7
3.3.8
ADJUSTMENT/SETTING
4.
MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT..............................................................................29
4.1
4.2
CONTENTS
SD-507
Blank Page
ii
1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
OUTLINE
PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
SD-507
1.
A. Type
Type
Installation
Screwed to the FS
Document Alignment
Center
Stapling Function
Consumables
B. Paper type
Type
Plain Paper,
Recycled paper
Size
Metric: A3, B4, A4S, B5S *2, 11 x 17, 81/2 x 11S, Foolscap,
8K *1, 16KS *1
Inch: 11 x 17, 81/2 x 14, 81/2 x 11S, A3, A4S, Foolscap
Capacity
56 to 90 g/m2
D. Machine specifications
Power Requirements
Power Consumption
9.5 W or less
Dimensions
Weight
Approx. 9.3 kg
E. Operating environment
Temperature
Humidity
NOTE
The information herein may be subject to change for improvement without notice.
SD-507
1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
Blank Page
2. PERIODIC CHECK
MAINTENANCE
2.1
PERIODIC CHECK
SD-507
2.
Maintenance procedure
NOTE
The alcohol described in the cleaning procedure of Maintenance represents the isopropyl alcohol.
2.1.1
501/421
361
[1]
[1]
[1]
1. Using a soft cloth dampened with alcohol, wipe the Roller [1].
4511f2c001na
[2]
3. Using a soft cloth dampened with alcohol, wipe the Roller [2].
[2]
4511f2c002na
3. OTHER
3.
SD-507
3.1
OTHER
Disassembly/Adjustment prohibited items
No.
1
Section
Ref.Page
P.5
Front Cover
P.5
Cover
Upper Cover
P.6
2
3
Part name
Rear Cover
P.6
Saddle Unit
P.7
Folding Unit
P.8
Unit
Stapler Unit
P.9
P.14
Folding Roller
P.18
3.3
3.3.1
Others
SD-507
3.2
3. OTHER
[3]
[1]
[2]
4511f2c004na
1. Align the cutout and remove the Paper Output Tray [1].
2. Remove two screws [2], and remove the Front Cover [3].
3. Reinstall the above parts following the removal steps in reverse.
3. OTHER
Rear Cover
SD-507
3.3.2
[2]
[1]
4511f2c005na
1. Remove two screws [1], and remove the Rear Cover [2].
2. Reinstall the above parts following the removal steps in reverse.
3.3.3
Upper Cover
[1]
[2]
4511f2c006na
Saddle Unit
1. Remove the screw [1], and remove the
Connector Cover [2].
[1]
[2]
4511f2c007na
[4]
[3]
[5]
4511f2c008nb
4511f2c009na
[8]
[9]
4511f2c010nb
SD-507
3.3.4
3. OTHER
3. OTHER
[11]
SD-507
[12]
[13]
[14]
[10]
3.3.5
4511f2c011nb
Folding Unit
[1]
[2]
[1]
4511f2c012na
[3]
[4]
4511f2c013na
3. OTHER
[6]
[7]
[5]
4511f2c014na
[8]
4511f2c015na
[9]
[10]
[9a]
4511f2c016nb
3.3.6
Stapler Unit
[4]
[3]
[3]
[2]
[1]
4511f2c017na
SD-507
3. OTHER
SD-507
[6]
[7]
[5]
[8]
4511f2c018na
[6]
4511f2c019na
[7]
[12] [10]
[7]
[10] [9]
[8]
[11]
10
4511f2c020nb
3. OTHER
[13]
SD-507
[15]
[16]
[14]
a0phf2c001ca
[17]
4511f2c024na
[19]
[18a]
[18]
[19]
[19a]
[19b]
a0phf2c002ca
11
3. OTHER
SD-507
[20]
[20a]
[21]
[20a]
[20]
4511f2c026nb
[22a]
[22]
[23]
4511f2c027nb
[24]
4511f2c028na
[26]
[25]
4511f2c029na
12
3. OTHER
[1]
[2]
4511f2c030na
[3]
[4]
[3]
4511f2c031na
[6]
[6]
[5]
4511f2c032na
[7]
[9]
[8]
4511f2c033na
13
SD-507
3. OTHER
SD-507
[10]
[10]
4511f2c034na
3.3.7
[4]
[3]
[3]
[1]
[2]
4511f2c035na
[6]
[5]
[7]
[8]
4511f2c036na
14
3. OTHER
[10]
[9a]
[9]
[10]
[10b]
[10a]
a0phf2c003ca
[11]
[11a]
[12]
[11a]
[11]
[15]
4511f2c038nb
[13]
[14]
[13]
a0phf2c004ca
15
SD-507
3. OTHER
SD-507
[23]
[19]
[20]
[24]
[21]
[22]
a0phf2c005ca
[25]
[26]
[28]
[27]
16
[26]
[25]
a0phf2c006ca
3. OTHER
[29]
[30]
a0phf2c007ca
[2]
[1]
[4]
[3]
4511f2c043na
1. Press the two Paper Guides [1] in and check that they touch the stopper [2] simultaneously.
2. Check that pins [4] can be inserted through the positioning holes [3] (3 holes) of the Paper
Guide Sensor Assy.
17
SD-507
3. OTHER
SD-507
3.3.8
Folding Roller
[2]
[1]
[4]
[5]
[4]
a0phf2c008ca
[8]
[7]
[6]
18
a0phf2c009ca
3. OTHER
[10]
[9]
4511f2c046nb
[13]
[16]
[14]
[15]
[12]
NOTE
Install the Folding Blade Assy in the
direction shown in the left figure.
[11] Front
[12] Rear
Be sure to rotate the Crank Arm [13]
one turn in counter clockwise [15] (as
seen from the front of device) from the
position that the spring [14] doesn't
work (the spring hangs down vertical),
and then install the Folding Blade
Assy in the position that the spring
can hook the Stopper [16].
Be sure to install the edge [17] of
Blade Support comes outside of the
metal plate [18].
[17]
[18]
[11]
a0phf2c010ca
19
3. OTHER
[20]
[21]
SD-507
[22]
[23]
20
[19]
a0phf2c011ca
[25]
3. OTHER
[24]
[26]
[27]
[28]
[30]
[29]
[28]
a0phf2c012ca
21
SD-507
3. OTHER
[32]
SD-507
[31]
[36]
[35] [34]
[33]
[34]
a0phf2c013ca
22
3. OTHER
[37]
[39]
[38]
[40]
a0phf2c014ca
23
SD-507
3. OTHER
[42]
SD-507
[41]
[46]
[47] [43]
[48]
[44]
[45]
a0phf2c015ca
24
[50]
[51]
NOTE
When reinstalling it, insert the Crank
Shaft [52] into the recess [53] of Guide
Gear Plate. And, be sure not to insert
the Cam pin [54] into the Cam [55].
[52]
[55]
[58]
[56]
[57]
[53]
[54]
a0phf2c016ca
[59]
a0phf2c017ca
25
SD-507
[49]
3. OTHER
3. OTHER
[63]
SD-507
[69]
[81]
[79]
[78]
[80]
26
a0phf2c019ca
[84]
[82]
[83]
3. OTHER
[86]
[85]
a0phf2c020ca
[87]
[88]
Be careful not to confuse the directions of Lower Guide Plate /Lt [87] and
/Rt [88]. Be sure to install the direction
(as seen from the front of device) as
shown in the figure.
a0phf2c021ca
27
SD-507
SD-507
3. OTHER
Blank Page
28
4. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
ADJUSTMENT/SETTING
4.1
MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
SD-507
4.
NOTE
Make this adjustment after any of the following procedures has been performed.
When the Folding Unit has been replaced.
When skew occurs in the crease.
1. Enter the Half-fold mode and make a copy. (A3 or 11 x 17 Size)
2. Fold the output paper along the crease
[2].
3. Fold the output paper and measure the
width A of the paper.
Specification: 0 1.5 mm
4. If the fold position is skewed as shown
on the left, make the following adjustment.
A
[1]
[2]
[3]
4511f3c001na
[4]
[1] Center
[2] Crease
[3] Exit direction
5. Open the Front Door, loosen the adjustment screw [4], and move the Folding
Unit to the left to make the adjustment.
Graduated in 1 mm divisions
If the fold position is skewed opposite to
the figure of step 4, move the Folding Unit
to the right to make the adjustment.
6. Make another copy and check the fold
position.
4511f3c002na
29
4. MECHANICAL ADJUSTMENT
SD-507
4.2
NOTE
Make this adjustment after any of the following procedures has been performed.
When Staple Unit 1 or 2 has been replaced.
When skew occurs in the position of the center staple.
1. Set to Fold & Staple mode and make a
copy. Measure the width A of the paper.
Specification: 0 1.5 mm
2. If the staple position is skewed as
shown on the left, make the following
adjustment.
[1]
[4]
[3]
[2]
30
4511f3c004na
SERVICE MANUAL
Field Service
MT-502
(
501/421/361 (
2008.05
Ver. 1.0
Revision history
After publication of this service manual, the parts and mechanism may be subject to change for
improvement of their performance.
Therefore, the descriptions given in this service manual may not coincide with the actual machine.
When any change has been made to the descriptions in the service manual, a revised version will be
issued with a revision mark added as required.
Revision mark:
To indicate clearly a section revised, 1 is shown at the left margin of the revised section.
The number inside 1 represents the number of times the revision has been made.
To indicate clearly a page that contains the revision, 1 is shown near the page number of the
corresponding page.
The number inside 1 represents the number of times the revision has been made.
NOTE
Revision marks shown in a page are restricted only to the latest ones with the old ones deleted.
When a page revised in Ver. 2.0 has been changed in Ver. 3.0:
The revision marks for Ver. 3.0 only are shown with those for Ver. 2.0 deleted.
When a page revised in Ver. 2.0 has not been changed in Ver. 3.0:
The revision marks for Ver. 2.0 are left as they are.
2008/05
1.0
Date
Revision mark
CONTENTS
MT-502
CONTENTS
MT-502
OUTLINE
1.
MAINTENANCE
2.
PERIODIC CHECK..................................................................................................3
2.1
2.1.1
3.
OTHER ....................................................................................................................4
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.3.1
3.3.2
CONTENTS
MT-502
Blank Page
ii
1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
OUTLINE
PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
MT-502
1.
A. Type
Type
Installation
Screwed to the FS
Number of Bins
4 bins
Number of Sheets
Stored per Bin
Storable Paper
B. Maintenance
Maintenance
C. Machine specifications
Power Requirements
Dimensions
Weight
Approx. 8 kg
D. Operating environment
Temperature
Humidity
NOTE
The information herein may be subject to change for improvement without notice.
MT-502
1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
Blank Page
2. PERIODIC CHECK
MAINTENANCE
2.1
PERIODIC CHECK
MT-502
2.
Maintenance procedure
NOTE
The alcohol described in the cleaning procedure of Maintenance represents the isopropyl alcohol.
2.1.1
501/421
361
B. Procedure
1. Open the Right Door.
2. Using a soft cloth dampened with alcohol, wipe the rollers [1].
[1]
[1]
[1]
[1]
[1]
4510f2c001na
3. OTHER
3.
MT-502
3.1
OTHER
Disassembly/Adjustment prohibited items
No.
Section
Part name
1
2
3
Cover
4
5
3.3
MT-502
3.2
3. OTHER
Ref. page
Rear Cover
P.5
Front Cover
P.5
Upper Cover
P.5
Right Door
P.5
P.5
3.3.1
[3]
3.3.2
[2]
[4]
[1]
4510f2c002na
[4]
[2]
[1]
4510f2c003na
MT-502
3. OTHER
Blank Page
SERVICE MANUAL
Field Service
JS-502
(
501/421/361 (
2008.05
Ver. 1.0
Revision history
After publication of this service manual, the parts and mechanism may be subject to change for
improvement of their performance.
Therefore, the descriptions given in this service manual may not coincide with the actual machine.
When any change has been made to the descriptions in the service manual, a revised version will be
issued with a revision mark added as required.
Revision mark:
To indicate clearly a section revised, 1 is shown at the left margin of the revised section.
The number inside 1 represents the number of times the revision has been made.
To indicate clearly a page that contains the revision, 1 is shown near the page number of the
corresponding page.
The number inside 1 represents the number of times the revision has been made.
NOTE
Revision marks shown in a page are restricted only to the latest ones with the old ones deleted.
When a page revised in Ver. 2.0 has been changed in Ver. 3.0:
The revision marks for Ver. 3.0 only are shown with those for Ver. 2.0 deleted.
When a page revised in Ver. 2.0 has not been changed in Ver. 3.0:
The revision marks for Ver. 2.0 are left as they are.
2008/05
1.0
Date
Revision mark
CONTENTS
JS-502
CONTENTS
JS-502
OUTLINE
1.
MAINTENANCE
2.
OTHER ....................................................................................................................3
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.3.1
CONTENTS
JS-502
Blank Page
ii
1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
OUTLINE
PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
JS-502
1.
A. Type
Name
Job Separator
Type
Expansion tray
Installation
Document Alignment
Center
B. Paper type
Exit Tray
Size
Inch:
Tray 2
(Main
Body
Tray)
Type
Capacity
2
250 sheets
OHP transparencies
Thick paper (91 to 210g/m2)
Special
Envelope
20 sheets
Label paper
Letterhead
Inch:
100 sheets
None
D. Machine specifications
Power Requirements
Power Consumption
0.2 W or less
Dimensions
Weight
Approx. 1.7 kg
E. Operating environment
Temperature
Humidity
NOTE
The information herein may be subject to change for improvement without notice.
JS-502
1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
Blank Page
2. OTHER
MAINTENANCE
2.1
OTHER
JS-502
2.
2. OTHER
JS-502
2.2
No.
1
2.3
2.3.1
Section
Cover
Part name
Ref.Page
Upper Cover
See P.4
[1]
[2]
4347f2c001na
1. Remove two screws [1], and remove the Upper Cover [2].
SERVICE MANUAL
Field Service
IC-207
2009.03
Ver. 2.0
Revision history
After publication of this service manual, the parts and mechanism may be subject to change for
improvement of their performance.
Therefore, the descriptions given in this service manual may not coincide with the actual machine.
When any change has been made to the descriptions in the service manual, a revised version will be
issued with a revision mark added as required.
Revision mark:
To indicate clearly a section revised, 1 is shown at the left margin of the revised section.
The number inside 1 represents the number of times the revision has been made.
To indicate clearly a page that contains the revision, 1 is shown near the page number of the
corresponding page.
The number inside 1 represents the number of times the revision has been made.
NOTE
Revision marks shown in a page are restricted only to the latest ones with the old ones deleted.
When a page revised in Ver. 2.0 has been changed in Ver. 3.0:
The revision marks for Ver. 3.0 only are shown with those for Ver. 2.0 deleted.
When a page revised in Ver. 2.0 has not been changed in Ver. 3.0:
The revision marks for Ver. 2.0 are left as they are.
2009/03
2.0
2008/05
1.0
Date
Revision mark
Descriptions of revision
CONTENTS
IC-207
CONTENTS
IC-207
OUTLINE
1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
MAINTENANCE
2. FIRMWARE VERSION UP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
3. DISASSEMBLY / REASSEMBLY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
3.1
Tools Required . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
3.2
ADJUSTMENT / SETTING
4. SERVICE MODE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
5. Starting and Finishing the Service Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
TROUBLESHOOTING
6. TROUBLESHOOTING THE PRINTING SYSTEM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
6.1
7. Data Capture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
IC-207
CONTENTS
Blank Page
ii
1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
IC-207
OUTLINE
1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
A. Type
Type:
B. Functions
Resolution
Gradation
binary
Blank area
Printable Area
Same as copier
No. of Print
1 to 999
PCL5e emulation
PCL XL Ver3.0 emulation
PostScript3 emulation
XPS Ver1.0
1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
Printer Driver
IC-207
Dedicated Utilities
EMS Plug-in
1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
Paper Size
Same as copier
Paper Type
Same as copier
Paper Weight
Same as copier
IC-207
C. Paper
Same as copier
Same as copier
E. Machine Data
System Memory
Same as copier
Host Interface
Same as copier
Power
Same as copier
Network Function
Network Interface
Ethernet
Frame Type
Ethernet Connection
1000Base-T/100Base-TX/10Base-T
Network Connector
RJ-45
F.
Operating Environment
Temperature
Same as copier
Humidity
Same as copier
IC-207
1. PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
Blank Page
2. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
IC-207
MAINTENANCE
2. FIRMWARE VERSION UP
Firmware for IC-207 is contained in the copier firmware (MFP Controller).
With the updating of MFP controller version, the version of the IC-207 firmware is also updated.
Firmwares version is upgraded by ISW.
See 5. FIRMWARE VERSION UP in the Field Service for the main body.
3. DISASSEMBLY / REASSEMBLY
IC-207
3. DISASSEMBLY / REASSEMBLY
Caution
Assembly should be made in reverse order of disassembly unless otherwise noted.
Precautions against static electricity.
Keep the image controller in an antistatic bag while transporting it or storing it.
When working in places where static electricity tends to accumulate, such as on a carpet, discharge electricity from your body by touching any metallic portion before handling the image controller.
Do not touch the contacts on the image controller with your hands, as that may result in poor conductivity.
Do not physically damage the image controller by dropping it, bending it, etc.
3.1
Tools Required
Standard screwdriver
Caution
Be sure to unplug the power cable, not only to turn the copier off, before attempting to make servicing.
Caution
Before engaging in Disassembly/Reassembly, check to make sure that all the cables are
unplugged from the copier.
There may be occasions when boards are damaged if no appropriate grounding measures are
taken. Wear a wrist strap or others during servicing.
Disassembly/Reassembly should be made on cushioning materials.
2.
3.
4.
Back cover
Board cover
A0PAIXE002CA
Image controller
when installing.
Assembly should be made in reverse order
from disassembly.
IC-207
3.2
3. DISASSEMBLY / REASSEMBLY
IC-207
3. DISASSEMBLY / REASSEMBLY
Blank Page
4. SERVICE MODE
IC-207
ADJUSTMENT / SETTING
4. SERVICE MODE
In the service mode, various adjustments / settings are available.
See 10. SERVICE MODE in Field Service for the main body.
3.
4.
Press [Meter Count] provided at the upper left section of the screen.
Press the [Details] key.
[MetaCount] screen appears.
5.
NOTE
If the CE password has been provided, you should enter the password to enter the service mode.
6.
7.
Set items as required and press the [OK] key after completion.
Setting is accepted and the [Service Mode menu] screen returns.
8.
IC-207
Blank Page
10
IC-207
TROUBLESHOOTING
6. TROUBLESHOOTING THE PRINTING SYSTEM
This table lists information about the symptoms, possible causes, and remedies for problems that may occur
with the printing system (combination of the print controller and copier). It is intended to help engineers find
information as quickly as possible, and provide basic solutions.
Caution
See the Copier Service Manual for information about Error Cord List.
6.1
Symptoms
Causes
Actions
Copier is in trouble.
The system board or some Put the copier in service mode and perboards of the copier are
form test. If it operates properly, system
defective.
board may be failure.
Software of the print con- Reinstall the software of the print controller is defective.
troller.
Test print can be produced but not from
the USB port.
Test print can be produced and all ports Some software error has
are good, but user jobs cannot be printed. happened.
11
7. Data Capture
7. Data Capture
IC-207
If any fault is caused in relation with the printer, acquire the print job data for the fault analysis.
Capture data of up to 5 jobs can be saved. When new data is saved, oldest one is deleted.
Caution
To enable this function, following conditions should be met.
Hard disk should have been installed in the main body printer (copier).
[Administrator Settings] - [Security Settings] - [Security Details] - [Print Data Capture] should be
set to [Allow].
[Administrator Settings] - [Network Settings] - [FTP Settings] - [FTP Server Settings] should be set
to [ON].
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
User: capture
Password: sysadm
12
7. Data Capture
7.
IC-207
8.
9.
13
IC-207
7. Data Capture
Blank Page
14